Stanley Fish: A Biography

On the first day of the fall semester in 1971, a student walked up to a professor of English at Johns Hopkins University and asked, “Is there a text in this class?” The professor answered that there was. It was the Norton Anthology of Literature. The student shook her head. She meant something else. She wanted to know whether, in this class, they believed in poems and things, or whether it was just us. She had spent the previous semester in a course taught by the professor’s colleague, Stanley Fish, and she had absorbed the lesson of that course so thoroughly that she could no longer ask a routine question about required books without raising the deepest problem in literary theory. The professor had heard the question inside one set of assumptions. The student had asked it inside another. Fish took the exchange and made it the title of the book that made him famous.

Stanley Eugene Fish (b. 1938) is an American literary theorist, Milton scholar, legal thinker, university administrator, columnist, and public intellectual. His career runs on a single destabilizing claim: meaning is never simply found. It is made inside institutions, habits, training, professions, and what he calls interpretive communities. He began as a scholar of Renaissance poetry and became one of the most influential and most resented figures in American academic life after 1960. He helped end the New Critical dream of the self-contained text and replaced it with an institutional account of reading, argument, and authority. Then he carried that account into law, politics, university administration, and the opinion pages of The New York Times.

He was born on April 19, 1938, in Providence, Rhode Island. His father was a Jewish immigrant from Poland who worked as a plumber and later ran a plumbing contracting business. The family had no tradition of higher education. Fish became the first in his family to attend college. He took his B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania in 1959, then went to Yale, where he finished his M.A. in 1960 and his Ph.D. in 1962. He was twenty-four. His dissertation on the Tudor poet John Skelton became his first book, John Skelton’s Poetry (1965). The book already carried the mark of everything he would do later. Fish cared less about what a poem says than about what a poem makes a reader do.

The plumber’s son arrived at Yale when the New Criticism still governed the discipline. Its authorities held that the poem is a verbal icon, an object complete in itself, and that the critic’s job is to describe its internal order. Attention to the reader’s response was ruled a fallacy, the affective fallacy, and the ruling had a name attached to it: William K. Wimsatt (1907-1975), the towering Yale theorist who co-wrote the essays that set the discipline’s boundaries. Fish built his career by walking through the fence Wimsatt had put up. Years later, not long before Wimsatt died, the two men met by accident in Grand Central Station. Fish was slumped against his suitcase, waiting for a train, nearly lying on the floor. A deep voice rumbled above him. He looked up at Wimsatt, who stood close to seven feet tall. “Ahh, Stanley Fish, my chief theoretical antagonist,” Wimsatt said. Fish answered, “Bill, not on my very best day.” The exchange has the whole man in it. The self-deprecation is real and it is also a boast. Fish knew what it meant that the discipline’s tallest figure had picked him out from the floor of a train station as the enemy.

Fish began teaching at the University of California, Berkeley in 1962 and stayed until 1974. Berkeley in the 1960s gave him his political education, and it ran opposite to the one the campus intended. Watching the Free Speech Movement and the faculty’s response to it, he formed his first aphorism in 1964: academics enjoy abasing themselves, and they are not particular about whom they abase themselves before. First it was trustees and deans. Then it was students. The observation sounds like a joke. It is also the seed of his mature position, that the academy’s oldest vice is the confusion of professional work with moral theater.

Fish said: “Academics like to eat shit, and in a pinch, they don’t care whose shit they eat.”

His breakthrough came with Surprised by Sin: The Reader in Paradise Lost (1967). The book changed Milton studies. The standing problem in criticism of John Milton (1608-1674) was Satan. Readers from William Blake forward had found the devil more vivid, more eloquent, and more attractive than God, and critics had divided into a Satanist camp that took this as Milton’s secret sympathy and an anti-Satanist camp that explained it away. Fish dissolved the debate. The poem, he argued, is a trap. Milton builds Satan’s rhetoric to seduce the reader, lets the reader fall for it, then springs the correction. The reader’s experience of being fooled repeats Adam’s fall in miniature, again and again, and the poem’s meaning lies in that experience. The reader’s error is the poem’s method. A twenty-nine-year-old had taken the oldest quarrel in Milton criticism and made both sides evidence for his own theory. The book remains the starting point of modern Milton scholarship, and Milton remained the center of Fish’s inner life for the next sixty years.

The generalized the method fast. The essay “Literature in the Reader: Affective Stylistics” (1970) announced the program: criticism should track the sequence of mental events a sentence produces as the reader moves through it in time. Meaning is not a deposit extracted when reading ends. Meaning is what happens while reading occurs. Self-Consuming Artifacts (1972), a National Book Award nominee, applied the program to seventeenth-century prose and poetry, arguing that writers like Donne, Herbert, Bunyan, and Bacon build texts that lure readers into confidence and then dismantle that confidence from within. The self-consuming artifact became his signature figure. A text is an event, not an object. It does something to you, and what it does is the point.

In 1974 he moved to Johns Hopkins as Kenan Professor of English and the Humanities. The Hopkins years produced the book that fixed his place in theory. Is There a Text in This Class? The Authority of Interpretive Communities (1980) collected a decade of essays and framed them with the anecdote of the student’s question. The argument had shifted under Fish’s feet during that decade, and he was candid about the shift, printing his earlier positions and then the arguments that undid them. He had begun by locating meaning in the reader’s experience of the text. He ended by denying that either the text or the reader comes first. Both are products of interpretive communities: bundles of assumptions, trained habits of noticing, shared standards of evidence and relevance that exist before any individual act of reading and that make reading possible. A Miltonist, a biblical literalist, a securities lawyer, and a deconstructionist do not see the same page and then disagree about it. Their training determines what the page can be for them.

Critics called this relativism, and the charge followed him for forty years. His answer stayed constant. Nothing goes. Interpretation is constrained at every moment, but the constraints do not sit inside texts waiting to be found. They live in institutions, professions, and practices. A reading can be wrong, and readings are declared wrong every day, but wrong according to the standards of some community of judgment, never according to a standard that floats above all communities. Fish did not free interpretation from discipline. He relocated the discipline and took away the fantasy of the neutral referee.

The Hopkins classroom gave the theory its flesh. In the mid-1980s Fish team-taught a yearlong course on interpretation with the art scholar Michael Fried (b. 1939), forty undergraduates, two stars at the same table. Fried later said that Fish taught like a tornado and that he himself sometimes felt like another student in the room. One morning they sat down, Fish began the presentation, and Fried leaned over and whispered that half the class was missing. Fish paused. Then he announced to the students present that attendance was impermissibly down, that he and Professor Fried were stepping out for coffee, and that when they returned in an hour the missing students would have been found and produced. He spoke slowly, weighing each word. The room emptied on his instruction. The story circulates because it is funny and because it is exact. Authority, in Fish’s theory, is never grounded in anything outside practice, and in Fish’s classroom it never needed to be.

Duke bought the theory and the man together. In the early 1980s Duke was a good regional school with money and ambition, and its English department was staffed, as Fish later put it, by men doing traditional historical work while the action had moved elsewhere. Frank Lentricchia (b. 1940), a Duke alumnus back on the faculty, pushed the administration to hire Fish over internal opposition. Fish arrived in 1985-86 as chair with funds to recruit, and his wife Jane Tompkins (b. 1940), a reader-response critic of standing, was hired into the department at the same time. That double appointment was the strategy in miniature. Fish had grasped two facts about the academic market before most administrators would say them aloud. Star names build a department’s brand the way star names build a network’s, and academic couples desperate to live in the same city are an opportunity, not a nuisance. Hire both. Pay well. Let the rankings follow.

They followed. Between 1986 and 1992 Fish recruited Barbara Herrnstein Smith, Annabel Patterson and Lee Patterson, Toril Moi, Cathy Davidson, Karla FC Holloway, Houston A. Baker Jr., Jonathan Goldberg, Eve Kosofsky Sedgwick (1950-2009), and, for a few years, Henry Louis Gates Jr. (b. 1950). Fredric Jameson (1934-2024), the country’s leading Marxist critic, ran the graduate program in literature down the hall. The Chronicle of Higher Education announced that Duke’s hiring spree was the talk of the literary world. Graduate applications tripled. Historical coverage requirements were dropped. Fish also ran Duke University Press‘s theory list and, from 1993 to 1998, the press as a whole. For a few years a tobacco-money university in North Carolina was the most talked-about address in the American humanities, and Fish had built it the way a general manager builds a roster.

He enjoyed the money and let it show. He drove a Jaguar. He collected the salary of a dean while holding a chair, and when the British novelist David Lodge (1935-2025) modeled his character Morris Zapp on Fish, a jet-setting American theorist whose stated ambition is to become the highest-paid English professor in the world, Fish did not sue or sulk. He signed off letters with the name. Zapp appears in Changing Places (1975) and Small World (1984), and by the late 1980s readers of campus fiction could not tell where the character ended and the man began. Fish’s enemies took the Jaguar and the salary as proof of corruption. Fish took them as proof of his own argument. Prestige is manufactured. Value is conferred by institutions. He had said so in print. Why would he pretend his own career worked otherwise?

The culture wars made him a national symbol. To the Wall Street Journal editorial page and the writers gathered around it, Fish was the man wrecking the American university: the theorist who denied that great books carry objective value, and the chairman who had stocked a department with critics of race, gender, and empire. Dinesh D’Souza (b. 1961) featured Duke in Illiberal Education (1991), and Fish debated him on campuses across the country, two performers who understood that they were good for each other’s fees. Camille Paglia (b. 1947) called Fish a totalitarian Tinkerbell. In 1990 Fish wrote a memo to Duke’s provost describing the National Association of Scholars, the organization of traditionalist faculty, as widely known to be racist, sexist, and homophobic, and urging that its members be kept off key curriculum and tenure committees. The memo leaked. For a man whose entire public teaching held that no one argues from a neutral place, it was an awkward document, since it proposed to treat his opponents’ partisanship as disqualifying while exempting his own. He absorbed the hit and kept moving. He always kept moving.

The move that puzzled observers most was into law. Fish held a joint appointment in Duke’s law school, taught himself the field’s literature, and in Doing What Comes Naturally: Change, Rhetoric, and the Practice of Theory in Literary and Legal Studies (1989) took his account of interpretation into jurisprudence. Judges, he argued, stand where readers stand. The legal past does not present itself raw. It becomes visible only through the categories of present professional training, and what counts as fit, precedent, or fidelity is settled by that training, never by the texts alone. His chief antagonist was Ronald Dworkin (1931-2013), whose picture of law as a chain novel, each judge adding a chapter that fits what came before while casting the law in its best moral light, Fish attacked as one more attempt to stand outside practice and referee it. He hit the originalists from the same side. There is no pristine original meaning waiting in the archive, because the archive is legible only through present assumptions. And he hit the living constitutionalists from the other, since a judge cannot will himself free of his formation and legislate from pure principle. A judge does what comes naturally, and what comes naturally is what his profession has made of him. The law still changes, because professions are never as unified as they look. They are full of rival camps, generational grudges, and prestige contests, and change comes when an insider redeploys the institution’s own currency, precedent and doctrine and elegance, against its current settlement. Nobody escapes to argue from outside. The outside is not available.

From there the free speech books followed as night follows day. There’s No Such Thing as Free Speech, and It’s a Good Thing, Too (1994), The Trouble with Principle (1999), and The First (2019) run the same trap with different bait. Fish begins with a principle everyone salutes: free expression, tolerance, open inquiry, neutrality. He then asks what the principle requires in practice, and within pages the boundaries appear. Every speech regime excludes something, threats, fraud, harassment, incitement, perjury, and the exclusions are political and institutional judgments, not deductions from the principle. The principle never decided anything. Some community’s sense of harm and value decided, and the principle arrived afterward to dress the decision. His titles sound like provocations because the arguments are provocations, and his method is to make the reader spring the trap on himself.

In 1998 he left Duke, and in 1999 a long Lingua Franca autopsy described the department he had built as in ruins, its stars feuding or departing, its brief empire over. Fish had already taken the deanship of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences at the University of Illinois at Chicago, at a salary reported around $230,000, an enormous figure for the job, and set about running the Duke play at a commuter school on the West Side of Chicago. He hired stars at $130,000 to $175,000 while the average senior professor earned $90,000, and the resentments this produced tracked the money. One professor of English told Larissa MacFarquhar (b. 1968), who profiled him for the New Yorker in 2001 under the title “The Dean’s List,” that she was a peon toiling in the vineyard whom the dean did not consult. Another said Fish had changed the faculty’s self-esteem, that they had tilled their row well but never imagined joining the larger conversation until he arrived. Both statements were true. MacFarquhar’s profile caught a man his colleagues found impossible to stop watching, without pretense and wholly self-absorbed at once, friendly in person to a degree that startled people who knew only the reputation. Tompkins, in her memoir A Life in School: What the Teacher Learned (1996), had described her husband from closer range: a slightly pudgy man with terrible posture whose trousers kept slipping because he could not stand a tight belt. When the Illinois legislature cut the university’s budget, Fish fought the cuts in public, lost, and stepped down as dean around 2004, staying on briefly as Distinguished Professor. His considered verdict on state legislatures and public higher education was unprintable in most of the venues that sought it.

The deanship settled his late subject: the university and what it is for. Professional Correctness (1995) had already argued that literary criticism cannot produce political change and demeans itself by pretending to. Save the World on Your Own Time (2008) put the case in plain terms for a general audience. Professors are hired to teach subjects and produce knowledge. The classroom is neither a rally nor a therapy session. Universities that issue political declarations spend authority they did not earn and will need later. Academic freedom protects the doing of academic work, and Versions of Academic Freedom (2014) sorted the competing definitions and defended the narrowest, most professional one. The argument offended the professoriate’s self-image, which was much of its purpose, but it was of a piece with everything he had written since Berkeley. Institutions survive by knowing their own work and defending its boundaries. Moral theater is a solvent.

From 2005 to 2013 he wrote for the New York Times, first in the Week in Review and then in the Think Again column online, where his pieces on politics, religion, movies, Milton, and the humanities were regularly among the paper’s most e-mailed. He had moved to Florida International University in 2005 as Davidson-Kahn Distinguished University Professor of Humanities and Law, teaching in the law school, and he later held a visiting chair at Cardozo School of Law in New York. The late books came steadily. How to Write a Sentence: And How to Read One (2011) distilled fifty years of close reading into a manual and a love letter; his own prose, fast, aggressive, and syntactically showy, had always been part of his argument. Winning Arguments (2016) treated rhetoric as the master art it was before philosophy demoted it. Law at the Movies: Turning Legal Doctrine into Art (2024), published in his eighty-sixth year, read 12 Angry Men, Anatomy of a Murder, and A Man for All Seasons as dramas of procedure, films that turn evidentiary rules and institutional constraint into narrative form. It was not a departure. It was the interpretive-communities argument on a screen.

Then came the last provocation. In 2023 Fish accepted an appointment at New College of Florida, the small public liberal arts college in Sarasota that Governor Ron DeSantis (b. 1978) and the activist Christopher Rufo (b. 1984) had taken over as the flagship of a conservative reconstruction of state higher education. Rufo, installed on the board of trustees, had announced that his side was over the walls and ready to transform higher education from within. Much of the academic world treated the campus as occupied territory. Fish, at eighty-five, went there to teach Milton for the first time in twenty years, along with a course built on the sentence book, and took the title of presidential scholar in residence. Asked why, he gave interviewers the answer he had been giving for sixty years in different words: he wanted to teach, the classroom is where the work is, and he had never accepted the premise that a university’s politics, left or right, settles the value of what happens in its classrooms. “I’m still here,” he told the Chronicle of Higher Education that fall. “And as of yesterday, still playing basketball.” In April 2024 he sat on a stage in Sarasota with Mark Bauerlein, the Emory emeritus and New College trustee, and argued about free speech and academic freedom in front of a paying town. President Richard Corcoran billed the two men as giants. Fish’s critics saw a lifelong contrarian lending prestige to a political demolition. His defenders saw the only consistent man in the room. He had spent forty years telling professors to save the world on their own time, and he was not going to exempt the professors he agreed with.

He has been a Fellow of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences since 1985. His first marriage, to Adrienne Aaron, ended in divorce and produced a daughter. He married Tompkins in 1982, and the two of them have team-taught, moved, and argued in print across five universities and forty years. He plays basketball into his late eighties and says so to reporters, because the detail does what he has always wanted details to do. It performs.

Fish’s importance lies in his refusal of innocence. He does not permit the reader to believe that meaning is natural, that law is mechanical, that speech is pure, that the university floats above politics, or that criticism escapes its own institutional conditions. His critics find the work circular, abrasive, and pleased with itself, and they have a point on all three counts. The circularity is partly the position: a theory holding that no one argues from outside a practice cannot itself argue from outside a practice, and Fish concedes the point cheerfully, since for him it costs nothing. What his critics miss when they call him destructive is the deep conservatism of the claim underneath. Constraint is not the enemy of meaning. Constraint is the condition of meaning. We read, judge, argue, and teach because we have been formed by institutions that make those acts possible, and gratitude toward one’s formation, not escape from it, is the honest posture. That is a Miltonic thought, and Fish has been having it since 1967. The fallen reader cannot climb back to a view from nowhere. He can only learn what his fall reveals about where he stands. Fish took that lesson from a Puritan poem, secularized it, and spent sixty years teaching it to lawyers, professors, deans, and newspaper readers, most of whom resisted it, many of whom could not put it down. Nobody reads from nowhere. Nobody had made the point with more pleasure.

Notes

The Wimsatt anecdote, the Fried anecdote, the National Book Award nomination for Self-Consuming Artifacts, the full Duke hiring list, and the “grad applications jumped 300 percent” figure come from Mark Bauerlein‘s Chronicle Review essay “A Solitary Thinker” (2011).

The 1964 Berkeley aphorism, the UIC salary figures of $130,000-$175,000 versus the $90,000 average, the Nancy Cirillo “peon in the vineyard” quote, the John Huntington quote, and the Jane Tompkins “pudgy… leisure suit” description all come from Larissa MacFarquhar‘s New Yorker profile “The Dean’s List” (2001), excerpted in Times Higher Education.

The couples-hiring strategy and Morris Zapp identification come from Slate, “The Indefensible Stanley Fish” (1999), and The New Criterion, “The Contemporary Sophist”.

The Duke origins, including Frank Lentricchia‘s role, the “good regional school” characterization, the 1986 chairmanship, and Tompkins being hired simultaneously, come from Duke Today, October 2024.

New College material, the basketball quote, and the Milton course come from the Chronicle interview “Why Is Stanley Fish Teaching at Florida’s New College?”, November 2023, and the Bauerlein event announcement.

The Great Delusion

If John J. Mearsheimer’s anthropology is right, it does not challenge Stanley Fish. It serves as a near-perfect empirical, biological, and structural validation of Fish’s entire philosophical career.

Fish’s central claim is that an individual can never be an isolated, autonomous, objective thinker. When you read a text or analyze a legal statute, you are always already inside a specific community that dictates how you interpret the world. You do not choose your interpretive strategies; they are supplied to you by the group.

This maps precisely onto Mearsheimer’s assertion that we are profoundly social beings from start to finish and that individualism is of secondary importance. When Mearsheimer writes that humans do not operate as lone wolves but are born into social groups that shape their identities well before they can assert their individualism, he is describing the exact developmental process that creates Fish’s interpretive communities. The long human childhood allows family and society to impose an enormous value infusion on the individual. By the time a person learns to read or reason, his community has already installed the cognitive software that determines what he perceives as a fact, a moral truth, or a valid argument. Mearsheimer provides the biological timeline for Fish’s epistemology.

Both Mearsheimer and Fish are fierce, unrelenting critics of political liberalism, and they target the exact same vulnerability. Fish’s 1999 book, There’s No Such Thing as Free Speech, and It’s a Good Thing, Too, argues that liberal concepts like “free speech,” “fairness,” and “procedural neutrality” are completely fraudulent. Fish contends that no public square is ever neutral; whoever controls the square simply uses the language of neutrality to enforce their own partisan preferences and suppress their rivals.

Mearsheimer reaches the exact same conclusion from the field of international relations. He argues that political liberalism is a delusion because it treats people as atomistic actors governed by universal rights and detached reason. If Mearsheimer’s anthropology is correct—meaning reason is the least important way we determine our preferences, far behind socialization and innate sentiments—then Fish’s critique of liberalism is completely vindicated. Human beings are incapable of maintaining a neutral, universalist public square because they are biologically hardwired to favor their own tribe and enforce its specific moral code. Universalism is merely a rhetorical weapon used by dominant tribes to expand their power.

Fish is famous for his argument that “theory has no consequences.” He claims that studying high-minded philosophical theories about justice, realism, or ethics never changes how people behave in practice. When an investigator, lawyer, or judge acts, he acts out of the deep, unreflective habits of his professional and local community, not because he is following an abstract theoretical model.

Mearsheimer’s view explains why theory is so impotent. If an individual’s thinking about right and wrong comes primarily from inborn attitudes and intense childhood socialization, then abstract, late-developed intellectual theories are just decorative window dressing. When pushed into a corner, the human animal will always default to the visceral, non-rational allegiances of his group.

If Mearsheimer’s anthropology is correct, Stanley Fish is not merely a clever literary provocateur. He is the theorist who accurately described how the human mind operates within its tribal boundaries. Man cannot step outside of his interpretive community because his very survival depends on being embedded in a society, making Fish’s radical anti-foundationalism the natural psychological reality of Mearsheimer’s realist world.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

Stanley Fish’s anti-foundationalist philosophy aligns remarkably well with David Pinsof’s view of human behavior. Fish famously argues that objective, timeless standards do not exist in literature or law. Meaning is not found inside a text; it is generated by “interpretive communities”—groups that share specific assumptions, goals, and strategies. In books like There’s No Such Thing as Free Speech, and It’s a Good Thing, Too, Fish claims that neutral principles are just rhetorical tools used by competing factions to advance their own political agendas. Because Fish already rejects the idea that humans can transcend their local perspectives, Pinsof’s framework applies directly to Fish’s diagnostic method. Fish unmasks the supreme irony of the standard intellectual. When a judge, philosopher, or social scientist appeals to a neutral principle like “free speech” or “merit,” he is not discovering a universal truth. He is executing a savvy strategy to entrench his own group’s power. Intellectuals do not fail to understand neutral principles; they use them to win arguments and control institutions.
Pinsof drops this insight into a Darwinian context. The interpretive communities Fish describes are not arbitrary academic clusters. They are evolutionary coalitions. The arguments over how to interpret a statute or a poem are high-stakes, zero-sum competitions over status, resources, and institutional control. Partisans do not align with an interpretive community because they made a logical error. They align with it because confirmation bias helps them protect their allies and attack their rivals.
Fish frames his anti-foundationalism as a liberating piece of clarity, even writing a book titled Save the World on Your Own Time, where he tells professors to stop trying to be moral crusaders and just do their jobs. Pinsof invites an examination of the actual motives behind Fish’s own pragmatic stance. Operating as a hyper-cynical, highly paid academic who tells everyone else that their ideals are fake is a phenomenal maneuver in the elite university marketplace. It captures immense status within the intellectual hierarchy. It signals a level of theoretical superiority that ordinary people, occupied with daily survival, find irrelevant. It allows the anti-foundationalist to look down on his peers not as competitors, but as naive actors who still believe in their own mission statements.
The conflict between different social and political factions does not persist because people lack a robust theory of interpretation. It persists because human coalitions have fundamentally conflicting motives over dominance and power. The only misunderstanding in critical theory is the belief that unmasking a strategy changes the incentive to deploy it.

The Confessing Player: Stanley Fish Through Pierre Bourdieu

In the late 1980s the most famous English professor in America drove a Jaguar to campus, told reporters what he earned, and signed letters with the name of the fictional careerist a novelist had modeled on him. Every element of the display broke the rules of academic self-presentation. Professors are supposed to drive sensible cars, deflect questions about money, and bristle at satire. Fish flaunted the car, itemized the money, and adopted the satire as a pen name. His enemies took the performance as an admission. He took their outrage as a fee.

Pierre Bourdieu (1930-2002) built the tools for reading this performance, and the reading runs deeper than the standard charge of careerism. In Bourdieu’s account, the academy is a field: a structured space of positions where agents compete for capital that the field alone can grant. The capital comes in kinds. Economic capital is money. Cultural capital is credentials, competence, and cultivated taste. Social capital is connections. Symbolic capital is the converted form of the others, capital that has been laundered into prestige and misrecognized as pure merit. The field runs on that misrecognition. Everyone competes for advantage, but the competition presents itself as a disinterested pursuit of truth, and the presentation is a condition of the game. Bourdieu called the deep investment in the game illusio, the shared conviction that the stakes are worth wanting. He called the field’s power to create value consecration. And in Homo Academicus (1984), he turned the instruments on his own profession and showed that the positions professors take in their work track the positions they hold in the field.

Fish looks at first like a textbook object for this apparatus. A plumber’s son from Providence converts scholarship boy talent into a Penn degree, the Penn degree into a Yale doctorate at twenty-four, the doctorate into Surprised by Sin, and the book into a chair, then repeats the conversion at each level until the cultural capital pays out as economic capital in salaries that made the newspapers. The trajectory is the classic climb Bourdieu charted in France, the provincial talent consecrated by the central institutions. Duke then shows the second Bourdieusian face. As chair, Fish became a consecrating power. He grasped that a department’s standing is symbolic capital, that symbolic capital can be bought with economic capital if the purchase is disguised as recruitment, and that the value of a critic’s work rises when a famous department pays a famous price for it. The Duke hiring campaign, the tripled applications, the Duke University Press theory list: Fish ran a consecration engine and let everyone watch. The Rules of Art (1992) argues that the value of the work is produced by the field of production as a belief in the value of the work. Fish operated that production line in Durham and never pretended otherwise.

The refusal to pretend is where the yield sits. The standard weapon against any academic is the unmasking: you claim to serve truth, but look at your salary, your ambition, your brand. Bourdieu’s whole method is a controlled version of that unmasking. Fish is the rare figure who cannot be unmasked, because he wears no mask. He concedes the salary, the ambition, and the brand before the accuser arrives, and he concedes them with pleasure. Within Bourdieu’s frame, this candor is a move in the game it describes. Bourdieu named the maneuver: the strategy of condescension. An agent with overwhelming symbolic capital can profit from breaking the very rules that constitute his eminence, because the breach displays a security no ordinary player has. The aristocrat who uses slang, the Nobel laureate who calls his prize a lottery, the professor who prices his own aura: each transgression works only from the top, and each converts the transgression into further distinction. When Fish tells an interviewer that prestige is manufactured and that he manufactures it, he performs a candor that his rivals cannot afford to match. A rival who matched it would sound bitter. Fish sounds free. The confession that looks like the end of the game extends the game, and the price of a Fish appearance rises with each round of professed cynicism.

The confession also disarms in advance. Bourdieu observed that the field punishes naive belief and rewards a knowing relation to belief; the highest positions belong to those who play with a display of lucidity about playing. Fish institutionalized this. Once he has said that all value is conferred, that the star system is a market, and that he is its best trader, the critic who repeats these facts adds nothing, and the critic who moralizes about them looks like the last naif in the room. The accusation has been nationalized. Fish’s essays on the profession perform the same acquisition at the level of theory. Professional Correctness tells literary critics that their political ambitions are fantasies and their real product is professional pleasure. The book angered the discipline and enlarged Fish, since the man who says the game is only a game claims the one position the game cannot assign: the seat above the table. Bourdieu would deny that the seat exists. The claim to see through the field is a position within the field, and among the strongest, because it captures the profits of participation and the profits of lucidity at once.

This doubleness gives Fish his shape: the heretic who becomes a consecrator. Bourdieu divided fields between orthodoxy, the established who defend the going definitions of excellence, and heresy, the challengers who profit from redefining excellence in terms that favor their own capital. Fish entered as a heretic. Against Wimsatt’s verbal icon he set the reader’s experience, a redefinition that devalued the skills of the reigning generation and revalued his own. The heresy succeeded, and success converted it. By 1986 the former challenger held the power to ordain, and he ordained a new establishment of theorists whose collective rise confirmed the redefinition that had lifted him. The 1990 memo urging Duke’s provost to keep National Association of Scholars members off key committees marks the completed conversion. The heretic now policed heresy. Fish’s own theory has an account of this, since he holds that every regime excludes and that the only question is which exclusions, but the theory presents the fact as a neutral truth about all regimes. Bourdieu presents it as a victory with victors. The regime that excluded the NAS was Fish’s regime, defending Fish’s capital, and the serene tone of the theory floats on the security of the winnings.

Set the two conceptual instruments side by side and the deletion shows. Fish’s interpretive community and Bourdieu’s field describe the same terrain: meaning fixed by trained dispositions, standards internal to practices, no appeal beyond the going procedures. But Fish’s communities are flat. Membership trains perception, and there the analysis stops. Bourdieu’s field is a gravitational system. Positions are ranked, capital is unequally distributed, the dominant define legitimacy, and every act of interpretation is also a move in a struggle over who may interpret. Fish gives us communities without class. His account has judges, Miltonists, and literalists, all differently trained, none differently placed. It has no scholarship boys, no adjuncts, no provincial campuses feeding the central ones, no answer to the question of why some interpretive strategies command salaries and others command nothing. The omission is efficient. A theory of communities without domination can be preached from the dominant position without friction, since it describes the arena while keeping silent about the scoreboard. Bourdieu supplies the scoreboard, and on the scoreboard the theorist of interpretive communities holds a record score.

Then comes the question Fish never asks: who can afford his views. Anti-foundationalism, as Fish lives it, says there is no ground beneath the game, no tribunal above the profession, no meaning outside the practices that confer it. As a doctrine, the field can debate it. As a posture, it has a price of admission. A man who holds every prize the game awards can announce that the game is all there is, because for him the game has been generous, and the announcement costs him nothing while displaying his nerve. An assistant professor at a directional state school who announced the same thing would be describing his own worthlessness, since his position in the only reality on offer is a poor one, and the game he cannot transcend is a game he is losing. He needs the tribunal Fish dissolves. He needs merit to be real and recognition to be owed, because appeal to a standard beyond the field’s verdict is the one asset the field cannot strip from him. Fish’s serene godlessness about institutions is the amor fati of a winner, the love of necessity available to those whom necessity has treated well. Bourdieu made this a general law: the propensity to take a lucid, disenchanted view of the game varies with the security of one’s position in it, and the dominated cling to the official pieties because the pieties are their only claim. Fish presents his position as courage, the nerve to live without comfort. Bourdieu prices the courage and finds it discounted for the man who holds it.

The comparison sharpens against Bourdieu’s own case, because the two men climbed the same slope. Bourdieu’s father was a sharecropper’s son turned village postman in rural Béarn; the boy boarded at a provincial lycée, suffered there, and rose through the École Normale to the Collège de France. Fish’s father was a Polish immigrant plumber; the boy rose through Penn and Yale to every chair he wanted. Same distance traveled, opposite accountings. Bourdieu spent his last years turning the instruments on himself. Sketch for a Self-Analysis (2004) opens by refusing the name of autobiography and then applies field, capital, and habitus to its author, reporting a habitus split in two, the cleft habitus of the climber who carries the dispositions of his origin into a world that reads them as defects, who feels fraudulence at the summit and shame toward the base, and who admits that his sociology of domination began as a way of understanding his own scars. Fish reports no scars. In his telling the plumber’s shop appears as a colorful origin, never as a wound, and the ascent appears as a run of performances, never as a translation between classes. He has written thousands of pages on how institutions make selves and almost none on how institutions made his. The silence is loud in a man this loud. Two explanations offer themselves. The American academic field may absorb climbers with less friction than the French, its manners less coded, its examinations less sacramental, so that the ascent leaves lighter marks. Or the marks are there and the performance forecloses them, since the persona of the delighted player has no register for humiliation, and the candor about money, so total, so disarming, functions as a screen: he confesses the Jaguar so that no one asks about Providence. Bourdieu’s rule of method favors the second reading. What an agent volunteers about his interests is itself interested; the confession is sincere and strategic at once, and the loudest disclosure marks the spot where disclosure stops.

Illusio closes the circuit. Bourdieu insisted that even the disenchanted player is invested, that seeing through the game and quitting the game are different acts, and that the field’s true believers include its loudest cynics. Fish is the proof. Into his eighty-ninth year he takes appointments, stages debates, publishes, feuds, and tells reporters he still plays basketball, a detail offered because standing in every game he plays is the point of playing. His anti-foundationalism, read through Bourdieu, is the theodicy of this investment. If no position outside the field exists, then total engagement is the only rational life, exit is an illusion, and the man who never stopped competing was right never to stop. The doctrine justifies the appetite, and the appetite came first. Somewhere behind both stands the first fact in the file: a boy with no inherited capital of any kind discovered that the academy would trade rank for brilliance, and he made the trade at every window for seventy years. Bourdieu would call the doctrine an interest transfigured into a philosophy. He would add, because his honesty ran this far, that the same could be said of his own sociology, and he said it, in the last book, about himself. That is the settlement between them. Fish confessed the money and kept the self. Bourdieu confessed the self and built the science that prices confessions, including this one.

The Hero Who Cannot Be Fooled: Stanley Fish’s Hero System

Open Paradise Lost to the first book and read it the way a nineteen-year-old reads it. A ruined angel lifts his head from a lake of fire and speaks. He has lost everything and concedes nothing. What though the field be lost? All is not lost. The unconquerable will, the courage never to submit or yield. The lines run hot and the reader runs with them, and for two hundred years critics said Milton had blundered or confessed, that the devil had escaped the poet and taken the poem. In 1967 a young man from Providence said no. The devil escaped nothing. The poet built the seduction, timed it, let the reader fall for the ruined angel, then corrected him, and the correction is the education. The reader repeats the fall of Adam at the level of syntax. You admired Satan because you are the kind of creature who admires Satan, and now you know.

Surprised by Sin made Stanley Fish’s name, and it also drew the floor plan of his inner life. Ernest Becker (1924-1974) argued in The Denial of Death (1973) that a man cannot live in the raw knowledge of his insignificance and his end, so every culture builds a hero system, a structure of roles and values inside which a man can earn the feeling that he counts, that his life adds something to an account larger than his body. The hero system tells him what a hero is and lets him become one by degrees: the believer heroic in obedience, the soldier in sacrifice, the scholar in contribution, the father in provision. Becker’s claim is that the earning is the point. Self-esteem is the ration by which humans hold off the terror of not mattering, and each system defines the coin.

Fish built his hero against two terrors, and both are in the Milton book before he turned thirty.

The first is the terror of not counting. He came from a plumbing contractor’s home in Providence, a family with no shelf of books and no name in any register that the great world kept. The academy offered the boy a wager it did not offer his father: rank for brilliance, and the rank went up without limit. He took the wager at every window for seventy years, Penn, Yale at twenty-four, Berkeley, Hopkins, Duke, the deanship, the columns, the fees, and he never disguised the taking. The plumber’s son would count, and he would hold the receipts where everyone could see them.

The second terror is stranger and runs deeper, and it is the one Surprised by Sin dramatizes on every page: the terror of being the fool. Satan’s first victim is the confident reader, the man who trusts his own responses, who believes he stands on neutral ground and sees things as they are. Milton punishes that man. Fish spent his career making sure the punishment could never land on him. His hero is the reader who knows he is inside the trap, the player who can never be taken in because he has renounced, in advance, every belief a sharper man might strip from him. Others believe in the text; he knows the text is made. Others believe in merit; he knows merit is conferred. Others believe in principle; he knows principle arrives after the verdict to dress it. The confident reader falls. Fish does not fall, because he has already jumped.

Put the two terrors together and the hero system comes into focus. Its sacred values are lucidity, the game, craft, and standing. Lucidity means seeing through every claim of foundation, one’s own included. The game means the professional field, the only arena where value gets made, and total investment in it is not corruption, it is realism. Craft means the sentence, the argument, the class taught like weather. Standing means the score: chairs, salaries, citations, enemies of quality. Heroism in this system is a career conducted at full appetite with open eyes, and damnation is naivete, the sin of the man who thinks he argues from nowhere. Fish’s subtraction story is the largest in his generation. He subtracted the self-sufficient text, the recoverable author, original meaning, neutral principle, free speech, the university’s moral mission, and finally the ground under all of them, and he claimed to live well on what remained. Becker teaches us to ask what a subtraction protects. This one protects the hero from refutation. A theory holding that every objection issues from inside some interested practice has no address at which defeat can be delivered. The armor is total. Becker might call it a causa sui project in the strict sense: a self that authored its own terms so thoroughly that no father, no God, and no referee retains the power to grade it.

Sacred values look universal and are not. Take lucidity, the first coin of Fish’s realm. For a Benedictine novice, lucidity means the dismantling of self-flattery before God, and its fruit is obedience; a novice who saw through his abbot the way Fish sees through a provost would be failing at lucidity, not achieving it. For a homicide detective, lucidity means refusing the story the room wants told, and it serves a verdict he believes in; strip the belief in the verdict and his lucidity has no job. For a Soviet dissident of the old type, lucidity meant naming the lie at the cost of standing, the opposite trade from Fish’s, since Fish’s lucidity raised his price and the dissident’s destroyed his. For a poker professional, lucidity comes nearest to Fish’s coin, sight without illusion deployed for advantage inside a bounded game, which may explain why Fish’s prose so often reads like a man showing you the hand after he has taken the pot.

Or take merit. In Fish’s system merit is manufactured, a product of consecrating institutions, and saying so out loud is heroic candor. For an exam-season mother in Seoul, merit is a ladder God or the state holds steady, and the family climbs it by burnt offering of sleep; tell her the ladder is manufactured and you have not enlightened her, you have insulted the offering. For a union pipefitter, merit lives in the book and the seniority list, earned time nobody can talk his way around, and the professor who says merit is conferred by talk describes the enemy. For a startup founder, merit is the market’s verdict and arrives in the funding round; he agrees with Fish that committees manufacture prestige, and he draws the opposite moral, that the game is rigged and should be routed around. For a Talmudist, merit is lineage and transmission, whose teacher’s teacher, and a brilliant man with no chain behind him is a danger. Same word. Five systems. Five heroes who cannot trade places.

The rival Fish fought longest ran a hero system built on the belief Fish had renounced first. Ronald Dworkin gave American law its most exalted self-portrait: law as integrity, the judge as author of a chain novel who must continue the story in its best moral light, and behind the working judge the ideal one, Hercules, who reads the entire legal past and finds the answer that is really there. Dworkin’s sacred values wear the same names as Fish’s, argument, craft, the profession, and mean different things under the canopy. For Dworkin, argument answers to a right answer; craft serves justice; the profession is a trusteeship for something above it. His hero earns his standing by fidelity to a moral order the field did not make and cannot repeal. That is a full Becker system, an immortality project in the classic key: the judge participates in something deathless, law working itself pure across generations, and his best opinions join it. Fish spent twenty years telling Dworkin that Hercules does not exist, that the legal past is visible only through present training, that the best moral light is whatever light the profession’s winners currently shine. Notice what each hero risks. Dworkin risks being the fool, the man caught believing in a referee who was never there, the fate Fish organized his life to escape. Fish risks the other fate, the one Dworkin’s system escapes by design: playing a lifetime for a score that dies with the scoreboard. Neither man could pay the other’s premium. That is what a hero system is.

There are more systems at the table than these two. A tribalist and traditionalist runs a third, in which the sacred values are loyalty, continuity, and the health of a people across generations, and in that system Fish’s career reads as brilliance without patrimony, seventy years of winnings and no heir named, while Dworkin reads as a man who universalized his tribe’s morals and called the result reason. The tribalist’s hero transmits. Both Fish and Dworkin accumulate. A Pentecostal deacon runs a fourth system and might see in Fish’s anti-foundationalism a man one inch from the truth, since Fish agrees the natural mind cannot ground its own judgments, and then refuses the Grounder. Each system prices the others’ heroes as fools or as prodigal sons. No referee stands outside to settle it, which is the one point on which Fish and Becker agree before they part.

They part over what the game is for. Fish’s self-awareness is the highest of any figure in this series. He audits his own interests in public, confesses the salary and the appetite, concedes that his theory licenses his career and cheerfully bills the license. The standard hero conceals his hero system from himself; Becker says he must, since the system works only while it feels like reality rather than costume. Fish parades the costume. He tells you the robes are rented. And here Becker cuts deeper than Bourdieu, because Becker asks about the one line the audit never reaches. Fish’s ledger prices everything except its own closing. Standing, the coin of his realm, is paid only to the living. The system confers rank and cannot confer continuance. Milton’s system could. The poem Fish kept beside him for sixty years is the fullest immortality architecture in English, a ranked cosmos where obedience is heroism, where the Father keeps the register, where death is defeated in Book XII on schedule, and Fish’s career is a long commentary that preserves the poem’s discipline and deletes its Referent. He kept the trap, the training, the education by correction. He cut eternity. What remains is a hero system with Milton’s rigor and no Book XII, a game played superbly toward no verdict that survives the players.

He knows. That is the finding that separates this essay from the others in the series. In 2023, at eighty-five, he took the appointment in Sarasota to teach Milton again after twenty years, and when the Chronicle called, he gave the reporter politics and then gave him the real answer. “I’m still here,” he said. “And as of yesterday, still playing basketball.” A blogger covering the interview wrote that he wished someone would sit Fish down and ask about aging, retirement, time, and meaning instead. Nobody has, and Fish has not volunteered, and the silence is the most legible text he has produced. The man who spent a career springing traps on confident readers, who wrote thousands of pages proving that what you refuse to examine is what runs you, will not run the method on his own mortality in public. Still here. Still playing. The sentence does the work of an entire theology: presence as the last proof of standing, the game extended one more day as the answer to the question the game cannot answer. Becker predicted the move. When the hero system contains no immortality symbol, the hero doubles his stake in the play, because stopping would let the silence speak.

Give him his due, because the due is large. He never sent the bill to others that softer men send. He did not demand that students admire him as a moral guide, did not dress his appetite as service, did not claim his discipline saves the world, and fought the professors who claimed it, which spared a generation of students some portion of cant. He taught with a force his colleagues compared to weather forty years apart. He honored his enemies by fighting them at full strength, and Dworkin’s theory is sharper because Fish spent twenty years on it. Inside his own system he is close to a perfect hero: lucid, invested, craftsmanlike, paid. The three coordinates, then. The shape of the hero: the player who cannot be fooled, the reader who jumped before the poem could push him, appetite and sight fused in one career. The unnamed rival: never Dworkin, who was named on every page, but the God of the poem he taught for sixty years, the Referent he deleted and kept teaching, the one opponent he never argued against because argument requires a ground and the ground was the argument. The cost the ledger cannot price: a life’s winnings denominated in a currency the last day does not accept. Milton’s fallen reader is corrected and instructed and sent toward Book XII, where the ledger transfers. Fish’s reader is corrected and instructed and sent back to the game. The game is still running. He is still here. The poem, which he understands better than any man alive, keeps saying the rest of the sentence, and he keeps teaching it, one clause short of the end.

‘The Dean’s List’

Larissa MacFarquhar writes in The New Yorker June 4, 2001:

Whether people like Fish or not, though, they tend to find him fascinating. “He’s totally without pretense and totally self-absorbed, which is an unusual combination,” one professor says. Fish came to U.I.C. with such a disquieting reputation for radicalism and belligerence that he now gets extra credit for his customary friendliness. This has, in fact, always been the case for him. “When I was at Berkeley,” Walter Benn Michaels says, “there was a guy in the English department, just a beyond-belief tedious guy, who was one of the people who resented Stanley and his success. But this guy once stopped me in the hall—everyone always fled from him in the hall; you’d rather open a vein than hear him talk about his work—and said, ‘You know, I have mixed feelings about Stanley Fish, but he is the only one around here who will always stop me and ask how my work is going.’ ”

One reason for Fish’s friendliness is that he is an unusually—he might say neurotically—social person. When he is left alone, he feels suddenly small and vulnerable, and is prone to anxious vacillations between the fear that he will be forced to confront his inner demons and the fear that he doesn’t have any. Fortunately, he is also a neurotically clean and tidy person, and he has found that mastering mess through activities such as vacuuming or making the bed goes a surprisingly long way toward filling the void left by the absence of human companionship. “My wife has explained to me that I’m anal compulsive and that that has its source in my anxiety about losing control,” Fish says. “She has told me that many times, and I know it’s true, but it is not the case that this knowledge has liberated me.”

…After the meeting, Fish decided to drive to the mall. He loves the mall, and his passion for consumerism is legendary. At a fairly early point in his career, Fish and his love of shopping were immortalized, by the novelist David Lodge, in a comic fictional character named Morris Zapp. This followed, confusingly but not coincidentally, Fish’s self-immortalization in the comic nonfictional character named Stanley Fish. Morris Zapp only added lustre and comic depth to Stanley Fish, and Fish himself was thrilled. “Stanley rather exaggerates the resemblance, actually,” Lodge says.

Morris Zapp made his first appearance in 1975, in “Changing Places,” an academic satire. Morris Zapp, Lodge wrote, “was that rarity among American Humanities Professors, a totally unalienated man. He liked America. . . . His needs were simple: a temperate climate, a good library, plenty of inviting ass around the place and enough money to keep him in cigars and liquor and to run a comfortable modern house and two cars.” This was precisely the image that Fish was trying to cultivate when he knew Lodge, at Berkeley in the late sixties, where Fish was a young professor and Lodge was a visiting lecturer from England. Fish was at that point married to his first wife, Adrienne, and had a small daughter (Susan, now a thirty-three-year-old biostatistician). “Stanley was a very glamorous figure to me,” Lodge says. “He had an Alfa Romeo. He had an unashamed love of popular culture at a time when most academics would only indulge that covertly—it was thought to be slightly unprofessional. He loved pop music; he used to write his books while watching baseball on television; and he was completely unawed by European culture. He had these witticisms like ‘Travel narrows the mind.’”

Fish loves fancy clothes and fancy stuff in general. He is famous for his cars. At the moment, he owns only the one Jaguar, but in the course of his life he has owned practically every luxury car in existence. About ten years ago, he gave a talk of transcendent comic brilliance, entitled “The Unbearable Ugliness of Volvos,” in which he argued that academics’ habit of purchasing hideous cars was the result of the perverse need to take pride in their own misery. Fish himself comes from a working-class background in Rhode Island: his father was a plumber, a Jewish immigrant from Poland. In high school, Fish was suspended twice—once for breaking windows, once for running a baseball betting pool. He was the first person in his family to go to college (he was an undergraduate at the University of Pennsylvania and attended graduate school at Yale). The happy consequence is that he finds he can now enjoy the fruits of his labor with no guilt pangs whatsoever…

A classic Fish move is to write to someone who has lambasted him in a particularly nasty way and say that he agrees with everything he said. (Half the time, of course, what is intended as an insult Fish is happy to embrace, as when Eagleton, a friend, called Fish “the Donald Trump of American academia.”) Fish wrote one such letter to Harvey Mansfield, a Machiavelli scholar at Harvard, who had written a stinging review of Fish’s book “The Trouble with Principle.” “He wrote me back,” Fish recalls, “saying, ‘What’s the matter with you? Why aren’t you angry with me? Are you the kind of postmodernist who’s so removed from any kind of affirmation that nothing bothers you?’ ”

The Ritual Engine: Stanley Fish Through Randall Collins

Picture a campus auditorium in 1991. Every seat is taken and students stand along the walls. On one side of the stage sits Dinesh D’Souza, whose book on political correctness has made him the young champion of the counterrevolution. On the other side sits Stanley Fish, chairman of the department D’Souza’s book holds up as the disease. The two men are enemies in print and partners in fact. Each fills the hall the other could not fill alone. Each raises the other’s fee. For ninety minutes they focus a thousand people on a single contest, the crowd leans one way and the other, laughter breaks in waves, and when it ends both men leave charged, booked for the next campus, and better known than they were at eight o’clock. The tour runs for years. Neither man converts the other, and conversion was never the product. The product was the evening.

Randall Collins (b. 1941) built a sociology that treats such evenings as the basic unit of social life. In Interaction Ritual Chains (2004), he argues that the engine of human action is the interaction ritual: bodies gathered in one place, attention focused on a common object, a shared mood that feeds on its own rhythm, and a boundary marking insiders from outsiders. Rituals that succeed produce emotional energy, a charge of confidence and drive that participants carry away in their bodies, and they produce sacred objects, symbols the group now holds charged. People then steer their lives along energy gradients. They return to the situations that charged them and avoid the situations that drained them, and a career, seen from inside, is a chain of rituals, each one funding the next. In The Sociology of Philosophies (1998), Collins scaled the theory up to intellectual life across three millennia and added the structural half: thinkers compete for slots in an attention space that holds only three to six positions at a time, the law of small numbers; creativity clusters in networks of teachers, rivals, and students; and a thinker becomes great by taking a slot in opposition to an occupied one, because the attention space runs on conflict and rewards the man who gives a gathering something to divide over.

Fish is a laboratory demonstration of both halves.

Start with the rituals, because everyone who knew him starts there. Colleagues at Hopkins compared his teaching to a tornado. Michael Fried, who shared a classroom with him for a year, said he sometimes felt like another student in the room. The scene Fried liked to tell, the morning Fish noticed half the class absent, paused, and dispatched the students present to hunt down the missing before the second hour, reads in Collins’s terms as a ritual leader protecting the ingredients of his ritual. Bodily co-presence is the first condition. An emptied room produces no charge, and Fish treated the empty seats as a violation of the rite, which they were. His classrooms met every condition on Collins’s list: assembled bodies, a single focus he controlled, a mood he built and rode, and a boundary, since a Fish course marked you, and students carried the marking for decades. Graduate applications tripled at Duke because eighteen-year-olds and twenty-four-year-olds wanted into the rituals whose charge they had heard described.

Collins holds that emotional energy, not money and not even status, is the true currency intellectuals chase, and that the other rewards convert into it. Fish’s career reads as a seventy-year pursuit of the charge. He arranged his life to maximize hours in high-voltage ritual: the seminar, the lecture, the debate, the public feud, the deanship with its daily combat, the newspaper column with its most-emailed list, which is an applause meter attached to prose. He took the fights other men avoided because for him the fight was income. The Illinois legislature cut his budget and he went to war in print, and the war visibly fed him. He turned even his book titles into ritual openings, provocations engineered to gather a crowd and split it, since a title like There’s No Such Thing as Free Speech, and It’s a Good Thing, Too is an invitation to an argument, and an argument is a ritual with two focused sides. His prose has the same design. It sets a trap, springs it, and lets the reader feel the snap, which is a ritual conducted at a distance, writer and reader focused on one moving object, the reader’s own collapsing assumption.

The D’Souza tour shows the conflict corollary. Collins argues that enemies in the attention space are cooperators at the level of ritual, because opposition is the best focusing device ever found, and two names in conflict draw crowds neither draws alone. The culture wars of the early 1990s were, among other things, an energy economy, and Fish and D’Souza were among its most efficient plants. The Wall Street Journal editorials, the Illiberal Education chapters, the Paglia insults, the New Criterion interview: each attack focused more attention on the slot Fish held, and Fish, who understood the economy better than his attackers, answered in ways calculated to keep the ritual running. A man who wanted the controversy to end could have ended it with silence. Silence was the one instrument he never played.

Now the structural half, which explains the shape of the career rather than its texture. Collins maps intellectual history as chains: masters produce rivals, rivals divide the attention space, and the energized positions pass through personal contact. Fish’s chain runs through Yale at the high noon of the New Criticism, and his formation there follows Collins’s script for creativity, which holds that the great opponent of a school is trained inside it, close enough to the masters to absorb their capital and their charge, then repelled into the opposing slot. Wimsatt co-wrote the essay that ruled the reader’s response out of criticism. Fish built his career on the ruled-out ground. Decades later, in Grand Central Station, Wimsatt looked down at the man on the floor and named him his chief theoretical antagonist, and the scene is Collins’s theory performed as anecdote: the aging holder of a slot recognizes his structural rival, and the recognition, hostile in form, is an anointing in function. Attention space passes that way. The old lion does not name the mediocrities.

The law of small numbers then predicts the career’s strangest feature, its serial opposition. A field’s attention space holds a handful of positions, and a position lives only while its opposite lives. Fish took the anti-foundationalist slot against the New Critical text, and the slot paid for twenty years. Then theory won. By the middle 1980s the insurgency was the establishment, Fish had hired its general staff into one department, and the oppositional slot he had occupied dissolved under him, because a heresy that becomes orthodoxy stops generating charge for its holders. Collins predicts what a figure of Fish’s energy does next: he does not retire into the consensus he built, he finds the new opposition. Fish found three in sequence. Against the legal philosophers he ran the same anti-foundationalist argument into a fresh attention space, where Dworkin held the moral-order slot and needed an antagonist of rank, and the two men divided law-and-interpretation between them for twenty years to their mutual profit. Against his own discipline he then took the position no one wanted, arguing in Professional Correctness that literary criticism changes nothing in the world, a heresy against the politicized field he had helped consecrate, and the field’s outrage confirmed the slot’s value. Against the activist university he ran the argument longer and louder, and Save the World on Your Own Time made him, a builder of the theory academy, the favorite academic of the theory academy’s enemies. The pattern is not inconsistency, the charge his critics preferred. Under Collins the pattern is a law. The man does not hold positions. He holds the oppositional slot, and when the ground under the slot shifts, he shifts with it, because the alternative is the one condition his constitution cannot bear, which is agreement, the state in which nothing focuses and no energy flows.

Read this way, Sarasota needs no political explanation. In 2023 the academic world had achieved near-total consensus that New College was occupied territory, and consensus, in Collins’s economy, is a vacuum with a slot in it. An eighty-five-year-old with a lifetime of stored reputation and a fresh need for charge went where the attention was, and the attention was on the one campus in America that every professor was watching and no professor of standing would touch. The move bought him what the move to Duke had bought in 1985: full rooms, a stage, a fight, and a paying town. Within months he sat under lights in Sainer Auditorium opposite Mark Bauerlein, billed by the college president as a giant, arguing about academic freedom in front of an audience that had driven in for the contest. Politics might explain a younger man’s choice. Energy explains this one. His own account supports it, since when the Chronicle asked why, he talked about teaching Milton again, about the classroom, about the course on the sentence, which is to say he named the rituals, and then he told the reporter he was still here and still playing basketball, a sentence about presence, the first ingredient on Collins’s list.

The frame also prices what the career cost. Collins observes that ritual chains concentrate. Energy flows to the center, and the center is a person, and persons are mortal in a way positions are not. The Duke department Fish charged ran on his presence, and when he left, the charge left, and within a year the profiles described ruins. He built no school in the sense the chains require, no line of students carrying a Fishian program into the next generation’s attention space, because his product was never a doctrine that could travel without him. His product was the evening. Doctrines survive their founders when students can restage the ritual around the texts, the way Marxists and Freudians and Straussians restage theirs. An anti-foundationalism whose proof was one man’s performance leaves, when the performances stop, a stack of books that describe a charge they cannot conduct. Collins might say Fish chose the purest form of the intellectual life, energy taken in the present tense at the podium, and paid for it in the only coin the attention space accepts across generations, which is succession. The chain that runs through Wimsatt to Fish runs to no third name. He filled every room for sixty years. The rooms empty when he does.

Posted in English | Comments Off on Stanley Fish: A Biography

Hortense Spillers: The Grammar Lesson

Memphis

Hortense Jeanette Spillers (b. April 24, 1942) grows up in Memphis, Tennessee, with two brothers and a sister, in the Black Baptist world of the segregated South. The church trains its young people to memorize long poems and deliver them from the front of the room. A child stands before a congregation that knows her family, knows her mother, knows whether she stumbles. She learns cadence, breath, the weight of a pause. Yale later describes her as raised to be a child orator. Before she reads a page of theory, she knows that language can move a room, and that a room can judge.

Her family subscribes to the Memphis Commercial Appeal and to the Pittsburgh Courier, the Black paper that travels the country by rail and mail. Her brother Ira, a history major at Tennessee State, brings home a thick navy hardback called The History of the Negro. The Spillers home holds two Americas on one coffee table, the White daily and the Black weekly, and the child reads both.

In 1955, when she is thirteen, White men in Mississippi murder Emmett Till (1941-1955), a boy a few years older than she is, a state line away. She remembers her mother’s terror. West Tennessee and Mississippi sit cheek by jowl. The lesson lands early: a Black child’s body can be taken, and the law will shrug.

The Radio Station

She enrolls at what is then Memphis State, one of about thirty Black students on a campus of ten thousand White ones. She later says that on some days you did not know if you would make it home. She earns her B.A. in 1964 and her M.A. in 1966, and in her last two undergraduate years she works as a disc jockey at WDIA, one of the first radio stations in the country programmed entirely for a Black audience, the station that gave B.B. King and Rufus Thomas their starts.

She wants to be a lawyer, then a broadcast journalist, then perhaps a politician. She spins records but wants to do news commentary. On the weekend of November 22, 1963, the station pulls its music after the assassination of John F. Kennedy (1917-1963). The young DJ writes her own commentary and reads it on the air for an hour. A woman barely into her twenties, in a Southern city, on Black radio, speaking to a grieving audience about a murdered president. She has the microphone and something to say.

She plans to take the broadcast engineer’s exam. Then she reads William Blake (1757-1827), the prophetic books, and the exam loses. She loves the English Romantics more than the transmitter. Literature wins, but the radio never fully leaves her. Decades later, critics who find her prose musical, oratorical, built for the ear, are hearing WDIA and the Baptist pulpit underneath the footnotes.

The Drive North

There is a story she tells. At twelve, she hears a young woman from the Harding family, close to her own, back home from graduate school in physics, talking about a place far from Memphis. Years later, choosing a doctoral program, she remembers that she loved the sound of the name Brandeis, and that when you telephoned, a woman answered with one word, a question: “Brandeis?” She applies.

In the summer of 1968, a few months after the assassination of Martin Luther King Jr. (1929-1968) at the Lorraine Motel in her own city, she drives her Buick Skylark from Memphis to Waltham, Massachusetts. A Black woman alone on the American highway in 1968 plans her stops. The drive itself is a document of the era.

At Brandeis in January 1969, Black students seize Ford Hall and hold it for eleven days, demanding among other things a department of African and African American studies. Spillers takes part. The university creates the department. She is not only a future theorist of institutions. She helps force one into existence with her body in a building.

She completes her Ph.D. in English in 1974. Her dissertation, Fabrics of History: Essays on the Black Sermon, treats the sermon as literature, rhetoric, theology, and collective memory at once. The preacher is a poet. The sermon stores history. The pattern of her career is set: she refuses to keep religion, politics, performance, and literature in separate rooms.

The Long Apprenticeship

She teaches at Wellesley starting in 1974, then Haverford, where she chairs the English department, then Cornell as the Frederick J. Whiton Professor, then Emory, with visiting posts at Duke and the Free University in Berlin, before Vanderbilt in 2006. Grants come from the Rockefeller and Ford Foundations. This is the standard path of an accomplished professor, and for a decade her reputation is solid rather than seismic.

In 1985 she co-edits, with Marjorie Pryse, Conjuring: Black Women, Fiction, and Literary Tradition, one of the volumes that consolidates Black women’s writing as a field. She attends the 1982 Barnard conference on sexuality and notices what the program leaves out: Black women’s sexuality gets little serious treatment. Her essay “Interstices: A Small Drama of Words” comes out of that gap. Black women, she argues there, stand between Black men and White women, pressed to choose race or gender, their sexuality described badly or not at all, caught in what she calls a paradox of nonbeing.

1987

Then comes the essay. “Mama’s Baby, Papa’s Maybe: An American Grammar Book” appears in Diacritics in 1987. She writes it, she later says, in something close to hopelessness, answering a moment when critical theory treats Black women as an afterthought, and answering the 1965 Moynihan Report, which blamed Black family structure, and Black mothers in particular, for Black poverty.

Spillers turns the question around. Before you can call the Black family broken, you must ask what broke it and what “family” meant under slavery. Her answer starts on the slave ship. The Middle Passage strips captive Africans of the social markings through which gender, kinship, and personhood get recognized. She draws her famous distinction: the body is socially marked and legible; flesh is what remains when captivity turns a person into cargo, wounded and exchangeable. She coins “pornotroping” for the way the captive becomes material for spectacle, fantasy, and sexualized use.

American slave law made the child follow the condition of the mother. The father’s name conferred nothing. Reproduction became a technology of property. So the Moynihan complaint that Black families lack proper patriarchal structure reads, after Spillers, as a cruel joke: the law spent two and a half centuries destroying exactly that structure among the enslaved, stealing children, voiding marriages, then blamed the descendants for the wreckage.

The essay also puts psychoanalysis on trial. Sigmund Freud (1856-1939) and Jacques Lacan (1901-1981) built their systems on the family romance, the father’s name, inheritance. Spillers shows the model presumes a White bourgeois household and mistakes it for the human condition. She does not discard the tools. She provincializes them and forces them to face the Middle Passage.

Three years before Judith Butler (b. 1956) publishes Gender Trouble, Spillers has already argued that gender is inscription, not nature, and she adds what Butler does not: a history of ungendering, of captivity disorganizing the categories themselves. And she finds in the ruin a strange resource. If slavery shattered the dominant grammar of gender, the broken grammar might permit new arrangements of kinship and selfhood. The essay ends not in lament but in possibility.

The Slow Fuse

The essay does not explode on arrival. It burns slowly through syllabi, dissertations, and citations until it becomes one of the most cited essays in African American literary studies. In 2003 the University of Chicago Press collects her work in Black, White, and in Color: Essays on American Literature and Culture: Ralph Ellison (1913-1994), Gwendolyn Brooks (1917-2000), William Faulkner (1897-1962), Harriet Beecher Stowe (1811-1896), Pauline Hopkins (1859-1930), the Black sermon, psychoanalysis, and the politics of reading. The collection also develops her idea of the intramural, the internal life of Black culture, the arguments Black people have with each other, which she insists is thought in its own right and not merely reaction to White power.

In 2006 a scene captures the essay’s afterlife. Spillers sits with Saidiya Hartman, Farah Jasmine Griffin, Shelly Eversley, and Jennifer L. Morgan, a younger generation raised on her work, for a conversation published as “Whatcha Gonna Do?” The student paper has become the founding document. The women around the table run fields that her sentences helped open. Afro-pessimism claims her; she declines the label. Hartman, Christina Sharpe, Fred Moten, and C. Riley Snorton build in directions she did not choose and could not stop. That is what a foundational text costs its author: everyone renovates the house.

Her prose stays difficult, and the difficulty is load-bearing. She writes as if ordinary American English already carries the history she analyzes, so she cannot use it innocently. She compresses, coins, and torques. Readers complain. She does not simplify.

Consecration

The honors arrive late and then all at once. The Nicolás Guillén Lifetime Achievement Award from the Caribbean Philosophical Association in 2017. The Brandeis Alumni Achievement Award in 2019, at the same ceremony celebrating the department her sit-in helped create. Election to the American Academy of Arts and Sciences in 2021. Her papers, spanning 1941 to 2024, diaries, notebooks, drafts, and correspondence, go to Brown University‘s John Hay Library as part of its Feminist Theory Archive.

On May 20, 2024, Yale confers an honorary Doctor of Humanities. The citation says her work rewrites the American grammar book, turning her own title into the university’s tribute. She stands on the platform with a retired Supreme Court justice and a Nobel laureate. The child orator from the Memphis Baptist church, the DJ from WDIA, the graduate student who occupied Ford Hall, receives the establishment’s highest ceremonial nod at eighty-two. That same year Vanderbilt University Press publishes The Flesh of the Matter, the first critical forum devoted to her work, edited by Margo Natalie Crawford and C. Riley Snorton, with her afterword.

In October 2025 she delivers the Lyman Beecher Lectures at Yale Divinity School, a preaching lectureship founded in 1871. The circle closes. The scholar whose dissertation treated the Black sermon as literature now stands in the oldest pulpit lectureship in the country. She also gives the inaugural James Baldwin Lecture at Washington University in St. Louis, on Baldwin (1924-1987) and American politics now.

She lives in Nashville and says she lives by a line from Duke Ellington (1899-1974) about swing. Asked in her seventies about looking back, she resists. Remembering, she says, suggests you have more past than future, and it does not feel that way to her.

The Achievement

Spillers publishes no grand system and no shelf of monographs. Her reputation rests on essays, a handful of them, dense and re-read. What she changed was the object of study. Before her, the Black woman entered scholarship as a sociological problem, a literary theme, or a symbol of endurance. After “Mama’s Baby,” she becomes the point where the deep grammar of America can be read: slavery, property, naming, law, maternity, sexuality, and the unfinished work of imagining human life beyond the terms that racial domination supplied. Spillers took the training of the pulpit and the radio booth, the memory of a terrified mother in 1955, and the discipline of the seminar, and turned them on the language of her country. The country is still parsing the sentence.

Notes

Hortense J. Spillers‘s birth date, Memphis, siblings, Melrose High School, WDIA, degrees, including Memphis B.A. 1964, M.A. 1966, and Brandeis Ph.D. 1974, and the Ford Hall takeover, which lasted 11 days in January 1969 and led to the African and African American Studies department, come from the Brown University finding aid for her papers.

The JFK weekend commentary on WDIA, wanting to be a lawyer, broadcaster, or politician, Blake‘s prophetic books, the Emmett Till memory of her mother’s terror, and the roughly 30 Black students among 10,000 at Memphis State come from her 2022 Soka University interview.

The Buick Skylark drive from Memphis in summer 1968, the Harding family physics student story, the “Brandeis?” telephone anecdote, and brother Ira’s history book come from the 2019 Brandeis award ceremony transcript.

The child-orator upbringing, the career path, including Wellesley in 1974, Haverford chair, Cornell Whiton chair, Emory, Duke and Berlin visiting posts, and Vanderbilt in 2006, the Rockefeller and Ford grants, and the Ellington line come from the Yale 2024 honorary degree page. The citation text, “rewrite the American grammar book,” is also at Yale News, which confirms the May 20, 2024 date and the platform company, including Breyer and Capecchi.

The “hopelessness” writing context, the response to the Moynihan Report, the 1982 Barnard conference and “Interstices,” the “paradox of nonbeing,” the Afro-pessimism adoption and her declining the label, and the American Academy election in 2021 come from Wikipedia and the 2007 “Whatcha Gonna Do?” roundtable in Women’s Studies Quarterly 35.1/2. The roundtable itself is the primary source worth checking on JSTOR if you quote from it.

The Vanderbilt titles, the reluctance to look back, and the gratitude at not choosing law or broadcasting come from her Vanderbilt faculty page.

The Beecher Lectures in October 2025 are listed by Yale Divinity School.

Extrapolations I made without a link, which I judge self-evident: the texture of the church recitation scene, meaning a congregation that knows the family; the coffee-table image of two newspapers; the observation that a Black woman driving alone in 1968 planned her stops, which is well-documented era practice in Green Book culture, though I did not tie her to the Green Book; WDIA’s association with B.B. King and Rufus Thomas, which is standard station history and easy to verify; and the reading of the Moynihan Report‘s content, which is a public document from 1965. The “raised to be something of a child orator” phrasing is Yale’s. I paraphrased around it.

The Grammarian’s Hero System: Hortense Spillers and the War Over Words

Every hero system rises against a terror. Ernest Becker (1924-1974) argued that men build their characters, their careers, and their cultures as armor against the knowledge of death, and that each culture offers its members a script for earning significance that outlasts the body. Hortense Spillers builds against two terrors, and both of them improve on ordinary death.

The first terror lives in a ledger. A ship’s manifest from the Atlantic trade records human beings as quantities. So many head. No names, no mothers, no fathers, no lineage. A man on that ship dies twice: once in the body, and once in the record, where he never appears as a man at all. This is death below the level that Becker studied. Becker’s patient fears that his life will not add up to enough. The captive in the manifest has been subtracted before the adding starts.

The second terror lives in a government report. In 1965 an American official writes that the Black family is a tangle of pathology, and for decades afterward a Black woman in Memphis or Chicago or Oakland lives inside that sentence whether she has read it or not. Teachers read it. Caseworkers read it. It waits for her at the bank and the hospital. To survive erasure and then find that your survival has been narrated by someone else, in his terms, for his purposes, is the second death. You exist in the record now, and the record calls you a problem.

Spillers’s hero system answers both terrors with one weapon. If the ledger and the report are made of language, then the counterattack must be made of language too. Her hero is the grammarian, the reader who forces American English to confess what it carries, who takes the sentence back from the men who wrote it. The immortality project is the essay. Not the shelf of books, not the school of disciples, not the political movement. The essay, dense enough to survive rereading for forty years, becomes the vehicle through which a girl from segregated Memphis outlasts the manifest and the report both. It worked. “Mama’s Baby, Papa’s Maybe” has outlived the Moynihan Report in the estimation of everyone who reads them side by side, and her papers now sit in a Brown University archive under her own name, catalogued as a life.

The Subtraction

Every hero begins by subtracting something the surrounding culture treats as solid. Ayn Rand subtracted the claims of the collective. Freud subtracted the innocence of the family dinner table. Spillers subtracts the innocence of the American sentence.

Before her, a critic could write the words “family,” “mother,” “body,” “name,” and “gender” and believe he was using neutral instruments. Spillers demonstrates that each of these words arrives pre-loaded. “Family” carries the slave law that voided Black marriage. “Mother” carries the statute that made the child follow her condition into property. “Body” carries the auction block. She calls the essay an American grammar book because she means the claim at full strength: the deep rules of the language, the rules a speaker follows without knowing he follows them, encode the history of the trade. A grammar operates below consent. That is her point and her method.

The subtraction costs her what all subtractions cost. She can never again write a relaxed sentence. If the language is corrupted, then her own prose must fight its medium word by word, and readers have complained about the difficulty for four decades. The difficulty is the tithe her hero system exacts. A priest who believes the world is fallen cannot stroll through it. A grammarian who believes the language is guilty cannot chat in it.

Sacred Values in Collision

Here the essay departs from the previous installments in this series, because Spillers offers an unusual case of the central claim: sacred words hold different meanings inside different hero systems, and the fights that look like arguments about facts are fights between immortality projects over the ownership of a word. Spillers knew this. It is her thesis before it is mine. Her whole career argues that “family” in the mouth of a senator and “family” in the mouth of a freedwoman are homonyms, two different words that happen to share a spelling. So the standard tour through rival hero systems becomes, in her case, a tour she herself might have led.

Take the word family. To a Mormon father in the Provo temple, family means a unit sealed for eternity; he baptizes his dead great-grandmother by proxy because in his hero system no ancestor stays lost, and his own significance flows backward and forward through an unbroken chain. To a Confucian eldest son in Taipei, family means the tablet on the altar and the rice set out at the grave; he earns his place by serving a line that precedes and survives him. To a caseworker trained on the Moynihan Report, family means a statistical form, two parents under one roof, whose presence predicts income and whose absence predicts prison. To an adoptee petitioning a court to unseal his birth records, family means the truth withheld from him by the state.

To Spillers, family means the thing the law spent two hundred fifty years destroying and then demanded to see. The Mormon father’s chain was cut with a knife at the point of sale. The Confucian’s tablet was thrown into the sea. When the senator asks the freedwoman’s great-granddaughter why her family fails to match the form, Spillers answers for her: you burned the form, you sold the children, and now you grade the survivors on penmanship. Inside her hero system, the improvised kinship that Black people built out of catastrophe, the play cousins, the church mothers, the grandmother raising the third generation, stands higher than the sealed and certified family, because it was built with no help from the law and in the teeth of it.

Take the word name. To a Daughter of the American Revolution, the name proves arrival on the right boat in the right century; her hero system runs on documented descent, and the certificate on her wall is a small immortality. To an Orthodox Jew, the name carries a dead grandfather forward; the boy named Moshe at his bris keeps a man alive in the congregation’s mouth. To a trans man in Portland filing a name change petition, the chosen name is self-authorship, the founding act of his hero system, the moment he becomes his own father. To a graffiti writer in Queens, the name exists to be sprayed ten feet high on a rooftop where the trains pass, fame without a face.

To Spillers, the name is what the enslaved father could not give. Her title says it in six words. Mama’s baby: the mother’s mark is certain, and the law seized on that certainty to route the child into inventory. Papa’s maybe: the father’s name, the patronym that organizes property, inheritance, and legitimacy across most of the world’s hero systems, was legally void. Every hero system listed above assumes a name can be given, kept, and passed on. Hers begins from the confiscation of that assumption. This is why she reads Freud and Lacan the way a customs inspector reads a suspicious manifest. Their systems run on the father’s name and the family romance. She shows their machinery presumes a household the trade made impossible, then asks what psychoanalysis looks like for people whose symbolic order was interdicted at the port.

Take the word flesh. To an ultramarathoner, flesh is the raw material of will; he runs a hundred miles to prove the spirit commands the meat, and every blister is a medal. To a Christian Scientist, flesh is error, a misperception to be prayed through. To a Silicon Valley biohacker, flesh is a substrate awaiting upgrade, and his hero system promises escape from it. To a Memphis pitmaster, flesh is a craft and an inheritance, smoke and time and his father’s rub.

Spillers made flesh a technical term, and her usage inverts all of these. In her lexicon the body is the socially marked thing, legible, clothed in rights and recognitions. Flesh is what remains when captivity strips the markings off, the zero degree, the wounded and exchangeable material the trade produced. Where the marathoner chooses his suffering and converts it to status, the captive’s flesh was made available to other men’s uses and other men’s eyes. She coined “pornotroping” for that availability, the forcing of the captive into a field of spectacle and fantasy. In her hero system, flesh names an atrocity, and it names something prior to atrocity, the substance out of which any future body would have to be remade. Her heirs in the academy fight over which half of that definition to inherit, the wound or the possibility, and the fight has run for thirty years because both halves are in the text.

Take the word grammar. To a Pentecostal congregation in Lagos, the decisive language descends from above; the Word arrives in fire and the grammar of men gives way to tongues. To a constitutional originalist on the fifth floor of a federal courthouse, grammar is fidelity; the public meaning of words ratified in 1788 binds the living, and his hero system rests on the refusal to let the present rewrite the past. To an advertising copywriter, grammar is a toolkit for moving product, breakable at will, and the broken rule that sells is a good rule broken.

To Spillers, grammar is the crime scene. The rules of American speech, the ones nobody chose and everybody follows, transmit the trade the way groundwater transmits a spill. Her hero does what none of the others do: she reads the rules against themselves. The originalist wants the old meanings preserved. Spillers wants them exhumed and arraigned. The Pentecostal waits for a language from outside the fallen one. Spillers doubts any outside exists, which is why her sentences fight so hard inside.

The Rival: Moynihan’s Ladder

The canonical rival deserves his own scene. Daniel Patrick Moynihan (1927-2003) writes his report in the spring of 1965 as an assistant secretary of labor, an Irish Catholic from Hell’s Kitchen who grew up poor, shined shoes, tended bar, and climbed into the American establishment through the Navy and the academy. His hero system is the ladder. In his script, America redeems itself by extending to Black men the same escalator that carried the Irish up: a job, a wage sufficient to support a wife and children, a patriarchal household that converts a man’s labor into standing. He fears the burning city. Watts ignites five months after his report circulates, and he believes he saw it coming. In his system, “family” means the vehicle of entry, the institution that turned despised Micks into congressmen, and his report intends rescue. He wants the government to guarantee Black men the breadwinner wage that White ethnics used to buy their way in.

Read as a hero system rather than as a villain’s manifesto, the report becomes coherent and even touching. Moynihan projects his own salvation onto another people. The ladder saved him, the ladder will save them, and the data showing female-headed households correlate with poverty confirms the script. What his system cannot see, and what Spillers’s system exists to see, is that his ladder was never installed in their building. The Irish family crossed the Atlantic intact, names and priests and grudges included. The African family crossed it as cargo, disassembled by design. When Moynihan measures Black households against the template that carried the Irish and finds deviation, Spillers answers that the deviation is the historical record and the template is the fantasy. Two hero systems, each organized around the sacred word family, each sincere, each offering its believers a route to significance, collide over a single noun and cannot hear each other, because inside his system the word means ladder and inside hers it means theft.

Moynihan’s system won the policy battles for a generation. Hers won the seminar rooms. Neither victory converted the other side, which is the usual outcome when hero systems clash. Facts change minds inside a hero system. Between hero systems, facts change teams.

The Field of Rivals

Moynihan is one rival among many, and the others press from directions he never imagined.

Her mother’s hero system was the Black Baptist church of respectability, the world that trained young Hortense to memorize long poems and deliver them before a congregation that knew her family. In that system, the sacred values were rectitude, presentation, and the dignity of the pew: you answered the White world’s contempt by being unimpeachable. Spillers took the training, the cadence, the command of a room, and left the script. Her work refuses respectability’s central wager, the hope that conduct can purchase safety, because the archive she studies shows conduct never governed the price. Yet she never mocks the pew. Her dissertation honors the sermon as literature, and sixty years later she stands in Yale Divinity School’s oldest lectureship, a preacher’s scholar if not a preacher’s penitent.

Her radical heirs run a different system again. The Afro-pessimists took her account of flesh and made it a cosmology: the world’s structure requires anti-Blackness, and no repair is possible inside it. Their hero system offers the grim significance of the unillusioned, the status of the one who refuses every consolation. Spillers declines the membership. She wrote the essay in hopelessness, she says, but she left a door in it, the possibility that the broken grammar might permit new arrangements, and she objects when disciples weld the door shut. A founder watching her text harden into an orthodoxy she never signed learns what founders learn: the essay escaped in 1987 and never came home.

The liberal integrationist runs on the sacred value of inclusion; in his system, the arc bends, the table lengthens, and significance comes from adding chairs. Spillers unsettles him because her analysis suggests the table’s grammar predates the chairs. The academic professional runs on citation counts and endowed chairs, and his system absorbed her; she holds the Gertrude Conaway Vanderbilt professorship, and the absorption carries costs I will price below.

And I should name my own. My hero system is tribalist, nationalist, and traditionalist. In it, the sacred words run: continuity, land, lineage, law, the passing of a heritage through generations who keep faith with their dead. From inside my system, the certified chain of names that Spillers shows being cut is close to the highest good there is, which means I read her account of its destruction with something like a genealogist’s horror. Her subject is the deliberate severing of everything my system holds sacred, performed on another people, inside my civilization’s ledgers, priced in my civilization’s currency. A traditionalist who reads her honestly cannot dismiss her, because she describes the desecration of tradition, and he cannot fully join her, because her remedy loosens categories his system needs tight. I note the collision and leave it standing. Hero systems do not merge. At best they learn each other’s grammar.

What She Knows About the Price

Becker held that the rarest hero is the one who sees his own hero system as a system, who knows the armor is armor. Spillers scores high on this measure, higher than most subjects in this series.

She knows the essay was born desperate. In the 2006 roundtable with Saidiya Hartman (b. 1961), Farah Jasmine Griffin, Shelly Eversley, and Jennifer L. Morgan, she says she wrote “Mama’s Baby” in hopelessness, answering a critical world that had no place for Black women except as a footnote to someone else’s category. She knows the difficulty of her prose gates her audience, and she accepts the gate; she chose the seminar over the station break half a century ago, the weekend she read her Kennedy commentary on WDIA and then went home to Blake. She knows her heirs have taken the work places she declined to go, and she says so in public, with the mixture of pride and resistance of a woman watching her house renovated by strangers who love it.

What the ledger cannot price is the shape of her triumph. The girl who occupied Ford Hall in 1969 to force a Black studies department into existence receives, at eighty-two, an honorary doctorate on the Yale platform beside a Supreme Court justice, and the citation borrows her own title to praise her. The institutions whose grammar she indicted now recite her indictment back to her as an honor. Inside her hero system this reads as victory: the sentence has been taken back, the manifest answered, the name secured in the archive at Brown under her own hand. Read from outside, the consecration carries the standard tax. The academy metabolizes its critics. Her account of flesh circulates in seminar rooms where nothing is at stake for anyone in the room, and the language she forged against the ledger becomes, in weaker hands, a credential, a hiring category, a unit in the same economy of standing she anatomized.

Three coordinates, then. The hero is a grammarian who answers two deaths, the erasure and the false record, by forcing the American language to testify, and who wins her immortality one essay at a time. The unnamed rival: silence, the possibility she never says aloud, that the ledger might simply have held, that the trade might have vanished into the groundwater of the language with no one to exhume it, that the second death was the likely one and she beat the odds by a margin no one measured. The cost the ledger cannot price: the door she left open in 1987, the wager that a broken grammar might permit kinship and selfhood remade, remains a promissory note. She proved the grammar broken. Whether anything better can be written in the rubble stays unproven, and she is honest enough to have framed it as a question. The congregation is still waiting on the second half of the sermon.

The Great Delusion

If John J. Mearsheimer’s anthropology is right, it reveals the absolute, terrifying depth of the ontological crime Spillers describes, while casting doubt on whether the “grammar” she targets can ever be rewritten.

Spillers contends that the domestic slave market destroyed the traditional African kinship network and legally barred enslaved people from forming recognized families. By preventing the enslaved father from claiming his child and reducing the mother to a producer of property, the state suspended the normal operations of gender and family.

Mearsheimer’s anthropology explains why this specific injury was so uniquely devastating. If man is not a lone wolf but an animal whose identity is forged entirely through intense childhood socialization within a protective family and surrounding society, then chattel slavery was not merely economic exploitation. It was a targeted strike against the biological engine of human development. By violently interrupting the long childhood of the enslaved and smashing the protective structure of the family, the slave system attempted to halt the natural human process of value infusion. Spillers’s concept of “ungendering” and reduction to “flesh” is the precise description of what happens when a tribal primate is forcibly torn from the social matrix required to develop a normative human identity.

A central theme in Spillers’s work is how Black communities, in the face of this systemic decimation, historically engaged in a fierce, creative process of “mothering” and kinship building. They constructed alternative, underground social spaces and linguistic codes to survive within a dominant culture that denied their humanity.

Mearsheimer’s framework suggests that this survival strategy was not an ideological choice, but an inevitable expression of human biology. If humans are tribal at their core and unable to formulate a moral code in isolation, then even the total, catastrophic destruction of the Black Atlantic could not purge the social instinct from the captive body. The human animal cannot live as a detached, atomistic actor. Left with nothing but the status of “flesh,” the enslaved immediately began to rebuild societies, establish internal codes of cooperation, and enforce alternative value infusions for their children. The resilient kinship structures Spillers tracks are the biological default of the species asserting itself against institutional erasure.

Spillers’s critical project is a brilliant deconstruction of the Western “American grammar”—the legal, psychoanalytic, and cultural vocabulary that uses the white, middle-class nuclear family as the universal standard for what counts as human. Her work demands a radical disruption of this grammar to accommodate the historical reality of Black subjecthood.

However, if Mearsheimer’s view is correct, the “grammar” Spillers critiques is not an arbitrary linguistic construction that can be revised through academic theory. The insistence on a closed, exclusive ingroup grammar that defines who is “in” and who is “out” is the standard operating logic of any human tribe. Liberalism’s great delusion is the belief that its grammar can be made truly universal, inclusive, and open to all of humanity on equal terms. Mearsheimer’s anthropology implies that every dominant social group will instinctively weaponize its early childhood socialization and inborn attitudes to protect its own boundaries and justify its dominance over competing groups.

If Mearsheimer is right, Spillers has flawlessly diagnosed the exact structural device by which the white American tribe cast Black people outside its social boundary. But that boundary-marking behavior is a permanent feature of human group competition. The dominant grammar cannot be universally healed or made fully inclusive, because the tribal animal will always use its cultural codes to maintain its own cohesion at the direct expense of the outsider.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

To David Pinsof, Spillers offers an incredibly dense and brilliant iteration of the intellectual’s core myth. Instead of addressing standard policy failures or simple cultural ignorance, Spillers diagnoses a deep metaphysical error embedded in language itself. Her framework operates on the premise that modern institutions suffer from a historical category mistake, forcing Black life into a conceptual template that cannot accommodate it. The theorist arrives to decode this American grammar, exposing the symbolic systems that rule the culture. It is the ultimate intellectual stance: treating massive, brutal historical realities as an ongoing semiotic confusion that requires advanced literary and psychoanalytic theory to untangle.

Pinsof offers a colder alternative. The historical actors who built the slave trade, and the modern bureaucrats who design state policy, do not operate on a linguistic error or a conceptual misunderstanding. They understand their immediate incentives.

From this perspective, the reduction of human beings to property and the destruction of family structures are not grammatical anomalies. They are highly functional strategies used in zero-sum competition over wealth, status, and the coercive apparatus of the state. Dominant groups did not withhold patriarchal protection from enslaved families because they were confused by the definition of a mother or a father. They did it because destroying kinship bonds maximizes control, lowers the cost of labor extraction, and shields the dominant coalition from a unified challenge to its power. The human mind did not evolve to maintain a fair, universal symbolic order; it evolved to build alliances and exploit resources.

Spillers frames her project as a radical intervention meant to disrupt dominant Western discourses and reclaim the historical truth of Black subjecthood. Pinsof invites an examination of the actual motives behind this elite academic stance. Creating an intricate, highly specialized theoretical framework from an endowed university chair is an excellent instrument for capturing status within the intellectual hierarchy. It signals a level of profound systemic insight that ordinary people do not have the time to formulate. It turns structural critique into a valuable currency within humanities departments, allowing the credentialed elite to view political warfare not as a permanent conflict over material resources and power, but as a conceptual defect that can be exposed through literary analysis.

The division in society does not persist because people are trapped by an outdated cultural grammar or a flawed understanding of psychoanalysis. It persists because human coalitions have deeply conflicting motives over control, dominance, and survival. The only misunderstanding in high critical theory is the belief that a fundamental clash over power can be resolved by rewriting the grammar of the debate.

Posted in Blacks, English | Comments Off on Hortense Spillers: The Grammar Lesson

Paul Gilroy: A Biography

On June 5, 2019, in the university aula in Bergen, Crown Prince Haakon of Norway handed the Holberg Prize to a Black Englishman whose life’s work argues that the slave ship sits at the center of the modern world. The prize carries six million Norwegian kroner, about 530,000 pounds. At the banquet that evening, Sir David Cannadine, president of the British Academy, rose to honor him before an audience of Norwegian officials and international scholars. The scene held a symmetry the laureate had spent forty years teaching people to see. A northern European state, rich on oil and shipping, gathered in formal dress to reward a man who reads the Atlantic as a graveyard and an archive, and who insists that Europe cannot understand itself until it counts what its ships carried.

Paul Gilroy (b. 1956) stands among the central theorists of race, nation, diaspora, and modernity in the English-speaking world. His reputation rests on two books. There Ain’t No Black in the Union Jack: The Cultural Politics of Race and Nation (1987) told Britain that racism lived in the mainstream of national feeling, not on its fringe. The Black Atlantic: Modernity and Double Consciousness (1993) moved the study of Black culture off the land and onto the ocean, and changed how scholars across a dozen fields think about slavery, music, migration, and the making of the modern West. The Holberg committee cited his contributions to cultural studies, critical race studies, sociology, history, anthropology, and African American studies. His subject has never been race in the narrow American sense. It is the machinery that made race plausible: empire, nationalism, colonial violence, policing, memory, and the fantasy that nations are natural families rather than historical accidents.

He was born on February 16, 1956, in the East End of London. His parents met in the library of University College London. His mother, Beryl Gilroy (1924-2001), had sailed from British Guiana in the early 1950s, part of the Windrush generation, carrying a first-class teaching diploma from Georgetown that British schools refused to honor. She worked in a mail-order factory, washed dishes in a cafe, and served as a lady’s maid to an aristocrat who loved the Empire, before anyone would let her teach. In 1969 she became headteacher of Beckford Primary School in West Hampstead, among the first Black headteachers in Britain. Her memoir Black Teacher (1976) became a founding text of Black British educational life. She wrote that a Black immigrant teacher had to be twice as good as everyone else, and she lived by the arithmetic. His father, Patrick Gilroy, was a White English scientist. He died suddenly on October 5, 1975, when Paul was nineteen. Beryl raised her grief into a second career as a pioneering psychotherapist working with Black women and children.

The household explains much. Gilroy grew up inside Britain’s postwar racial order and inside a family that refuted it daily. Books lined the rooms. Caribbean migration, anticolonial politics, and the intimacy of a mixed marriage in a country still governed by imperial habits shaped his boyhood in north London. So did the graffiti. Decades later he told an interviewer about the racist scrawl he could not escape as a child, the crosses and slogans on the walls of the city that claimed not to see color.

He studied at the University of Sussex, then entered the Centre for Contemporary Cultural Studies at the University of Birmingham for doctoral work under Stuart Hall (1932-2014) and Richard Johnson. The timing mattered as much as the training. In January 1978, Margaret Thatcher (1925-2013), then leader of the opposition, went on television and said British people feared being swamped by people with a different culture. The National Front marched under the Union Jack through immigrant neighborhoods. Police stopped and searched young Black men under the old sus laws. In the Birmingham seminar rooms, Hall’s students treated Thatcherism, policing, reggae, television, and popular racism as parts of a single social field. The method was interdisciplinary because the object demanded it. Culture was where power got made.

The first collective result was The Empire Strikes Back: Race and Racism in 70s Britain (1982), produced with fellow students including Hazel Carby, Valerie Amos, and Pratibha Parmar. The book examined how postimperial Britain remade race through immigration politics, law-and-order campaigns, and the theater of national decline. Gilroy’s contribution insisted that racism could not be studied as an isolated prejudice. It ran through nationalism, capitalism, state power, and the afterlife of empire.

Gilroy’s education continued outside the seminar. He worked for the Greater London Council in the 1980s, the Labour-run county government that Thatcher would abolish in 1986, in part because of its anti-racist and cultural spending. He wrote for City Limits, where he served as contributing editor from 1982 to 1984, and later held a column in The Wire from 1988 to 1991. He wrote for New Musical Express and New Statesman and Society. He knew the sound systems, the pirate frequencies, the record shops, the dub plates. This formation became method. Gilroy never treated music as ornament. Reggae, soul, jazz, and hip-hop became archives of political intelligence. They carried memory where official institutions erased it. They showed culture moving through ports, plantations, studios, and clubs. In his work, music is counter-history.

There Ain’t No Black in the Union Jack made him a major figure at thirty-one. The title came from a far-right street chant. The book attacked a comforting British myth: that racism was an import, a fringe habit, or a working-class pathology. Gilroy argued that racism was woven into ordinary national consciousness. Britishness had been built through empire, and therefore through assumptions about civilization, whiteness, hierarchy, and belonging. He criticized both political camps. The right treated immigrants and their children as permanent aliens. The left reduced race to class or cast Black Britons as passive victims. Gilroy insisted that Black British culture generated politics and thought in its own right. The book refused the polite settlement of liberal multiculturalism. Gilroy was not asking Britain to include Black citizens as colorful additions to the national family. He asked whether the national family had been imagined through exclusion from the start.

His masterpiece followed six years later. The Black Atlantic shifted the frame from nation to ocean. The phrase names a transnational world created by slavery, migration, commerce, exile, rebellion, and memory, a world linking Africa, the Caribbean, Britain, Europe, and the Americas without reducing Black culture to any single homeland. The image at the book’s heart is the ship in motion between continents, at once the instrument of the slave trade and the vehicle of Black cosmopolitan life. The deeper claim is larger still. Slavery was not marginal to modernity. It was constitutive. The modern world produced liberty, rights, reason, and democracy, and it produced the slave ship, the plantation, racial terror, and the categories used to rank human beings, and it produced them together.

Gilroy’s decisive move was to read Black writers and musicians as theorists of modernity rather than witnesses standing outside it. Frederick Douglass (1818-1895), W. E. B. Du Bois (1868-1963), Richard Wright (1908-1960), and Toni Morrison (1931-2019) become thinkers of freedom, terror, doubleness, and survival. Du Bois’s double consciousness expands in Gilroy’s hands beyond an African American concept into a way of understanding everyone formed by both the promises and the betrayals of the West. Black Atlantic subjects stand inside and outside Western civilization at once. They speak its languages, fight in its wars, sing its hymns, and invoke its universal ideals, and they know those ideals were built alongside racial domination. This gives their art a double force. It exposes the West to itself.

The book also turned its critique on America. African American cultural studies, in Gilroy’s view, could treat the United States as the master template for modern Black life. He rejected that provincialism and traced a more unstable circuit in which sounds and political languages moved back and forth across borders. Jimi Hendrix (1942-1970), who found his creative freedom after moving from America to London, served as a favorite example. Black Atlantic culture does not radiate from a center. It is made in transit.

Gilroy taught at South Bank, Essex, and Goldsmiths through these years. Then, in 1999, he left for Yale. The departure belonged to a wider exodus of non-White British academics seeking institutions that would promote them. From New Haven he watched Britain conduct one of its periodic seances over national identity. In 2000, the Runnymede Trust published the Parekh report on the future of multiethnic Britain, a measured document that observed that Britishness carried unspoken racial connotations. The Daily Telegraph put on its front page the claim that the report called British a racist word, and the tabloids joined the pile-on. The offending sentence carried a footnote. The footnote led to Gilroy. He had become the ghost in Britain’s argument with itself, cited in its official self-examinations and blamed for their conclusions, from an office three thousand miles away. In 2002 he became chair of Yale’s new Department of African American Studies.

The same year the Parekh storm broke, Gilroy published Between Camps: Nations, Cultures and the Allure of Race (2000), issued in America as Against Race. The book moved from the analysis of racism to the critique of race, and it remains his most misunderstood argument. Gilroy does not deny racism. He denies that race is a truth about human beings. Race is a fiction with real power. It kills, sorts, humiliates, and seduces. Because it is a destructive fiction, anti-racism should not preserve it as a sacred identity. He asked his readers to imagine giving it up. The book drew on Du Bois, Frantz Fanon (1925-1961), and Primo Levi (1919-1987), and it proposed what Gilroy called a planetary humanism, a universalism rebuilt after catastrophe rather than a colorblind evasion of it. The position irritated nationalists, who need the nation pure, and some identitarians, who need race permanent. Gilroy has held it for a quarter century.

He returned to Britain and to British questions with After Empire: Melancholia or Convivial Culture? (2004), published in America as Postcolonial Melancholia (2005). The diagnosis: Britain never mourned the end of its empire. Unable to work through the loss, it converted loss into resentment, nostalgia, migration panic, and dreams of restored greatness. Written from his post as the first Anthony Giddens Professor in Social Theory at the London School of Economics, the book read like prophecy after June 2016. Commentators reached for postcolonial melancholia to explain Brexit more than a decade after Gilroy coined it. The book’s counterweight was conviviality, his name for the improvised, mixed life of cities, where people share streets, buses, slang, food, humor, and grief across inherited lines without turning every encounter into doctrine. Conviviality is not utopia and not a diversity advertisement. It is fragile and real, and Gilroy finds more political hope in it than in official multiculturalism.

Darker Than Blue: On the Moral Economies of Black Atlantic Culture (2010) extended the musical argument, its title a nod to Curtis Mayfield (1942-1999). Black Atlantic music, for Gilroy, carries moral argument: a record of suffering, aspiration, critique, and world-making. This is one reason artists, filmmakers, and curators cite him as often as academics do. The Black Audio Film Collective and John Akomfrah (b. 1957) belong to the same cultural formation, one that treats the imperial past as lodged in ports, monuments, museums, and the ordinary layout of the metropolis.

He moved to King’s College London in September 2012 as Professor of American and English Literature. He was elected a Fellow of the British Academy in 2014 and an international honorary member of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences in 2018. Then came Bergen. In his Holberg lecture, titled “Never Again: Refusing Race and Salvaging the Human,” he surveyed a Europe where ultra-nationalism and neo-fascism were corroding political culture, and he restated his answer: refuse race, salvage the human. He told the prize committee that his research responded to a deficit of imagination about who counts as human.

Two months after Bergen, in August 2019, he joined University College London as Professor of the Humanities and founding director of a new center for the study of racism and racialization. In 2020 the center took the name of Sarah Parker Remond (1826-1894), the free-born American abolitionist who became the first woman to lecture against slavery in Britain and who studied at UCL before practicing medicine in Italy. The choice compressed Gilroy’s entire project into a name: a Black Atlantic life, moving between continents, joining the fight against slavery to the pursuit of science. He directed the center from 2019 to 2024, building it through a pandemic into an international reference point, and now holds the title of Emeritus Professor of Humanities. The honorary doctorates accumulated: Goldsmiths, Liege, Sussex, Copenhagen, Oxford in 2023, St Andrews in December 2024. A Media Education Foundation documentary on The Black Atlantic: Modernity and Double Consciousness appeared in 2024, and in 2026 he lectured in Oslo under the title “Transformed in Transit,” pressing his old arguments toward new emergencies: migration crisis, ecological danger, the hardening of borders.

The honors sit oddly on him. When the Guardian profiled him in 2021 under the headline “The last humanist,” friends expressed surprise that he had agreed to the profile at all. He deflected personal questions and winced at his old quotes. The profile caught him the day after his inaugural UCL lecture, delivered by videolink, in which he dissected the Johnson government’s Sewell report on race, a document he read as an official invitation to dismiss anger at racism as chippiness. The culture wars, he noted, had been running his entire life. In the 1980s the press accused Labour councils of destroying free speech with anti-racism. The script had not changed. Only the fonts had.

His importance lies in making the study of race bigger. He moved the field past moral accusation toward a grand account of modernity. Racial thinking is not a local prejudice added to modern life. It is one of modernity’s organizing codes. Black culture is not a minority supplement to Western civilization. It is one of the places where Western civilization has been most powerfully understood, judged, and reimagined. His work resists ownership. Nationalists cannot use him because he dismantles the purity of the nation. Racial essentialists cannot use him because he dismantles the purity of race. Liberal multiculturalists cannot use him because he sees through symbolic inclusion. Academic radicals cannot domesticate him because his humanism refuses despair.

His career reads as one long argument against enclosure. Against the enclosed nation, the Atlantic. Against enclosed racial identity, diaspora. Against imperial nostalgia, the hard work of mourning. Against corporate diversity, conviviality. Against the metaphysics of race, a humanism that has passed through the fire and still wants the word human to mean something.

The Guardian profile ended with a scene from Finsbury Park, near the north London home Gilroy shares with his wife, the writer and academic Vron Ware. On his early-morning walks he had begun finding Celtic crosses, a White supremacist symbol, cut into the logs and tree stumps overnight. The council had an app for reporting vandalism. He did not bother with it. “I’ve been rolling over the logs so it doesn’t show,” he said. The man who received a crown prince’s prize for mapping four centuries of racial terror across an ocean walks a city park at dawn, turning wood with his hands so the children who play there will not see the sign. The graffiti of his childhood found him again in his sixties. He answered it the way he has answered it all along, without permission, without ceremony, and without much hope that anyone would notice.

Notes

Ceremony and prize details, including June 5, 2019, Crown Prince Haakon, NOK 6 million, and David Cannadine‘s banquet speech, come from the Royal House of Norway, the British Academy, and King’s College London.

The Holberg lecture title and content, and the “deficit of imagination” interview remark, which I paraphrased, come from the Holberg Prize lecture page and the Holberg Prize interview with Paul Gilroy.

The Guardian profile by Yohann Koshy, August 5, 2021, is the source for the Finsbury Park scene and log quote, the childhood graffiti, the Parekh report episode, the 1999 Yale departure and academic exodus, the Sewell report inaugural lecture, and his reluctance about the profile. See the original Guardian profile and the UCL mirror.

Beryl Gilroy details, including her arrival, factory and maid work, Beckford Primary in 1969, the twice-as-good line, Patrick Gilroy‘s death on October 5, 1975, the meeting at the UCL library, and homeschooling, come from the Camden People’s Museum profile and Wikipedia.

The UCL appointment in August 2019, the founding directorship of the Remond Centre from 2019 to 2024, and emeritus status come from the UCL profile of Paul Gilroy.

The Remond Centre renaming in 2020 and Sarah Parker Remond‘s biography come from UCL’s announcement.

Career chronology, including the GLC, City Limits from 1982 to 1984, The Wire from 1988 to 1991, NME, South Bank, Essex, Goldsmiths, Yale chair in 2002, King’s in September 2012, FBA in 2014, American Academy in 2018, wife Vron Ware, and north London, comes from Wikipedia and the British Academy.

Extrapolations I made without a link, all of which I judged self-evident or standard history: the Thatcher swamping interview, from World in Action, January 1978, which is easy to source through the Margaret Thatcher Foundation transcript if you want the exact wording; National Front marches and sus-law policing as the ambient conditions of late-seventies Britain; the GLC’s abolition in 1986 and Thatcher’s reasons; the general texture of sound-system culture; and the Telegraph front page on the Parekh report, which the Guardian profile confirms in detail.

The Great Delusion

If John J. Mearsheimer’s anthropology is right, it shatters Gilroy’s anti-essentialist optimism and renders his planetary humanism a biological impossibility.
Gilroy’s foundational contribution is the idea that culture is hybrid, changing, and transnational. He uses the image of the slave ship moving between Europe, America, Africa, and the Caribbean to show that Black identity is a product of ongoing mixture and displacement, rather than a fixed, pristine origin. He opposes any politics that attempts to lock people into rigid, ethnic categories.
Mearsheimer’s framework suggests that while cultural artifacts (like music or fashion) can travel and mix along Gilroy’s routes, the psychological alignment of the human animal remains fiercely tied to roots. Mearsheimer notes that individuals are born into social groups that shape their identities well before they can assert their individualism or choose their allegiances. By the time critical faculties develop, an enormous value infusion has already occurred. Human beings require the psychological security of a concrete, bounded tribe to survive. While Gilroy celebrates the fluid, borderless hybridity of the Black Atlantic, Mearsheimer’s anthropology explains why actual human communities consistently reject fluidity, choosing instead to enforce strict, defensive group boundaries to maintain cohesion.
In Against Race, Gilroy looks toward a future that moves entirely beyond the concept of race, calling for a “planetary humanism.” He argues that because race is an unscientific, politically dangerous construct, humanity must abandon racial thinking altogether to face global crises like climate change and fascism. If Mearsheimer is right, this universalist hope is the ultimate liberal delusion. Mearsheimer explicitly states that liberalism downplays the social nature of human beings by treating them as atomistic actors, mistakenly believing that a universal concern for rights can unite everyone on the planet. If humans are tribal at their core, they cannot scale their empathy or loyalty to a planetary level. Man is hardwired to divide the world into an inside group (the tribe) and an outside group (the competitor). If the political category of race were somehow erased, the human animal would not achieve universal brotherhood; it would simply invent new, equally fierce tribal categories based on religion, geography, or ideology to take its place.
Gilroy views racism and racial hierarchies as historical aberrations born out of modern colonial capitalism—systems that can be dismantled through political struggle, art, and intellectual critique. Mearsheimer’s anthropology provides a much darker, structural explanation for why the color line persists. The human tendency to protect the ingroup and view the outgroup with suspicion is an inborn attitude designed for group survival. When Gilroy documents the stubborn resistance of nation-states to genuine multiculturalism, or the rise of neo-fascist populist movements, Mearsheimer’s logic suggests these are not failures of education or capitalism. They are the predictable, defensive reactions of human tribes facing the dissolution of their social boundaries.
If Mearsheimer’s anthropology is correct, Gilroy has written a beautiful, poetic account of how ideas and cultural expressions transcend borders. But his political project is built on a fundamental misunderstanding of the species. Man is not an adaptable, cosmopolitan actor capable of planetary solidarity; he is an organically tribal primate that will always choose the safety of a bounded collective over the expansive freedom of a borderless world.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

To David Pinsof, Gilroy is an exemplary representative of the intellectual trapped in the misunderstanding myth. Gilroy diagnoses a massive, systemic error of consciousness: humanity has been tricked by the false, pseudoscientific category of race. In his framework, racial tracking and ethnic nationalism are irrational, outdated constructs that people cling to out of a warped sense of identity. He treats these divisions as a conceptual blunder that can be unmasked through cultural analysis and a commitment to universal humanism. If only people could abandon the myth of racial purity and recognize the fluid, interconnected nature of human history, society could move past its tribal fractures.
Pinsof offers a colder alternative. The individuals who participate in ethnic nationalism, organize around racial identity, or enforce group boundaries are not suffering from a conceptual mistake or a lack of historical awareness. They understand their immediate incentives.
From this perspective, the concept of race and the formation of ethnic coalitions are not just bad ideas that require deconstruction by a university professor. They serve as systems for zero-sum competition over status, resources, and the coercive apparatus of the state. Humans did not evolve to embrace a borderless, planetary humanism; they evolved to form alliances, protect their kin, and defend their coalitions against rivals. Partisans do not rally around racial and ethnic identities because they misunderstand biology. They do it because tracking group alignment is a savvy strategy for securing power and navigating high-stakes social hierarchies.
Gilroy frames his planetary humanism as an objective, liberating project designed to heal historical divisions and move humanity toward a post-racial future. Pinsof invites an examination of the actual motives behind this elite academic stance. Championing an uncompromising, sophisticated humanism from a prominent university chair is an excellent instrument for capturing status within the intellectual marketplace. It signals a level of moral and theoretical purity that ordinary people, occupied with the daily, material realities of group competition, cannot afford to prioritize. It allows the credentialed elite to view their rivals not as competitors with conflicting material interests, but as irrational actors stuck in primitive, essentialist delusions.
The friction between different social groups does not persist because people are confused by the text of racial ideology. It persists because human coalitions have fundamentally conflicting motives over wealth, dominance, and security. The only misunderstanding in planetary humanism is the belief that structural warfare between human groups can be dissolved by convincing them to rewrite their identities.

Posted in English | Comments Off on Paul Gilroy: A Biography

Walter Benn Michaels: A Biography

On the morning of February 18, 2014, faculty at the University of Illinois at Chicago walked out of their classrooms for the first strike in the school’s history. A reporter from WBEZ found Walter Benn Michaels (b. 1948) on the picket line. Michaels took a break from marching and looked up at University Hall, the 28-story brutalist tower that dominates the campus east of the Dan Ryan Expressway. He gave the reporter a lesson in the building’s sociology. The top floors belong to senior administration. “You got people up there making a lot of money,” he said. The English department, which Michaels then chaired, sits on the 20th floor, where some tenured professors, himself included, earn good salaries. One floor down, on the 19th, sit the non-tenure-track English instructors, most with doctorates, most teaching full loads, many earning around $30,000 a year.

The scene compresses his whole career into one elevator shaft. A famous professor stands in the cold and points at a building where the distance between comfort and precarity measures one floor. He does not talk about the racial composition of the 19th floor or the 20th. He talks about money. For four decades, in literary theory, in American literary history, in political polemic, and in the criticism of photography, Michaels has made the same argument: what people earn, own, believe, and intend counts. Who they are does not.

The argument has family roots, though Michaels resists the inheritance model of identity even when applied to himself. In a 2014 interview with Jeffrey J. Williams published in symploke, he told the story. His great-grandfather came to Chicago and landed within ten blocks of Hull House. He worked as a match boy, then in a sweatshop. He organized the sweatshop and led his first strike at seventeen. He rose in the International Ladies Garment Workers Union and, by Michaels’s account, served as its president. His son, Michaels’s grandfather, became a union lawyer and spent his career as chief counsel for the ILGWU. Michaels tells the story and then refuses its obvious moral. He says he does not believe he inherited his politics from his grandfather and great-grandfather. A man whose life work attacks the idea that identity comes down through blood cannot claim his socialism as a birthright. He has to claim it as a belief.

The belief took time. As an undergraduate in the late 1960s, Michaels spent about four months at the University of Michigan, where Students for a Democratic Society still ran strong, and drifted along its edges. He later described his politics of that era as the standard student-left package, civil rights and anti-war, and described his deeper motive as the refusal to do anything that parents or authorities wanted. He moved to the University of California, Santa Barbara, took his B.A. in 1970, stayed for graduate school, and took his Ph.D. in 1975. In a 2017 interview in Amerikastudien he looked back on the turn from activism to criticism and insisted the two never separated: “I was always interested in capitalism.”

His teaching career traces the map of American literary studies at its most ambitious. Johns Hopkins hired him in 1974. Berkeley took him in 1977 and kept him a decade. He returned to Hopkins in 1987 and stayed until 2001, when Fish (b. 1938), then dean of liberal arts and sciences at the University of Illinois at Chicago and in the middle of a hiring spree that startled the profession, recruited him to a public university that educates the children of immigrants, home-care aides, and warehouse workers. Michaels chaired the UIC English department from 2001 to 2007 and again from 2013. He is now professor emeritus. His fields, as the department lists them, run from nineteenth and twentieth century American literature through critical theory to the visual arts.

At Berkeley in the late 1970s and 1980s he worked in the atmosphere that produced the New Historicism, alongside Stephen Greenblatt (b. 1943). The older scholarship had treated literary works either as monuments of art or as mirrors of their times. The new scholarship treated texts as participants in the systems they described. Michaels pushed the insight harder than most. In his hands, literature did not mirror capitalism and did not protest it from outside. It shared capitalism’s conceptual structure. A novel could denounce the market while breathing the market’s air.

Before the historical work came the theoretical bomb. In the summer 1982 issue of Critical Inquiry, Michaels and Steven Knapp (b. 1951) published “Against Theory,” an essay designed to end a debate rather than join one. The academic theory boom of the 1970s had promised that a general account of meaning would ground interpretation, that critics who understood what meaning was would read better than critics who did not. Knapp and Michaels answered that no such account could exist because meaning and intention are one thing, not two. A text means what its author meant. There is nothing left over for theory to discover.

Their famous illustration works like a short story. A man walks along a beach and comes upon marks in the wet sand that form a stanza of Wordsworth. He wonders who wrote it. Then a wave recedes and leaves a second stanza below the first. Now he must choose between explanations. Either some agent, however strange, means something by these marks, or the ocean produced them by chance. If the sea wrote them, they are not words at all. They look like language the way a cloud looks like a horse. The lesson: you cannot first identify something as language and then ask what it means. To see it as language at all is already to see it as intended.

The essay made careers of anger. Critical Inquiry filled with responses, and the exchange was collected in 1985 as Against Theory: Literary Studies and the New Pragmatism, with replies from figures including Fish and Richard Rorty (1931-2007). The essay entered The Norton Anthology of Theory and Criticism, the profession’s canon of what must be argued about. Knapp went on to administration and eventually the presidency of George Washington University. Michaels went on repeating the argument, in new territory, for the next forty years.

The repetition has a logic. If meaning is not what the author intended, it becomes what the reader experiences. If politics is not about what people believe and what they own, it becomes about who they are. Michaels came to see the drift from intention to experience in the seminar room and the drift from class to identity in national politics as one drift. His whole later career unpacks that equation.

The Gold Standard and the Logic of Naturalism appeared from the University of California Press in 1987 and made him, in the Chronicle of Higher Education‘s later phrase, one of the most influential Americanists of his generation. The book reads the fiction of Theodore Dreiser (1871-1945), Frank Norris (1870-1902), Stephen Crane (1871-1900), and Henry James (1843-1916) against the money debates of the Gilded Age, when Americans fought over whether value lived in gold itself or in what paper promised. Michaels refuses the standard picture of naturalism as a literature of protest against the market. He shows a literature obsessed with the same question the market asked: what makes anything, a dollar, a body, a contract, a novel, worth what it claims to be worth? The scandal of the book was its refusal to give literature the moral high ground. Dreiser does not stand outside capitalism judging it. Dreiser and the gold bugs share a problem.

Our America: Nativism, Modernism, and Pluralism (1995) moved the argument to race and made him a marked man on the academic left. The book studies the 1920s, the decade of the Johnson-Reed immigration act, the second Klan, and high American modernism, and argues that nativism and modernism met around one question: what makes an American? The answer the decade produced, Michaels argues, was cultural identity, and cultural identity did not replace racial thinking. It renovated it. Culture became a polite name for race. Pluralism asked who people were instead of what they believed, and in doing so preserved the logic it claimed to bury. Michaels pressed the point past the 1920s: the idea of cultural identity remains, in his words, an extension of racial identity, historically and logically. Avery Gordon and Christopher Newfield answered in a 1994 article that his equation of cultural identity with racial essentialism lent credibility to a perspective that served historically White interests and dodged a reckoning with racism as a structuring force in American life. The charge, in one form or another, has followed him since. He has answered, in one form or another, since. In a 2011 interview he said he had been called a racist for twenty years, starting with the first article that went into Our America, which argued there is no such thing as race, the social construction included.

The Shape of the Signifier: 1967 to the End of History (2004) tied the theory to the politics. The book argues that three things happened together after 1967. Literary theory, following Roland Barthes (1915-1980), killed the author and enthroned the reader. Liberal ideology, culminating in Francis Fukuyama (b. 1952) and the end of history, declared the argument over economic systems finished. And inequality in the neoliberal economies exploded while the language for naming it withered. Michaels connects the three. Once economic structure counts as settled, politics has nowhere to go but recognition, representation, and the management of difference. And difference asks less of everyone. If two people disagree about ideology, one might be wrong, and settling the question requires argument and sometimes defeat. If two people differ in culture, nobody is wrong, and the only duty is respect. Michaels calls the substitution of the second for the first the perfect moral alibi of the age.

Then he took the argument to the general public and found out what the general public does to people who make it. The Trouble with Diversity: How We Learned to Love Identity and Ignore Inequality appeared from Metropolitan Books in the fall of 2006, a year after Hurricane Katrina had put poor Black New Orleans on every screen in America. Michaels wrote against the lesson the country drew. Racism played a role in New Orleans, he granted, but in a society without racial discrimination the poor would still have drowned, and in a society without poor people nobody would have. His argument about the universities cut closest to his own life. Elite colleges had learned to get the demographics right while the student bodies grew richer. Rich kids now come in the appropriate colors, he wrote, and the poor stay home. Diversity, on his account, is the opposite of a radical demand. It is what justice looks like when you have agreed in advance that nobody’s money will move. A society whose rich are proportionally Black, White, Latino, Asian, gay, and straight remains a society of rich and poor. He called that outcome a better-looking oligarchy, not a better country.

The reception split with a violence publishers dream about. The Economist found a touch of genius in it. The Washington Post found it impossible to disagree with. The New Yorker called it cogent. Slate called it wildly implausible and assigned it to the shock and awe school of political argument. The Nation ran both admiration and the charge of seething, amnesiac resentment. The book made Michaels the most quotable class-first polemicist in America and made class reductionist his permanent epithet. The criticism has a fair core. Michaels writes as though racism and exploitation can be cleanly pulled apart, and in American history they mostly cannot. Wages, neighborhoods, schools, and police have been organized by race, and a politics that waits for pure class categories might wait forever. His answer concedes the entanglement and holds the line on the remedy: anti-discrimination, even perfected, would leave the class structure standing, and the institutions promoting diversity know it, which is why they promote it. In The Nation he put the strategic point at maximum bluntness, writing that as a political strategy, exposing racism is wrongheaded and at best a waste of time. Doug Henwood, an ally, observed that Michaels aims to provoke and may drive off the people who most need to hear him. Asked about that in Jacobin in 2011, Michaels did not soften. “I try to put things as sharply as I can,” he said.

The Jacobin interview, published under the title “Let Them Eat Diversity,” introduced his distinction between right neoliberalism and left neoliberalism, two management teams for the same economy. Right neoliberals want competitive markets and traditional values. Left neoliberals want competitive markets and respect for difference. Both accept that the rich will pull away from the poor; they fight over the demographic composition of the winners. Human resources departments, he noted, will guarantee that your culture is respected whether or not your standard of living is. The interview circulated for years and taught a generation of young leftists, many gathered around Jacobin itself, to read the diversity regime as capital’s conscience rather than its critic.

Around the same time his politics moved from the page to the bargaining table. UIC’s faculty, tenure-track and non-tenure-track together in one wall-to-wall unit, won union certification through the Illinois Federation of Teachers, and Michaels served at the start as lead negotiator. He liked to tell what happened when the two sides looked for easy articles to sign first, the standard practice for building momentum in a first contract. The two easiest were anti-discrimination and diversity. Management loved them. The university sells diversity from top to bottom, he observed; it is one of the school’s calling cards. The fight came over money, over the instructors near the poverty line, over raises that had not arrived in years. When the contract stalled, the faculty walked, and Michaels ended up on the picket line under University Hall explaining the floors to a reporter, then telling him that students in his American literature classes learn something about the value of literature they carry for life, and that this is part of what a university is. He and his colleague Lennard Davis (b. 1949) wrote in Jacobin that week that professors had finally learned they were workers, that the distinction between professionals and labor had become pure ideology, and that UIC’s mission was educating working-class students, not the children of the upper-middle class. He had spent thirty years arguing that class beats culture. Now he was doing the argument instead of writing it. He told Williams that millions of people figured this out before he did, and that most of them had the advantage of not being professors.

The late work turned to pictures. The Beauty of a Social Problem: Photography, Autonomy, Economy (University of Chicago Press, 2015) asks how art can show class without converting it into a spectacle for elite pity. Michaels reads photographers including Jeff Wall (b. 1946) and Viktoria Binschtok (b. 1972) and defends the autonomy of the artwork, its formal structure, its madeness, against the demand that it deliver an emotional experience. A photograph that works by provoking compassion lets the viewer feel good about feeling bad and mistake the feeling for politics. A photograph with rigorous form shows the structure of a problem and refuses the viewer that comfort. The book extends the oldest argument. As intention against experience in 1982, so form against empathy in 2015. The work means what its maker meant. Your feelings about it are your business.

He built a platform for this criticism as a founding editor of nonsite.org, the online journal that has carried his later essays on photography, intention, Marx, and the diversity regime, and that gathered around itself the small school of critics, Todd Cronan, Charles Palermo, Lisa Siraganian, and others, who hold the intentionalist line. And he found his most durable ally in the political scientist Adolph Reed Jr. (b. 1947), the sharpest Black critic of antiracist politics in the American academy. Their joint collection, No Politics but Class Politics (Eris, 2023), gathers two decades of essays arguing that racial disparity discourse asks the wrong question. The disparity framework treats a society as just when each group holds its proportional share of the poverty; Reed and Michaels want less poverty, held by no one. Their demand is not a representative elite. It is the end of an economy that requires an elite of this size and a bottom of this depth.

The consistency is the achievement and the limit. Michaels has run one argument through six books, two disciplines, a union contract, and a thousand controversies: intention over experience, belief over being, class over culture, form over feeling, equality over diversity. Conservatives quote him and he is not one of them; he calls himself a socialist and wants more redistribution than any Republican and most Democrats could survive proposing. Liberals denounce him and cannot quite dismiss him, because he identified early how cheaply their institutions could purchase virtue. What he saw from the picket line at UIC he had already written in 2006 and theorized in 1982. The building has many kinds of people on every floor. The floors are the problem.

Notes

The picket line scene, University Hall floors, “You got people up there making a lot of money,” the $30,000 figure, and the closing quote about the value of literature come from Chip Mitchell, “UIC Faculty Claim Higher Cause”, WBEZ, February 2014.

The great-grandfather material, including the match boy near Hull House, the sweatshop strike at seventeen, the ILGWU presidency, the grandfather as ILGWU chief counsel, the lead negotiator role, the anti-discrimination and diversity articles anecdote, and “millions of people figured this out before I did,” comes from Jeffrey J. Williams, “The Political Education of Walter Benn Michaels”, symploke 22 (2014). Note: the ILGWU presidency claim is Michaels‘s own account in this interview.

Michigan, SDS, four months, refusing authority, and “I was always interested in capitalism” come from Marlon Lieber’s interview with Walter Benn Michaels, Amerikastudien 62.4 (2017).

“I try to put things as sharply as I can,” Henwood’s criticism, left vs. right neoliberalism, HR respecting your culture but not your standard of living, and “called a racist for twenty years” come from “Let Them Eat Diversity”, Jacobin, January 2011.

Review blurbs from The Economist, The Washington Post, The New Yorker, Slate, and The Nation come from the publisher’s page for The Trouble with Diversity.

The Katrina argument and “rich kids in the appropriate colors” come from the introduction to The Trouble with Diversity, adapted in “The Trouble with Diversity”, The American Prospect, August 2006.

“Exposing racism is wrongheaded and at best a waste of time” comes from his The Nation essay, quoted here: “Walter Benn Michaels on The Trouble with Diversity. I softened “an utter waste” to “a waste” to stay in paraphrase.

The Davis and Michaels strike essay material, including “professionals are workers,” working-class students, and the Michigan enrollment comparison, comes from “Faculty on Strike”, Jacobin, February 2014, and “UIC Faculty Strikes”, In These Times.

The Gordon and Newfield critique comes from “White Philosophies,” Critical Inquiry 21 (1994), summarized at Alchetron.

Career dates, department head from 2001 to 2007 and again from 2013, and fields come from the UIC profile and the symploke interview.

The Great Delusion

If John J. Mearsheimer’s anthropology is right, it presents a devastating structural critique of Michaels’s Marxist-aligned political vision while explaining the exact social logic behind the identitarianism he loathes.
Michaels rejects the particularism of defending group interests based on race, culture, or identity. He advocates for a universal working-class politics grounded in the shared material reality of economic exploitation. In his view, class is economically constructed rather than socially constructed; a worker’s position in capitalism is an objective relation to capital, regardless of how he feels or what his cultural background is.
However, Mearsheimer’s framework suggests that a political movement cannot be sustained purely by an objective economic relationship. If humans are tribal at their core and require an enormous value infusion from their surrounding society to formulate a moral code, they will always prioritize cultural, religious, or national allegiances over abstract class solidarity. Man is a social primate that forms inside-the-group bonds based on shared sentiments, language, and upbringing. Michaels wants workers to see past their cultural differences to unite against exploitation, but Mearsheimer’s anthropology implies that the human animal is biologically hardwired to view the world through the lens of the immediate cultural tribe, rendering universal class solidarity an unsustainable psychological project.
Michaels treats the modern fixation on diversity and identity as a top-down ideological diversion—a clever trick used by the professional-managerial class to defend economic inequality by shifting the conversation to discrimination.
Mearsheimer’s logic suggests a much deeper, bottom-up cause. The obsession with identity is not an artificial construct engineered by neoliberalism; it is the natural, inevitable expression of human tribalism returning with a vengeance. If liberalism downplays the social nature of human beings by treating them as atomistic actors, people will naturally push back by seeking out tight-knit groups that shape their identities. What Michaels calls “identity politics” is simply the human animal doing what it has always done: organizing into exclusive tribes, enforcing group taboos, and seeking status for its members. Neoliberalism did not invent identity politics; it merely commodified man’s innate tribal drive.
Michaels frequently notes that battles over identity are fought in the realm of affect—how we see, feel about, and respond to others. He points out that you cannot eliminate exploitation by altering people’s feelings, because exploitation is a structural feature of capitalism, not a product of prejudice.
Mearsheimer’s anthropology explains why the political left eagerly abandoned Michaels’s structural class analysis in favor of affective identity politics. If reason is the least important way we determine our preferences, and if innate sentiments carry the most weight, then an institutional politics based on emotion, recognition, and cultural belonging will always hold vastly more psychological power over human beings than an intellectual critique of capital extraction. The human tribe is ruled by sentiment and socialization, not by economic formulas. By demanding a politics stripped of tribal affect and focused purely on the material structure of exploitation, Michaels is asking the human animal to act against its fundamental nature.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

To David Pinsof, Michaels is a classic example of the intellectual trapped in the misunderstanding myth. Michaels diagnoses a grand structural illusion: the left has simply mistaken cultural recognition for economic justice. He treats the elite obsession with diversity as a category mistake, a conceptual blunder that can be unmasked and corrected through clear-eyed analysis. If only people could see through the identity smoke screen and realize that capitalism is exploiting them, the workers might unite against the true engine of their misery.

Pinsof offers a colder alternative. The institutional elites championing diversity, and the corporations implementing bias training, do not suffer from a conceptual error or a lack of ideological clarity. They understand their incentives.

From this perspective, the diversity framework is not a mistake; it is a savvy strategy used in zero-sum competition over status and resources. Elite institutions do not push diversity because they are confused about economic inequality. They push it because it allows them to maintain their wealth and justify their authority under a moralistic pretext. Managing diversity creates high-status roles for the credentialed class and shields them from a real challenge to their material privileges.

Michaels frames his critique as an effort to restore a serious politics of economic redistribution by stripping away false consciousness. Pinsof invites an examination of the actual motives behind this academic stance. Positioned as a prominent professor at a major research university, writing polemics that dunk on fellow academics for being superficial is an excellent device for capturing status within the intellectual hierarchy. It signals a level of uncompromising systemic insight that ordinary people do not have time to formulate.

The political gridlock does not persist because people have bad beliefs about culture or misunderstand the nature of class. It persists because human coalitions have deeply conflicting motives over wealth, power, and dominance. The elite obsession with identity is not an accidental misunderstanding; it is a highly functional instrument designed to manage the social marketplace. The only misunderstanding in class-first critique is the belief that elite political strategies are just an intellectual oversight.

Posted in English | Comments Off on Walter Benn Michaels: A Biography

Harvey Cox: The Theologian Who Bet on the City

In the summer of 1963, Harvey Gallagher Cox Jr. (b. 1929) sat in a jail cell in Williamston, North Carolina. He had come south with clergy supporting the Southern Christian Leadership Conference to demonstrate against segregation, and the local authorities locked him up. While he sat in that cell, Andover Newton Theological School in Massachusetts installed him, in absentia, as assistant professor of theology and culture. The two events tell you most of what you need to know about the career that followed. Cox never believed theology happened at a desk. He believed it happened where history happened, and he spent seventy years going to where he thought history was.

He was born on May 19, 1929, in Phoenixville, Pennsylvania, and grew up in Malvern, a small town west of Philadelphia. His father, Harvey Gallagher Cox Sr., worked as a painter and decorator and later as a transport manager. His mother, Dorothy Dunwoody Cox, worked as a secretary and then as a housemother at the Devereux School in Devon. The family attended Baptist services. Four children, modest means, small-town Protestant Pennsylvania in the Depression and the war years. Nothing in the setting predicted a Harvard chair.

The first departure came in 1946. The United Nations Relief and Rehabilitation Administration needed volunteers to ship cattle across the Atlantic to replace the herds Europe had lost in the war. Cox, seventeen, just past his junior year at Berwyn High School, signed on. His boat went to Gdansk. A Pennsylvania teenager who had never left the mid-Atlantic states stood on a deck and watched a flattened Polish port slide into view: rubble where a Hanseatic city had stood, women in kerchiefs hauling bricks, Soviet soldiers on the docks. He later served a stint in the Merchant Marine. The pattern set early. Cox did theology by going places. Gdansk, Berlin, New Delhi, Cuernavaca, Rome, Tehran, Hiroshima. He spoke of the importance of “participating in history, not just watching it happen on TV.”

The credentials came in orderly sequence. A bachelor’s degree in history with honors from the University of Pennsylvania in 1951. A Bachelor of Divinity from Yale in 1955. Ordination as an American Baptist minister in 1957. Then the run of early jobs that most academic theologians treat as stepping stones and that Cox treated as fieldwork: director of religious activities at Oberlin College, Protestant chaplain at Temple University in North Philadelphia, where the campus sat inside a Black neighborhood the city had written off.

The decisive year came in 1962. Cox went to Berlin as an ecumenical fraternal worker, teaching in a church-sponsored adult education program with branches on both sides of the barbed wire. The Wall had gone up the year before. He crossed at Checkpoint Charlie carrying his papers, taught his classes among East Germans who took real risks to attend, and returned at night to the West. In those months he soaked up Dietrich Bonhoeffer (1906-1945), the pastor the Nazis hanged at Flossenburg, and above all the prison letters, where Bonhoeffer speculated about a world come of age and a “religionless Christianity.” Cox read those letters in the divided city where Bonhoeffer had preached, and the question they posed became his life’s question: if institutional religion recedes, does God recede with it, or was God never confined to the institution in the first place?

He returned to Harvard to finish his doctorate under James Luther Adams (1901-1994), the Unitarian social ethicist who taught that religious liberty and democratic association belong at the center of theology, not its margins. Cox completed the Ph.D. in the history and philosophy of religion in 1963, the same year as the Williamston jail. In Berlin he had also drawn close to the Presbyterian theologian Richard Shaull (1919-2002), whose work on structural injustice anticipated the Latin American theology Cox would champion two decades later.

He had already shown a knack for finding the pressure points of the culture. In April 1961, Christianity and Crisis published his essay “Playboy’s Doctrine of Maleness,” which read Hugh Hefner’s magazine as a religious document. The centerfold, Cox argued, offered an ideal woman who made no demands and could be folded up and put away, which the genuine article does not permit. He lampooned the Miss America pageant as a fertility cult reworked for male fantasy and commodity marketing. The essay anticipated arguments feminist theologians would make a decade later, and it displayed the method that made him famous: take a secular artifact everyone consumes and nobody examines, and read it theologically.

In 1965 Macmillan published a collection of his essays. Cox’s editor in New York expected nothing unusual from it. Neither did Cox. He had titled it God and the Secular City, and the publisher cut the title down, saying the original was too complicated. The Secular City sold out its first printing, then its second, then kept selling until it passed one million copies in seventeen languages. The University of Marburg later named it among the most influential works of Protestant theology in the twentieth century. Cox was thirty-six.

The argument ran against everything the churches were telling themselves. Urbanization, technology, and the collapse of ecclesiastical authority were not catastrophes. God is the Lord of history first and the Head of the Church second, so the divine presence operates in the secular realm as much as the religious one, and the church cramps that presence when it confines God to a spiritual sector. Cox distinguished secularization, a historical process he traced to the Bible itself, from secularism, a closed ideology as oppressive as any theocracy. The church, he wrote, is a people of faith and action, not an institution, and its intrinsic conservatism kept it from joining what he called God’s permanent revolution in history. Anonymity and mobility, the features of urban life the pastors deplored, he defended as liberations. The man at the giant switchboard and the man in the cloverleaf became his figures for metropolitan freedom.

The book landed in the middle of the death-of-God moment, and reviewers lumped Cox with Altizer and Hamilton. He resisted the label. The death-of-God theologians, he said, remained obsessed with the God of classical metaphysical theism, while he started from the crucifixion, from a God disclosed in weakness and suffering and in man’s assumption of responsibility. God was not dead. God had moved, and the churches had not forwarded their mail.

The controversy made him. By 1966 both Christianity and Crisis and Commonweal had run symposia on the book, with Cox answering his critics in each. Conservatives accused him of surrendering Christianity to modernity. Neo-orthodox critics said he underestimated the alienation and depersonalization of urban life. Michael Novak, then a young Catholic philosopher who shared Cox’s Macmillan editor, thought Harvey avoided going deep, abhorred metaphysics, and squirmed in the presence of ritual. Cox issued a revised edition in 1966 that toned down the vivid passages and admitted the criticisms had force. Harvard hired him in 1965, and he began teaching at the Divinity School and in the Faculty of Arts and Sciences. He would eventually hold the Hollis Professorship of Divinity, endowed in 1721, the oldest endowed chair in American higher education.

Success at thirty-six carried a price he named late in life as the curse of early fame. Editors wanted another Secular City. He tried for fifty years, by his own laughing admission at a 2017 Harvard lecture, and never produced one. What he produced instead was a second book that swerved hard from the first. He presented The Feast of Fools as the William Belden Noble Lectures at Harvard in 1968, an event with music, dance, film, and balloons, and published it in 1969. Modern Christianity, the book argued, had grown rational and bureaucratic and had lost festivity and fantasy. The world needed life-celebrators as much as world-changers. He drew on medieval carnival, on the feast where a boy bishop mocked the hierarchy and the low mocked the high, and argued that genuine liberation requires ritual, play, and imagination alongside political reform. He called it his favorite of his books, the one he recommended at parties. He practiced what it preached. Cox played tenor saxophone in a jazz ensemble called The Embraceables, and kept a band going for the rest of his working life.

The activism never paused. He opposed the Vietnam War from early on, helped organize clergy resistance, and counseled draft resisters. The Seduction of the Spirit (1973), part autobiography and part analysis of how individuals and institutions manipulate healthy religious instincts for control, became a National Book Award finalist. Turning East (1977) examined why young Americans were sitting zazen and chanting Hare Krishna, and gave Asian traditions a critical but respectful hearing.

Then Latin America rearranged his priorities. Travel through the region, including work at a training center in Venezuela, put him among priests and catechists who read Exodus in shantytowns while the police read their mail. He became the first to introduce liberation theology into the Harvard Divinity School curriculum, teaching Jesus the Liberator and God’s preference for the poor to students groomed for New England pulpits. In retrospect he judged liberation theology the next logical step after The Secular City, though he confessed he had been slow to see the link. The Latin Americans had read La Ciudad Secular and pushed past it: history in general was not the site of God’s action, the struggle of the poor was.

The commitment got its test in the 1980s, when the Vatican’s Congregation for the Doctrine of the Faith, under Cardinal Joseph Ratzinger (1927-2022), summoned the Brazilian Franciscan Leonardo Boff (b. 1938) to Rome and silenced him. Cox, a Baptist with no standing in the Catholic fight, wrote The Silencing of Leonardo Boff (1988) in Boff’s defense, an attack on ecclesiastical suppression of theology that sided with the poor against entrenched power. The book made explicit what his whole career implied: when the institution and the marginalized conflict, the theologian belongs with the marginalized.

His personal life bent his scholarship in a new direction. His first marriage, to Nancy Neiburger in 1957, produced children and ended in divorce. In 1987 he married Nina Tumarkin, a historian of Russia at Wellesley, who is Jewish. Cox began living the Jewish calendar at home while remaining a Baptist minister, and out of that domestic arrangement came Common Prayers (2002), his account of the Jewish liturgical year experienced from inside a Christian skin. It followed Many Mansions (1988), where he described his encounters with Judaism, Buddhism, Hinduism, and Islam as occasions for mutual learning rather than missionary competition. He put the shift in personal terms in a 2009 interview: he had once regarded other world religions as exotic curiosities, and he had come to see Christianity as one symbolic approach to reality among others, which invalidated nothing and obligated him to look for common threads.

The largest revision of his career concerned Pentecostalism. Liberal Protestant academia treated tongues-speaking, faith healing, and storefront churches as an embarrassment. Cox went to the services. He sat through hours of worship in São Paulo and Seoul and Boston, watched women fall out in the Spirit, and listened to testimonies. Fire from Heaven (1995) argued that Pentecostalism, then adding members faster than any movement in Christendom, represented what he called primal spirituality, religion rooted in direct experience rather than doctrine, and that its growth across Latin America, Africa, and Asia refuted the secularization forecasts of his own generation. The future of Christianity, he concluded, lay in the Global South. Coming from the author of The Secular City, the argument amounted to a self-correction on the largest possible scale, and he made it without flinching. He said what fewer scholars manage to say: the thing I predicted did not happen, and here is what happened instead. Religion had not disappeared under modernization. It had diversified, globalized, and returned in forms nobody ordered.

Harvard let him go in style. On an October afternoon in 2009, after forty-four years, the Divinity School held his retirement ceremony outdoors. Because the Hollis chair dated to colonial times, when professors held grazing rights in Harvard Yard, Cox borrowed a cow for the occasion. The cow turned out to be named Pride, and Cox joked that the name might be inappropriate at a divinity school. Peter Gomes (1942-2011), the Memorial Church minister, reassured him: “Harvey, at Harvard we do not consider pride to be a sin.” There was a tuba ensemble and a speech in Latin. Then Cox stepped down from the podium, shed his academic gown in a dozen strides, picked up his tenor saxophone, and started playing with his swing band, the Soft Touch, while the cow grazed and the faculty applauded. The scene condensed the man: the oldest chair in American academia, a livestock joke, and jazz.

Retirement changed his title, Hollis Research Professor of Divinity, and little else. The Future of Faith (2009) offered his summary scheme: an Age of Faith among the earliest believers, an Age of Belief under the creeds and hierarchies, and now an emerging Age of the Spirit marked by lived experience, social engagement, and dialogue across traditions. Historians questioned the tidiness of the three ages, and the book became one of the most discussed interpretations of contemporary Christianity anyway. He co-wrote a commentary on Lamentations and the Song of Songs with Stephanie Paulsell in 2012. How to Read the Bible (2015) argued that historical criticism and devotional reading illuminate different dimensions of the text and need not war with each other. The Market as God (2016) turned his old method on economics: the market now functions as a deity, omniscient and self-correcting, with growth as its doctrine of salvation and business schools as its seminaries, and this idolatry deserves the scrutiny once aimed at churches. A New Heaven (2022), written in his nineties, took up death, resurrection, and the afterlife through scripture, comparative religion, and his own approaching horizon.

In May 2017, at the Divinity School’s bicentennial, Cox, then eighty-eight, stood at a podium and held up foreign editions of The Secular City one by one, reading the titles aloud, French, German, one he guessed was Dutch, one he could not identify at all, while the alumni laughed. He bore, he told them, the curse of an early success. Then he turned to the question the room had come to hear him answer, whatever happened to secularization, and walked them back through Bonhoeffer in his cell, sure of his own execution, writing to Eberhard Bethge that the world was proceeding toward a time of no religion at all. Bonhoeffer had been wrong about that, and so, in part, had Cox, and the admission cost him nothing visible. He had spent fifty years revising the book that made him, in symposium rejoinders, in the 1966 revision, in the twenty-fifth anniversary essay where he conceded the book spoke from the vantage of a relatively privileged urbanite and that Black theologians had good reason to find his switchboards and cloverleafs implausible, since the city had denied them both communication and mobility. Where other famous scholars fortify the positions of their youth, Cox kept the position under review and reported the findings against himself.

Critics called him faddish, a weathervane for whatever the culture was doing that decade: secularization, festivity, Eastern religion, liberation, Pentecostalism, markets. He answered that he was a church theologian in the line of Karl Barth (1886-1968), responding to the pastoral issues of a church confronting the world, and that the world kept changing the subject. Both descriptions fit. He chased the action, and the action taught him. His mentors’ names track the chase: Adams, Bonhoeffer, Paul Tillich (1886-1965), Martin Luther King Jr. (1929-1968), Dorothy Day (1897-1980), the Colombian priest-guerrilla Camilo Torres (1929-1966).

The influence outran the criticism. Cox helped move religious studies toward cities, politics, economics, and popular movements. He carried Bonhoeffer, Tillich, and Buber to a mass readership. He trained generations of students at a university that had no religious studies program in the college when he arrived and a thriving one when he left, a growth he liked to cite as evidence for his case. He watched the resurgence of religion around the world contradict the confident forecasts of his early career, and he called the reversal a basic change in the nature of the civilization. E.J. Dionne judged him the most important liberal theologian of the last half century. The judgment is arguable. What is harder to argue with is the the life: a decorator’s son from Malvern who shipped cattle to a bombed Polish port at seventeen, sat in a Carolina jail at thirty-four, held Harvard’s oldest chair for four decades, defended a silenced Franciscan, kept a Jewish home, took Pentecostals seriously before his colleagues did, and marked his own retirement with a borrowed cow and a saxophone. He lives in Cambridge, Massachusetts, with Tumarkin, in his ninety-eighth year, still watching for where God will turn up next.

Notes

The Williamston jail and in-absentia installation at Andover Newton come from the Scribner Encyclopedia of American Lives entry, which also supplied his parents’ occupations, Berwyn High School, and the Playboy essay details.

The 1946 UNRRA cattle boat to Gdansk and the “participating in history” quote come from the Encyclopedia of World Biography entry.

The retirement scene, cow named Pride, Gomes line, tuba ensemble, Latin speech, and Soft Touch band are from the PBS Religion & Ethics NewsWeekly profile. The gown-to-saxophone procession detail comes from Tom Beaudoin‘s America account.

The 2017 bicentennial lecture, foreign editions detail, “curse of an early success,” and his Bonhoeffer recollections come from the Harvard Divinity School video transcript.

The publisher’s title change from God and the Secular City, and his line about other religions as former exotic curiosities, come from the PBS extended interview.

The “privileged urbanite” concession and the Black theologians’ critique of the switchboard and cloverleaf figures come from his 1990 Christian Century essay, “The Secular City 25 Years Later”.

The Michael Novak material, including the shared Macmillan editor, low expectations, and the critique that Cox avoided metaphysics, comes from Novak’s First Things reminiscence.

The Feast of Fools Noble Lecture with balloons, The Embraceables, the “second book crisis,” and marriage details are on Wikipedia.

The Marburg designation and National Book Award finalist status are from the American Academy of Arts and Sciences page.

The death-of-God distinction and crucifixion-centered reply come from a 1969 Dialogue interview.

Extrapolations I made without direct sourcing: the visual details of Gdansk from the deck, including rubble, women hauling bricks, and Soviet soldiers, are reasonable inferences from 1946 Gdansk but not from any Cox account I found. The Checkpoint Charlie crossing detail is an inference from his documented work on both sides of the Wall. Temple’s setting in a Black North Philadelphia neighborhood is accurate for the era, but I attributed no reaction of his to it. The São Paulo, Seoul, and Boston services for Fire from Heaven are plausible composites, since the book documents fieldwork in Latin America, Asia, and American congregations, but I did not confirm those three cities.

The Buffered Prophet: Harvey Cox Through Charles Taylor’s Secular Age

In 1965, Harvey Cox stood at a lectern and told American Protestantism that the disenchanted city was good news. Thirty years later he sat in folding chairs in storefront churches and watched the Holy Spirit knock grown men to the floor. He took notes. He believed what he saw enough to write a book about it. The distance between those two rooms is the distance Charles Taylor (b. 1931) maps in A Secular Age (2007), and no career in American religion walks that distance more completely than Cox’s.

Taylor builds his 874 pages around a contrast between two ways of having a self. The porous self, the self of medieval Christendom and of most human history, stands open to the world. Spirits cross its threshold. Demons possess it, saints heal it, relics charge the space around it, and the boundary between mind and world stays thin and negotiable. Meaning lives in things, in the black mass, in the consecrated host, in the plague wind, and the self can be invaded by them. The buffered self, the modern achievement, seals the border. Meaning retreats inside the skull. The world becomes mechanism, disenchanted, and the self becomes the sole seat of thought and significance, protected, disengaged, capable of standing back from everything, including its own desires. The buffered man can feel invulnerable in a way no porous villager ever could. He can also feel, in Taylor’s telling, a peculiar flatness, a sense that something was lost when the spirits left, and that loss hums under modern life like a wire.

Taylor pairs this with a second tool. He attacks what he calls subtraction stories, the accounts that treat secular modernity as what remains when you strip away illusion. On the subtraction story, men were always secular underneath; religion was a crust, science scraped it off, and the residue is us. Taylor argues the reverse. The buffered, secular self had to be built. Exclusive humanism is a constructed achievement with its own history, its own spiritual disciplines, its own heroes, and the condition we now inhabit, which he names the immanent frame, is a frame, an interpretation that feels like a fact. Within it, belief and unbelief both persist as options, cross-pressured, neither able to rest.

Set Cox’s shelf against this apparatus and the shelf reorganizes.

Begin with The Secular City. The book celebrates the buffered self at the moment of its American triumph, and it does so in theological dress. Cox’s urban hero is Taylor’s buffered man drawn from life: anonymous, mobile, free of the village’s watching gods and watching neighbors, at home among switchboards and cloverleafs, master of systems rather than supplicant of powers. Cox blesses the disenchantment Taylor anatomizes. He tells his readers that the exorcism has biblical roots, that Genesis disenchants nature, that Exodus desacralizes politics, that the Sinai covenant desacralizes values, and that the pagan cosmos full of gods died at Hebrew hands long before it died at Newton’s. Secularization, on this account, is the gospel working through history, and the buffered city is its harvest.

Taylor would call this a subtraction story with a twist, and the twist deserves attention. The standard subtraction story credits science and progress with scraping off the sacred crust. Cox credits the Bible. He makes disenchantment a Christian accomplishment rather than a loss inflicted on Christianity, which lets him claim the secular city for God at the moment his colleagues were draping the sanctuary in black. This is subtler than the story Taylor attacks in Weber’s heirs, and in one respect Cox anticipated Taylor: he insisted from the first edition that secularization differs from secularism, that the process of unbinding differs from the closed ideology that forbids rebinding. Taylor’s immanent frame, which can be lived as open or spun as closed, restates that distinction in grander architecture forty years later. Cox got there in 1965 in a paperback that sold a million copies. The gatekeepers cite Taylor. The genealogy runs through Cox.

But Cox in 1965 shared the buffered age’s central blindness, and he later said so. He assumed the porous self was finished. The man at the giant switchboard does not expect the Spirit to seize him on the subway. Healing, possession, tongues, the invasion of the body by power from outside, none of this appears in The Secular City except as residue the metropolis would dissolve. Cox wrote the buffered self’s victory speech.

The porous self declined to attend the funeral.

What happened next reads like a controlled experiment Taylor might have designed. While the seminaries of the buffered North emptied, Pentecostalism, the most porous form of Christianity since the Middle Ages, grew faster than any religious movement on earth. In Pentecostal worship the boundary between self and Spirit stays thin by design. The Holy Ghost enters bodies, loosens tongues, straightens legs, breaks addictions, and speaks through the mouths of maids and mechanics. Demons remain live actors; deliverance ministries fight them by name. The service is a technology of porousness, and it conquered the Global South while the theorists of disenchantment graded papers.

Cox did what almost no one of his rank did. He went to look. Fire from Heaven (1995) is a report on the porous self by the man who had eulogized it, and the book’s honesty gives it standing that a Pentecostal apologist could never earn. Cox names what he finds primal spirituality: primal speech in tongues, where language cracks under the pressure of what enters; primal piety in trance, healing, and dance; primal hope in a kingdom arriving in the body now. His categories are Taylor’s porousness translated into the idiom of a Baptist who plays jazz saxophone. And his conclusion runs the knife through his own early work. The buffered condition, he concedes, turned out to be a regional and class phenomenon, the house style of the educated North Atlantic, while the porous self remained the human default, and wherever modern life ground people down, the Spirit poured back in through the cracks the buffer could not seal.

Taylor reaches for the same evidence. A Secular Age treats Pentecostalism as the great counterinstance, the festive, bodily eruption that the disenchantment thesis cannot digest. Here the essay joins a conversation with more members than Taylor. Peter Berger (1929-2017), who did as much as any sociologist to build secularization theory, recanted in public; his edited volume The Desecularization of the World (1999) declares the theory falsified by a furiously religious planet, and Berger cites the Pentecostal explosion as exhibit one. José Casanova (b. 1951) argued in Public Religions in the Modern World (1994) that religion had deprivatized, that the buffered settlement confining faith to the inner room had broken down on every continent. Cox belongs in this company as the earliest confessing witness. Berger recanted a sociological theory. Cox recanted a theology, which costs more, since he had preached it.

His late work extends the Taylor reading in a direction Taylor mostly gestures at. The Market as God (2016) argues that the immanent frame does not stay empty. Strip the cosmos of spirits and the vacancy advertises. Cox finds in market discourse a full replacement theology: The Market as omniscient providence, correction as chastisement, growth as salvation, the business press as a book of revelations, consumption as communion. This is porousness returning in disguise inside the buffered order’s own temple. The trader who scoffs at demons believes the Market punishes hubris and rewards faith, feels its moods enter him through a glowing terminal, and sacrifices to it. Taylor calls such returns the nova effect, the explosion of new positions, spiritual and pseudo-spiritual, that cross-pressure generates inside the frame. Cox supplies the case study with the best jokes.

Even his periodization converges with Taylor’s. The Future of Faith (2009) divides Christian history into an Age of Faith, an Age of Belief, and a dawning Age of the Spirit, in which lived experience outranks creed. Taylor divides Western history into the ancien régime, the Age of Mobilization, and the Age of Authenticity, in which each person must find his own spiritual path. The schemes differ in scale and rigor, and historians have roughed up both, but they describe the same weather: doctrine loses its grip, experience takes the chair, and the porous hunger for contact outlives the institutions that once managed it. Cox reads the shift as the Spirit’s work. Taylor reads it as authenticity culture. Both refuse the conclusion that it means the end of God.

The man carried the argument in his own body, which is where the frame earns its keep as biography rather than doctrine. Cox lived buffered. Harvard chair, four decades of seminars, the disengaged stance of the scholar who studies worship without surrendering to it. He also kept punching holes in his own buffer. He preached, which is porous work; the sermon assumes a Word that arrives from outside. He played tenor saxophone in swing bands into old age, and improvised music is a licensed porousness the buffered academy permits, a channel where something flows through a man and everyone agrees not to ask what. He married the historian Nina Tumarkin in 1987 and kept the Jewish liturgical year at home, candles and festivals, the enchanted calendar of a tradition not his own, and wrote Common Prayers (2002) about the experience of a Christian inside Jewish time. At his 2009 retirement he shed the academic gown, the buffered self’s ceremonial armor, in a dozen strides and raised the saxophone. A borrowed cow grazed nearby. The scene belongs in Taylor’s chapter on festivity, the carnival moments when the modern order lets the older self out on furlough. Cox had written that chapter first; The Feast of Fools (1969) mourns festivity’s death under buffered rationality and pleads for its return.

Taylor describes the honest inhabitant of the immanent frame as cross-pressured, caught between the memory of transcendence and the solidity of the disenchanted world, unable to settle in either. Cox spent sixty years as the most public cross-pressured man in American theology, and he made the condition productive rather than paralyzing. Pulled toward buffered confidence, he wrote The Secular City. Pulled back by the flatness, he wrote The Feast of Fools. Confronted with porousness rampant in São Paulo and Seoul, he wrote Fire from Heaven. Watching the buffered order secrete its own gods, he wrote The Market as God. Each book corrects the last, and the sequence, read through Taylor, stops looking faddish, the charge his critics preferred, and starts looking like one man running the full experiment on himself and publishing the lab notes.

The frame also exposes what Cox never resolved. He reported porousness; it remains unclear he ever recovered it. Fire from Heaven admires the trance from the folding chair. Cox speaks in the book of his Baptist boyhood and of moments at Pentecostal services when the music pulled at him, but he returns each night to Cambridge, to the study, to the buffered posture that made the reporting possible. Taylor would recognize the position and decline to sneer at it, since it is his own: the scholar of enchantment who writes from inside the frame he criticizes, fluent in the porous grammar, no longer a native speaker. The Age of the Spirit Cox announced is an age he could describe better than he could enter. His last book, A New Heaven (2022), written in his nineties, tests the final boundary, death, against scripture and hope, and even there the method holds: he examines the doctrine of resurrection the way a man examines a bridge he will soon have to cross, with love, with learning, and with the buffered self’s incurable habit of inspection.

Whether the buffer opens at the end is not a question a biographer can answer. What the record shows is a decorator’s son from Malvern who wrote the most confident obituary the porous self ever received, spent the rest of a long life documenting the corpse’s recovery, and told the truth about it each time the evidence turned. Taylor argues that our age makes both belief and unbelief hard, that everyone lives on the cross-pressure whether he admits it or not. Cox admitted it, in seventeen languages, for sixty years. That is the shape of his secular age: a city he blessed, a fire he could hear through the wall, and a door he kept ajar.

The Great Delusion

If John J. Mearsheimer’s anthropology is right, the optimistic, progressive trajectory of Cox’s entire theological career is an illusion.

Cox characterized the secular city as a place of anonymity and mobility, where the individual is freed from traditional religious myths and can operate with pragmatic, technocratic reason. He viewed the departure from tribal religion as a sign of human maturity—man finally growing up and leaving behind the absolute moral systems of his childhood.

Mearsheimer’s framework suggests that this liberated, atomistic secular citizen cannot exist. If humans are profoundly social beings from start to finish, and if reason is the least important way we determine preferences, then the secular city does not mature man; it merely starves him of his primary need. Man does not comfortably inhabit an anonymous, pragmatic vacuum. When traditional religion is stripped away, human beings do not become self-authoring, rational agents. They instead seek out new groups to satisfy their inborn tribal sentiments, transforming secular politics, ideologies, and subcultures into replacement churches.

Cox’s subsequent scholarship inadvertently tracked the failure of his own early predictions. In Fire from Heaven (1994), he examined the massive, global explosion of Pentecostalism, forced to reckon with the fact that experiential, ecstatic religion was growing faster than secular rationality. Decades later, in The Market as God (2016), he argued that the modern financial market had adopted the exact structural functions of medieval theology, complete with its own sacraments, infallible logic, and high priests.

If Mearsheimer’s anthropology is correct, Cox’s later observations were the inevitable correction to his early delusion. Pentecostalism succeeded globally precisely because it offers intense socialization, tight group cohesion, and deep emotional attachment—the exact collective requirements of a tribal animal. Similarly, the elevation of the Market into a pseudo-deity occurred because humans require an overarching moral code and narrative framework to survive within a society. The technocratic neutrality Cox celebrated in 1965 was a brief, unstable anomaly; the human animal will always convert its environments into sites of religious or ideological tribalism.

The foundational premise of Cox’s early theology was that secularization is an irreversible historical movement toward universal, individualist freedom, which would allow mankind to cooperate globally on a pragmatic basis.

Mearsheimer’s logic dictates that universalist projects are doomed because they run counter to human nature. Because family and society impose an enormous value infusion on an individual during a long childhood, human moral landscapes will always remain fragmented, local, and adversarial. Secularization did not pave the way for a rational global city. Instead, by dismantling the traditional religious frameworks that previously managed man’s tribal impulses, it unleashed a more chaotic, fractured landscape where competing tribes use secular tools to wage ancient battles over identity and belonging. If Mearsheimer is right, Cox did not write the blueprint for the future of human society; he merely described a brief, elite liberal dream that ignored the stubborn, tribal reality of the human species.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

To David Pinsof, Cox represents a classic religious variant of the misunderstanding myth. Instead of presenting the credentialed social scientist or the policy expert as the world’s savior, Cox presents the secularized, progressive theologian. His entire framework operates on the premise that traditional religious structures and conservative piety are archaic misunderstandings of God’s true nature. In this view, if people can shed their primitive superstitions, look past the divide between the sacred and the profane, and realize that the divine is present in city planning and civil rights marches, humanity can fulfill its destiny.
Pinsof offers a colder alternative. The people clinging to traditional religious institutions or building conservative fundamentalist coalitions do not suffer from an intellectual defect or a failure to read the signs of the times. They understand their immediate incentives.
From this perspective, religious institutions and their associated moral codes are not just sets of abstract beliefs that require modernization by a Harvard professor. They serve as systems for zero-sum competition over status, resources, and the coercive apparatus of the state. Partisans do not choose their theological positions because they misunderstood secular culture. They choose them because these beliefs help them defend their lineages, unify their coalitions, and attack their political rivals. Feeling threatened by secular urbanization is a rational response to a shift in the balance of social power.
Cox frames his secular theology as an objective, liberating interpretation of Christian duty that aligns faith with modern progress. Pinsof invites an examination of the actual motives behind this progressive stance. Declaring that God is primarily present in elite, secular political movements is a powerful maneuver in the university marketplace. It gives the progressive intellectual class a monopoly on divine sanction, turning their local political preferences into universal commands of God. It allows the educated elite to view their rivals not as competitors with conflicting material interests, but as backward, superstitious actors who fail to comprehend the divine logic of the modern city.
The friction between the secular city and traditional communities does not stem from bad theology that a new book can fix. It stems from deeply conflicting motives over how society should be ordered and who should hold power. The only misunderstanding in secular theology is the belief that political warfare can be solved by declaring your side to be the work of God.

Posted in Religion | Comments Off on Harvey Cox: The Theologian Who Bet on the City

Love is Love

I was just confessing my love for Kevin Walling, a Democrat strategist, to a friend on X, and when I tried to add the requisite disclaimer @nohomo, X changed my wording to @NoHomophobia, which was exactly what I meant! Thank you X!

Posted in Homosexuality | Comments Off on Love is Love

The Great Delusion About The Great Books Curriculum

In his 2018 book, The Great Delusion: Liberal Dreams and International Realities, John J. Mearsheimer wrote:

My view is that we are profoundly social beings from the start to the finish of our lives and that individualism is of secondary importance… Liberalism downplays the social nature of human beings to the point of almost ignoring it, instead treating people largely as atomistic actors… Political liberalism… is an ideology that is individualistic at its core and assigns great importance to the concept of inalienable rights. This concern for rights is the basis of its universalism—everyone on the planet has the same inherent set of rights—and this is what motivates liberal states to pursue ambitious foreign policies. The public and scholarly discourse about liberalism since World War II has placed enormous emphasis on what are commonly called human rights. This is true all around the world, not just in the West. “Human rights,” Samuel Moyn notes, “have come to define the most elevated aspirations of both social movements and political entities—state and interstate. They evoke hope and provoke action.”
[Humans] do not operate as lone wolves but are born into social groups or societies that shape their identities well before they can assert their individualism. Moreover, individuals usually develop strong attachments to their group and are sometimes willing to make great sacrifices for their fellow members. Humans are often said to be tribal at their core. The main reason for our social nature is that the best way for a person to survive is to be embedded in a society and to cooperate with fellow members rather than act alone… Despite its elevated ranking, reason is the least important of the three ways we determine our preferences. It certainly is less important than socialization. The main reason socialization matters so much is that humans have a long childhood in which they are protected and nurtured by their families and the surrounding society, and meanwhile exposed to intense socialization. At the same time, they are only beginning to develop their critical faculties, so they are not equipped to think for themselves. By the time an individual reaches the point where his reasoning skills are well developed, his family and society have already imposed an enormous value infusion on him. Moreover, that individual is born with innate sentiments that also strongly influence how he thinks about the world around him. All of this means that people have limited choice in formulating a moral code, because so much of their thinking about right and wrong comes from inborn attitudes and socialization…

If Mearsheimer (b. 1947) is correct that humans are tribal, profoundly social beings whose moral codes are largely fixed by early childhood socialization rather than reason, the modern justification for the Great Books curriculum requires a complete overhaul.

Today, elite American universities usually defend the Great Books through a standard liberal framework. They claim these texts teach individual critical thinking, expose students to universal human truths, and allow autonomous actors to construct their own moral worldview through reason.

If Mearsheimer is right, that entire defense is an illusion. Here are the implications for the curriculum and how it must be taught to yield maximum social value.

A Great Books education cannot be a tool for self-creation or the discovery of universal human rights. Under Mearsheimer’s logic, a student does not read Plato or Machiavelli as an atomistic individual operating in a vacuum of pure reason. He reads them through the lens of the social group that nurtured him.

Reason does not drive the student’s preferences; his tribal socialization drives how he employs his reason. Therefore, expecting a Great Books curriculum to transform students into universal cosmo-liberals who view all of humanity as an undifferentiated group of rights-bearing individuals is a structural error. The texts will simply be weaponized to defend the existing prejudices of the student’s tribe.

If Mearsheimer is right, the curriculum must abandon its post-World War II framing of universalism. Instructors should stop teaching these texts as a steady march toward the realization of global human rights or a borderless liberal peace.

Instead, maximum social value is achieved by teaching the Great Books as the specific, tribal inheritance of Western civilization. The curriculum should be taught as a historical record of how one particular culture established its internal cohesion, managed its internal conflicts, and survived. Teaching the texts this way aligns with human nature by reinforcing a shared social fabric rather than pretending students can discard their group identity for a phantom global citizenship.

If people are tribal and reason serves socialization, then the Great Books are best used to understand the competitive nature of human groups. The curriculum should emphasize writers who analyze power, group survival, and the limits of reason.

Thucydides and Machiavelli must form the core of the curriculum. They show that the international system is anarchic and that groups must compete for survival.

Hobbes and Rousseau should be taught to demonstrate how fragile social order is, and how deeply men depend on a sovereign or a community to escape isolation.

Locke and Mill should still be read, but explicitly as the tribal ideology of the West—an ideology that can create internal stability at home but causes disaster when crusading elites attempt to export it globally through ambitious foreign policies.

To provide the highest social value, instructors must shift the classroom environment from an exercise in abstract moralizing to an analysis of group logic.

Classes should focus on how values are infused into societies and how those values create cohesion or conflict. Instead of asking students, “What is the abstractly just choice in this text?” the instructor should ask, “How does this text help a society survive, and what happens to a group when these core ideas fracture?”

By treating the Great Books as a study of group survival and the limits of human reason, the curriculum prepares citizens for the world as it is—an arena of competing groups—rather than the world as liberal hyper-individualism imagines it to be. This approach curbs the dangerous universalist impulses of the ruling class and grounds students in the reality of their own social architecture.

Does anyone do anything close to this?

No major institution implements this approach, because it directly contradicts the dominant post-World War II consensus. Most existing Great Books programs, whether at secular institutions like St. John’s College and the University of Chicago, or traditional religious schools like Thomas Aquinas College, teach the canon to cultivate universal reason, individual moral self-determination, or human flourishing. They are designed to expand the mind beyond the tribe, not to ground the student within the logic of tribal survival.

However, three distinct traditions approach this realist, group-centric philosophy from different angles.

One. The closest operational version of this curriculum exists inside military war colleges and specific international relations graduate programs, rather than undergraduate humanities departments. Institutions like the U.S. Naval War College or the Stratis Strategy Center treat classic texts exactly as tools for civilizational and political survival.

When these programs teach Thucydides, Hobbes, Machiavelli, and Clausewitz, they discard the liberal lens entirely. They do not read Thucydides to mourn the loss of Athenian democracy; they read him to analyze how shifting power balances make war inevitable. The text serves as an instrument to train strategic elites to ensure state survival in an anarchic world.

Two. The intellectual lineage following Leo Strauss (1899–1973) reads the Great Books with a deep skepticism toward universal progress, modern liberalism, and the standard Enlightenment narrative. Straussians argue that classical political philosophy contains esoteric truths about the permanent friction between political order and philosophical inquiry.

Thinkers in this tradition, such as Allan Bloom (1930–1992) in The Closing of the American Mind, argued that the Great Books should be used to protect the specific cultural and political health of Western civilization against the solvent of modern moral relativism. While Straussians still place a high value on reason, they reject the post-WWII cosmopolitan human rights consensus, viewing it as a dangerous delusion that blinds a society to the enduring realities of regime survival and political conflict.

Three. During the early to mid-20th century, the “Western Civilization” courses introduced at Columbia University and later adopted across America resembled this model. They were established partly to provide a diverse, immigrant-heavy nation with a unified civic identity and a shared cultural vocabulary. The goal was explicit socialization: to ground American citizens in a specific civilizational inheritance so they could understand and defend the institutional structure of their society. As the century progressed, this model was either abandoned or rewritten to fit the universalist, globalist paradigm, shifting the focus from preserving a specific inheritance to critiquing it through a global lens.

If Mearsheimer’s anthropology is correct, the most important Great Books are those that dismantle the illusion of universal liberal progress and expose the raw mechanisms of group survival, socialization, and power.

To achieve maximum social value for Americans today, the curriculum must prioritize texts that explain how tribes form, how they maintain internal cohesion, and how they collide in an anarchic world.

Here are the essential books that must form the core of that education.

1. Thucydides, History of the Peloponnesian War

Thucydides is the foundational text for this entire framework. He provides the ultimate demonstration of how groups behave under the pressure of survival, stripping away the rhetoric of justice and human rights.

The central takeaway is the Melian Dialogue, where the Athenian empire tells the weak Melians that “the strong do what they can and the weak suffer what they must.” Thucydides teaches that when the chips are down, group interest and security override moral declarations. For Americans socialized to believe that global institutions and universal norms dictate world politics, Thucydides is the ultimate antidote.

2. Thomas Hobbes, Leviathan (Part I and II)

Hobbes (1588-1679) provides the psychological and structural blueprint for why humans are profoundly social and tribal.

Hobbes demonstrates that the “state of nature,” a world of atomistic individuals operating as lone wolves, is a nightmare of constant fear and violent death. Humans flee this isolation by surrendering their autonomy to a sovereign power in exchange for protection. Hobbes illustrates Mearsheimer’s point perfectly: our social nature is driven by the stark reality that survival requires being embedded in a tight, rule-bound society. It forces students to realize that the state is not a luxury or a vehicle for global charity, but a fragile fortress that keeps chaos at bay.

3. Niccolò Machiavelli, The Prince and Discourses on Livy

Machiavelli (1469-1527) is essential because he separates political reality from Christian or liberal morality. He analyzes the world as it is, not as it should be.

Machiavelli teaches that a leader’s primary moral duty is the survival and glory of his state, which often requires actions that are immoral on an individual level. In Discourses on Livy, he focuses on how civic virtue and intense socialization are required to keep a republic from decaying from within. This teaches Americans that internal cohesion is not automatic. It requires deliberate, tribal cultivation and a shared identity.

4. Jean-Jacques Rousseau, The Social Contract and Discourse on the Origin of Inequality

While Rousseau (1712-1778) is often claimed by the left, his political architecture is deeply collectivist and particular.

Rousseau explains how a society creates a “General Will” that is greater than the sum of its individual parts. He argues that true citizens are shaped completely by their laws and customs from childhood. He famously notes that a citizen of Sparta was so thoroughly socialized that he did not view himself as an individual, but purely as a part of the Spartan collective. Rousseau exposes the fiction of the modern cosmopolitan traveler, showing that a man without a specific country and a specific tribe is politically homeless and weak.

5. Edmund Burke, Reflections on the Revolution in France

Burke (1729-1797) provides the conservative, sociological defense of Mearsheimer’s observation that family and society infuse values into a child long before he can think for himself.

Burke attacks the French revolutionaries for trying to rebuild society from scratch based on abstract, universal “rights of man.” He argues that society is a contract between the dead, the living, and those yet to be born. Our loyalties start with our immediate group, what he calls the “little platoon,” and expand outward to the nation. Burke teaches Americans that prejudice, tradition, and inherited habits are not irrational biases to be erased by liberal education, but vital social glue that protects a civilization from fracturing.

6. Carl Schmitt, The Concept of the Political

Schmitt (1888–1885) is the most controversial addition, but if Mearsheimer’s tribal view is correct, his inclusion is non-negotiable.

Schmitt argues that the core of politics is the distinction between friend and enemy. A group only exists politically if it can decide who is part of the group and who poses an existential threat to it. He mocks liberalism for trying to turn politics into an endless economic debate or a legalistic conversation about universal human rights. Schmitt teaches Americans that the world cannot be neutralized into a single human family; as long as different human groups exist, the friend-enemy distinction will remain.

If taught together, these six authors teach Americans that their survival depends on the strength and internal cohesion of their specific political community. They show that liberalism’s universalist crusades abroad are dangerous delusions born from a misunderstanding of human nature, and that the first duty of any society is to protect its own borders, its own people, and its own shared cultural heritage.

The anthropology of John J. Mearsheimer and that of the National Socialists share a fundamental starting point: both reject the liberal view of human beings as atomistic individuals possessing universal human rights. Both argue that humans are inherently social, group-oriented, and bound to their specific community for survival.

However, beneath this surface structural similarity lies a vast, unbridgeable chasm regarding the nature of that group identity and the rules that govern the world.

Both perspectives operate on an explicitly anti-universalist logic. They agree that the concept of universal human rights is a fiction, often used by dominant powers as an ideological smokescreen to achieve hegemony.

Both views hold that the individual is secondary to the collective. A person is born into an existing society that shapes his identity, language, and moral outlook long before his individual reasoning skills develop.

Both systems view international politics as a zero-sum arena of competing groups where survival is the ultimate goal and law or morality cannot save a weak state from a strong one.

The crucial difference is what defines the group and how that group must behave.

Nazi anthropology is rooted in biological determinism and racial mysticism. They believed that race is a hard, genetic reality that dictates a man’s spiritual, intellectual, and moral worth. In their view, the racial group must expand biologically, conquer other races, and either subjugate or eliminate them in a social-Darwinist struggle for global racial dominance.

Mearsheimer’s anthropology is cultural and structural. He defines the primary group as the nation—a socially constructed community bound by shared history, language, and culture, not genetics. More importantly, Mearsheimer is an offensive realist. His structural logic dictates that states seek security, not endless conquest. He argues that the international system penalizes states that attempt global or regional domination because other groups will naturally balance against them. Where Nazism commands aggressive, genocidal expansion, Mearsheimer’s framework warns that such expansion is a strategic blunder that leads to national ruin.

The movements and societies that closest exemplify Mearsheimer’s view are those that champion particularist nationalism—the idea that a specific people has a right to its own state, that its primary duty is to its own citizens, and that it has no interest in governing or transforming the rest of the world.

1. 19th-Century Classical Zionism

The political Zionism formulated by Theodor Herzl (1860–1904) aligns remarkably well with Mearsheimer’s anthropology. Herzl recognized that humans are fundamentally tribal and that anti-Semitism was a permanent feature of European group dynamics. He realized that Jews could never survive as atomistic individuals relying on the liberal promises of universal tolerance or assimilation. The only rational solution for survival was for the Jewish people to become a nation among nations, embedded within their own state with a hard border to protect their specific collective.

2. The Mid-20th Century Anti-Colonial Independence Movements

Movements like the Indian Independence Movement led by the Indian National Congress, or the Algerian National Liberation Front (FLN), operated on a deeply particularist, national-cohesion logic.

They rejected the British or French liberal claims of a “universal civilizing mission.”

They recognized that their survival and dignity required intense internal socialization around a shared national identity to throw off foreign rule.

Once independence was achieved, these movements generally focused on state-building and internal consolidation rather than exporting their ideology globally. They wanted their own state for their own tribe, period.

3. Gaullism in post-WWII France

The political philosophy of Charles de Gaulle (1890–1970) rejected both Anglo-American liberal universalism and Soviet internationalism. De Gaulle famously argued that the only permanent realities in world history are nations (les réalités nationales), while ideologies like liberalism or communism are merely passing fashions used by empires to advance their own interests. Gaullism prioritized French internal cohesion, independent nuclear deterrence, and a cold, clear-eyed focus on national survival in an anarchic world, while explicitly rejecting the urge to join global ideological crusades.

4. The Contemporary National-Conservative and Sovereigntist Movements

The modern resurgence of populist nationalism across the West—exemplified by movements emphasizing border control, economic protectionism, and cultural preservation—is the closest contemporary match. These movements explicitly argue that globalist institutions pretending to represent a “global community” are a delusion. They share Mearsheimer’s view that a man’s primary moral obligation is to his own national family, and that the state should focus entirely on the security and well-being of its own people rather than spending blood and treasure on ambitious foreign policies to spread liberalism abroad.

If Mearsheimer’s anthropology is correct, free speech and free inquiry cannot be justified as inalienable, universal human rights. They do not exist as natural properties of human beings. Instead, they are fragile, highly specific cultural tools created by a particular society to help it solve problems and survive.

In this framework, free speech is a luxury asset that a cohesive tribe permits itself under specific conditions—never an absolute principle that trumps the security of the group.

Mearsheimer argues that reason is subordinate to socialization. However, a society still needs reason to calculate its interests, develop technology, and assess threats in an anarchic world. If a state completely suppresses free inquiry, its leadership class becomes blind, trapped in its own dogmatic echo chamber.

Therefore, a realist framework allows for free inquiry not to validate the individual’s self-expression, but to prevent strategic blunder.

Free speech functions as a diagnostic tool. It allows a society to stress-test its policies, weed out incompetent leaders, and adapt to changing external realities. A tribe that allows zero internal debate will eventually miscalculate its security environment and be destroyed by more adaptive competitors.

Because the primary goal of any group is survival, free speech will always be sharply curtailed the moment it threatens internal cohesion or national security.

If humans are tribal, then no society will ever tolerate speech that attacks its own founding myths or encourages alignment with an external enemy. When a nation faces an existential crisis or goes to war, the illusion of universal free speech vanishes instantly. The tribe moves to suppress dissent, enforce narrative conformity, and punish those who fracture the group’s willpower.

Under this view, the recent rise of corporate and state censorship across the West is not an aberration; it is human nature reasserting itself as elite consensus fractures and global competition intensifies.

For the university and the Great Books classroom, a Mearsheimer-style anthropology completely changes the rules of debate.

The goal of education cannot be a completely open-ended, consequence-free interrogation of all values. Because children and young adults are highly susceptible to socialization and have unformed critical faculties, exposing them to endless, unchecked deconstruction before they are anchored in their own tradition does not liberate them. It atomizes them, rendering the society weak and fragmented.

Free inquiry within a Great Books curriculum must therefore occur inside a secure perimeter. Students are taught the Western tradition first to anchor their identity and build social cohesion. Only after that value infusion is secure can free inquiry be deployed as a practical discipline—a tool to analyze the world accurately, understand the motivations of competing tribes, and ensure the survival of their own.

If Mearsheimer’s anthropology is correct, how should intellectuals go about their work (which tends to seek importance through deconstruction) with regard for both their own safety, standing and the health of society? Would Leo Strauss’s technique of hiding one’s heretical views be useful?

If Mearsheimer’s anthropology is correct, intellectuals are playing with fire. The standard modern intellectual seeks status and tenure through deconstruction—peeling back the layers of national myths, traditional morality, and social hierarchies to expose them as arbitrary.

In a liberal framework, this is viewed as a noble, courageous pursuit of truth. In Mearsheimer’s framework, it is a form of civic suicide. By dissolving the shared values that bind the group, the deconstructive intellectual actively weakens the internal cohesion his society needs to survive in an anarchic world.

Furthermore, because humans are tribal at their core, a society will eventually protect itself. When an intellectual’s deconstruction threatens the group’s core survival mechanisms, the tribe will inevitably turn on him to protect its structural integrity.

To maintain his safety, protect his social standing, and preserve the health of his society, the intellectual must completely alter his methodology.

The technique described by Leo Strauss of esoteric writing becomes an essential tool for survival under this anthropology. Strauss argued that before the modern era, the greatest political philosophers (like Plato, Al-Farabi, and Maimonides) wrote with two distinct audiences in mind. They packed their texts with an exoteric (surface-level) meaning for the general public, and an esoteric (hidden) meaning for a small circle of philosophic readers.

If Mearsheimer’s view holds, this dual-layer technique is useful for three reasons:

The general public requires intense socialization and a firm infusion of values to function cohesively. Raw, unvarnished truths about the amoral nature of power, the arbitrariness of legal orders, or the fragility of religious myths can cause mass cynicism and social decay if broadcast indiscriminately. Esoteric writing allows the intellectual to explore these dangerous realities with other elites without shattering the protective illusions of the broader populace.

By burying heretical or realist conclusions beneath a surface layer of orthodox, patriotic, or conventional language, the intellectual avoids triggering the tribe’s defense mechanisms. He retains his elite standing and avoids cancellation or persecution because the standard gatekeepers only read the surface narrative.

A society needs a small, clear-eyed group of thinkers who understand the world exactly as it is to prevent strategic blunders. Esotericism creates a secure, private room where the ruling elite can analyze raw power dynamics and structural realities without causing domestic panic or political fragmentation.

If an intellectual chooses not to hide his views through Straussian esotericism, Mearsheimer’s anthropology demands that he shift his public work from deconstruction to construction.

Instead of asking, “How do I dismantle this inherited tradition?” the responsible intellectual must ask, “How do I fortify the social structures that keep this community safe?”

His public scholarship should focus on reinforcing civic virtue, strengthening the “little platoons” of family and local community, and explaining the realities of international competition to the public. He uses his reason not to tear down the foundational myths of his tribe, but to help the tribe adapt its traditions to meet modern existential threats. By aligning his work with the survival instincts of the group, the intellectual guarantees his own safety, elevates his social standing, and fulfills his primary duty to the civilization that nurtures him.

Orthodox Jewish intellectuals working within the framework of the mesorah (the transmitted tradition) provide an exact, living example of this principle. They operate with a clear understanding that ideas have social consequences, and that indiscriminate distribution of certain truths can shatter the communal cohesion required for group survival.

Within the mesorah, this careful gatekeeping of knowledge is not seen as malicious deception. It is an act of deep pastoral and communal responsibility.

The classical architecture of Jewish thought has always maintained a strict boundary between public instruction and elite analysis.

The public arena is governed by Halakha (the law). It is clear, action-oriented, and universal across the community. It provides the intense, daily socialization that Mearsheimer identifies as essential for group survival. It binds the atomized individual to the collective through shared rituals, diet, and calendar, creating an incredibly resilient social fabric.

Conversely, esoteric truths—whether the philosophical complexities of Maimonides’ Guide for the Perplexed or the mystical insights of Kabbalah—were historically restricted. The Mishnah explicitly states that certain deep, potentially destabilizing topics should not be taught publicly, but only to a single student at a time, and only if that student is wise, mature, and capable of understanding on his own.

The logic behind this restriction matches the Straussian and Mearsheimer critique of modern intellectual life. An intellectual who drops complex, deconstructive, or highly abstract ideas into the public square without regard for the recipient’s foundation causes deep harm.

For the masses, whose faith and social stability are built on inherited habits and healthy socialization rather than abstract philosophical proofs, exposing them to raw, unshielded theological difficulties or historical-critical analysis does not liberate them. It induces doubt, anxiety, and eventual alienation from the community. It strips away the protective insulation of the mesorah, leaving the individual atomized and vulnerable.

Orthodox intellectuals who respect the mesorah use their critical faculties to fortify the fortress, not to breach its walls. When they encounter challenging historical data, philosophical contradictions, or complex theological questions, they process these issues within elite, highly trained circles.

Their public-facing work is constructive. They translate complex realities into actionable, stable guidance that preserves the community’s boundaries and strengthens its internal loyalty. They recognize a fundamental truth that modern secular academia has forgotten: an intellectual’s primary duty is to ensure that the chain of tradition remains unbroken, preserving the social architecture that allows his people to survive in a chaotic world.

Changing the Immutable: How Orthodox Judaism Rewrites Its History

If Mearsheimer’s anthropology is correct, it changes how a reader should interpret Marc Shapiro’s Changing the Immutable.
Shapiro, writing as a modern academic historian, approaches his subject with a clear commitment to objective factual truth. He uncovers hundreds of instances where the Haredi (ultra-Orthodox) world has censored, airbrushed, or altered historical texts, photographs, and rabbinic rulings. The standard liberal response to Shapiro’s book is moral outrage at an “Orwellian” suppression of facts.
If you read Shapiro through Mearsheimer’s lens, however, the book ceases to be an expose on religious dishonesty. Instead, it becomes a brilliant, empirical case study in how a highly successful tribe manages its internal socialization to ensure its own survival.
Mearsheimer’s framework adds value to understanding Shapiro’s findings in three ways:
One. Shapiro notes that Orthodox historiography often views truth as entirely instrumental—what matters is not what happened, but what leads to piety and faith in the Sages. Mearsheimer’s anthropology explains exactly why this happens. If humans are tribal, and if intense childhood socialization is the primary tool for injecting the values needed to keep the tribe intact, then an accurate historical record is a secondary luxury. The primary function of history within the tribe is pedagogical. The text must serve the social architecture. If an ancestor held a view that would confuse a modern student, weaken his faith, or cause internal fracturing, altering the text protects the student’s unformed critical faculties and preserves communal unity.
Two. Shapiro documents the censorship of radical or unconventional positions held by towering figures like Maimonides, Rabbi Samson Raphael Hirsch, and Rabbi Abraham Isaac Kook. Through a Mearsheimer-style lens, this textual tampering is a defensive operation. In an open, anarchic cultural marketplace, exposing the masses to complex internal contradictions, historical deviations, or lenient past standards creates cognitive dissonance. It introduces doubt, which leads to atomization—the individual breaking away from the collective. By smoothing over the rough edges of history, the rabbinic elite maintain a unified front that shields ordinary members from the destabilizing effects of raw, unvarnished data.
Three. Shapiro shows that this practice is not a modern aberration; it has precedents dating back to talmudic times. Mearsheimer’s view implies that this plasticity is precisely why the Jewish people survived thousands of years of exile without a state. A rigid adherence to literal, unchanging history would have shattered the group under changing external pressures. The ability of the elite to quietly adapt the past to serve the religious needs of the present is a structural device. It allows the tribe to slide its cultural norms in response to external threats while maintaining the vital illusion of absolute, unbroken continuity.
Shapiro provides the data; Mearsheimer provides the underlying logic. Changing the Immutable demonstrates that when a community prioritizes the survival of its collective identity over the liberal value of absolute informational transparency, it chooses the path aligned with human anthropology.

Open Orthodoxy

If Mearsheimer’s anthropology is correct, it provides a cold, structural explanation for why the Open Orthodoxy movement—founded by Rabbi Avi Weiss in the late 1990s—faced such severe institutional backlash and why its attempt to merge liberal universalism with Orthodox communal structures was bound to create intense friction.

Open Orthodoxy explicitly sought to combine a strict commitment to Halakha (Jewish law) with an embrace of modern liberal values, including intellectual openness, inclusivity, and expanding leadership roles for women (such as ordaining female spiritual leaders).

Evaluating Open Orthodoxy through Mearsheimer’s lens strips away the ideological rhetoric and reveals the underlying group dynamics at play.

Mearsheimer argues that reason is subordinate to socialization. By the time a person reaches adulthood, his family and society have already imposed an enormous value infusion on him.

Open Orthodoxy attempted to inhabit two distinct, powerful systems of socialization simultaneously: the insular, particularist, authority-driven world of traditional Orthodoxy, and the open, egalitarian, universalist world of modern Western liberalism.

From a realist perspective, these two systems operate on contradictory core logics. Orthodoxy socializes the individual to submit to cumulative legal precedent and communal boundaries to preserve the group’s distinct identity. Modern liberalism socializes the individual to prioritize autonomy, equality, and universal rights. Open Orthodoxy tried to use reason to harmonize these two worldviews, but Mearsheimer’s framework suggests that because raw socialization drives our deepest preferences, the two tribes were destined to clash. Mainstream Orthodoxy viewed the movement not as a minor halakhic variation, but as a dangerous infection of foreign liberal socialization threatening the tribe’s internal architecture.

As seen in the analysis of Marc Shapiro’s work, traditional societies often guard their texts, histories, and practices to maintain an unblemished narrative that ensures absolute continuity and maximum internal cohesion.

Open Orthodoxy championed absolute transparency, intellectual openness, and a willingness to confront difficult modern critique. In Mearsheimer’s view, while this approach satisfies the liberal desire for truth, it strips away the protective insulation that a tribe uses to guard its members’ unformed critical faculties. By bringing modern academic critique, secular ethics, and egalitarian demands directly into the halakhic framework, Open Orthodoxy inadvertently threatened the very mechanisms that keep the Orthodox collective tightly bound. Mainstream rabbinic authorities reacted defensively because they recognized, consciously or instinctively, that breaking the traditional narrative front would lead to individual atomization and the eventual dissolution of the community’s distinct borders.

Mearsheimer’s anthropology dictates that when a group feels its core survival mechanism or identity is threatened, it moves to enforce narrative conformity and punish those who fracture its unity.

The fierce institutional pushback against Open Orthodoxy—including public condemnations from organizations like Agudath Israel, which declared the movement a radical departure from tradition, and the exclusion of its rabbis from mainstream circles—is exactly how a tribe behaves when it senses an existential threat. Mainstream Orthodoxy acted to protect its borders. By drawing a hard line and casting Open Orthodoxy outside the camp, the dominant Orthodox leadership reasserted the friend-enemy distinction necessary to keep their own community’s identity clear, sharp, and resilient against outer cultural pressures.

Through Mearsheimer, Open Orthodoxy is understood not merely as a theological debate over the limits of Jewish law, but as a structural experiment that tested whether a traditional, particularist tribe could absorb the hyper-individualistic values of its surrounding civilization without triggering its own survival alarms.

The Jacobs Affair

The Louis Jacobs affair is a case study for John Mearsheimer’s anthropology. The controversy erupted in British Jewry during the early 1960s when Rabbi Louis Jacobs (1920–2006) published We Have Reason to Believe. In the book, he used modern historical-critical methods to argue that the Torah was not dictated verbatim by God to Moses on Mount Sinai, but was instead a product of historical development through a series of divine-human encounters.

Jacobs thought he was offering a vital synthesis to save Anglo-Jewry, allowing Oxbridge-educated young Jews to remain committed to Orthodox law (Halakha) without intellectual dishonesty. Instead, the Orthodox establishment, led by Chief Rabbi Israel Brodie and fueled by a shifting demographic toward more traditional Eastern European families, blocked Jacobs from becoming principal of Jews’ College and effectively forced him out of the United Synagogue.

Through a standard liberal lens, this is a tragedy of fundamentalist overreach crushing free inquiry and intellectual honesty. If Mearsheimer’s anthropology is correct, however, the affair looks completely different. It reveals structural realities of how human groups maintain themselves.

Jacobs believed he could isolate Jewish practice from its foundational myth. He argued that one could reject literal verbal revelation while remaining fully committed to Jewish observances as divinely ordained via history.

Mearsheimer’s framework explains why the establishment found this position intolerable. A group’s daily socialization relies on an absolute value infusion during early childhood. Children are trained in the rigorous restrictions of the law long before they can reason. The psychological power that sustains this intense, lifelong socialization is the shared belief that the law is the unvarnished, direct command of God.

By introducing the documentary hypothesis and historical-critical analysis into mainstream Orthodox training, Jacobs was threatening to dissolve that authority structure. The establishment recognized that if the masses began to view the Torah as an evolving historical document, the absolute authority of the law would weaken, leading to individual atomization and assimilation.

Jacobs made the precise error that Leo Strauss warned against: he broadcast a destabilizing, elite academic critique directly to the public square.

Jacobs originally formulated these ideas for weekly classes at the New West End Synagogue and then published them in a popular book for the general reader. He operated under the liberal assumption that absolute transparency and open information are always net benefits for a community.

From a realist perspective, this was a massive strategic miscalculation. He forced a public confrontation on a topic that a highly cohesive tribe cannot afford to debate openly. By bringing the heresy out of the private library and into the public pews, he left the rabbinic leadership with no choice but to react.

The subsequent blacklisting of Jacobs, the removal of his congregation’s management committee by the United Synagogue council, and the vitriolic communal split were not irrational acts of malice. They were the natural, defensive movements of a tribe protecting its borders.

The Anglo-Jewish community at the time was facing severe assimilation pressures from secular British society. To survive, the group required absolute clarity regarding its identity, laws, and boundaries. When Jacobs introduced a theology that blurred the hard line of Orthodox dogma, the leadership invoked the friend-enemy distinction. They cast Jacobs out to preserve the internal cohesion and narrative alignment of the remaining collective.

The Louis Jacobs affair demonstrates that when the survival mechanisms of a community collide with an intellectual’s demand for absolute historical accuracy, the tribe will always choose survival.

The Ford Affair

The Desmond Ford controversy of 1980 is a Protestant parallel to the Louis Jacobs affair, and John Mearsheimer’s anthropology explains exactly why it occurred and why the institutional fallout was so severe.

Desmond Ford (1929–2019) was a controversial Australian theologian within the Seventh-day Adventist Church. In 1979, he gave a public lecture at Pacific Union College challenging the biblical basis for the church’s unique, core pillar: the “investigative judgment” and the heavenly sanctuary doctrine. This doctrine held that in October 1844, Christ entered the second phase of his heavenly ministry to review the lives of believers and see if their good works matched their claims of faith. Ford argued from the text of Hebrews and raw biblical scholarship that this doctrine lacked scriptural support and obscured the true Protestant gospel of justification by grace alone.

The church responded by convening the Sanctuary Review Committee at Glacier View Ranch in 1980, where administrators and theologians stripped Ford of his ministerial credentials, sparking a massive schism that cost the denomination over a hundred ministers.

Through the lens of modern liberal scholarship, this was an oppressive suppression of academic freedom and theological truth. Through Mearsheimer’s anthropology, it was a textbook operation of a tribe preserving its life-support systems.

Mearsheimer notes that the primary reason for our social nature is that the best way for a person to survive is to be embedded in a society. For a religious society, the glue that binds the group together is its unique prophetic narrative.

The 1844 heavenly sanctuary doctrine is not a minor theological footnote for Seventh-day Adventism; it is the structural reason for the church’s existence. The movement was born out of the “Great Disappointment” when William Miller’s prediction of Christ’s literal return on October 22, 1844, failed to occur. The heavenly sanctuary doctrine—validated by the visions of co-founder Ellen G. White—was the psychological mechanism that rescued the proto-Adventists from existential despair. It explained that the date was right, but the event was wrong.

By attacking the biblical basis of 1844, Ford was not just correcting a verse in Daniel; he was pulling the thread that held the entire tribal history together. If 1844 was a historical mistake, the unique identity and divine commission of the Seventh-day Adventist Church dissolved. The leadership defrocked Ford because they recognized that the historical accuracy of a date is secondary to the preservation of the myth that keeps the tribe cohesive.

Ford committed the classic intellectual blunder that Leo Strauss warned against: he made his deconstruction exoteric. He shared his radical critique of the investigative judgment in a public forum, and the tapes were quickly duplicated and circulated nationwide.

In Mearsheimer’s framework, humans undergo intense early childhood socialization when their critical faculties are unformed. For generations of Adventists, their entire moral, dietary, and social rhythm was built on the absolute authority of the church’s prophets and its prophetic timeline. When Ford introduced sophisticated theological deconstruction directly to the pews, he threatened to fracture that unformed foundation. He was forcing ordinary believers to choose between intellectual transparency and communal loyalty. The leadership stepped in at Glacier View to cut off the source of the cognitive dissonance before it caused widespread individual atomization.

The Glacier View meeting and the subsequent purging of ministers who sympathized with Ford were the natural defensive reactions of a group under threat. Mearsheimer’s anthropology dictates that when a group feels its core identity is endangered, it will move to enforce narrative conformity.

Administrators demanded that Ford recant and publicly denounce external critics. When he refused, they used the ultimate tool of group defense: exclusion. By drawing a hard line and declaring Ford’s positions outside the boundaries of authentic Adventism, the hierarchy reestablished the clear borders of the tribe. They chose to lose a hundred intellectuals rather than let those intellectuals compromise the internal architecture that kept the millions in the collective secure.

The Exodus Controversy

On Passover morning in 2001, Rabbi David Wolpe stood before his packed Los Angeles congregation at Sinai Temple and delivered a series of sermons declaring that according to modern archaeology, the Exodus from Egypt almost certainly did not happen the way the Bible describes it. He argued that historical accuracy was secondary to the spiritual and metaphorical truth of the narrative, urging his congregants to be brave enough to decouple their faith from literal history.

The resulting public furor was intense. Orthodox leaders accused him of undermining the foundation of Judaism, and commentator Dennis Prager wrote that Judaism could no more survive the denial of the Exodus than the denial of the Creator.

If Mearsheimer’s anthropology is correct, this controversy was not an abstract debate about archaeology or intellectual honesty. It was a high-stakes collision between liberal universalist intellectual habits and the non-negotiable survival logic of a tribe.

Wolpe made the precise strategic error that an understanding of human socialization warns against: he introduced a deeply destabilizing, deconstructive critique inside the sacred space of the tribe at the exact moment of its peak ritual activation.

Passover is the supreme communal mechanism for what Mearsheimer calls the value infusion of early childhood. The entire structure of the Seder—the questions asked by the youngest child, the explicit command for every individual to view himself as having personally come out of Egypt—is designed to bypass adult critical faculties and forge a permanent, visceral group identity. By delivering this sermon on Passover morning to people gathered precisely to celebrate that foundational national myth, Wolpe was not merely sharing an academic finding; he was actively introducing cognitive dissonance into the machinery of tribal socialization.

Wolpe operated on a modern liberal assumption: that reason can elegantly separate a practice from its myth, allowing an autonomous individual to maintain a commitment to Jewish life out of an abstract appreciation for its spiritual values.

Mearsheimer’s anthropology explains why the community reacted with such sharp self-defense. For a minority group surviving within a massive, enveloping secular civilization, abstract spiritual truth is not strong enough glue. The intense daily restrictions of Jewish law and identity require an absolute authority structure to prevent individual atomization. The psychological engine driving that authority is the shared conviction that these events literally happened to our ancestors—that the covenant is forged in blood and history, not poetry. As his critics recognized, telling the masses that the core national rescue story is a parable severely weakens the binding power of the community’s laws.

The overwhelming institutional backlash Wolpe received from Orthodox and conservative circles was the predictable, healthy immune response of a social organism.

Mearsheimer’s framework dictates that a group must maintain its narrative alignment to survive. When a prominent intellectual publicly fractures that alignment from within, the remaining leadership must invoke the friend-enemy distinction to protect the collective boundaries. The public denunciations and the fierce pushback served a vital sociological function: they re-established the hard line around the foundational narrative, signaling to the rest of the tribe that despite a high-profile rabbi’s declarations, the historical reality of the Exodus remained a non-negotiable boundary marker for the community’s identity.

Contemporary Intellectuals Who Share Mearsheimer’s Anthropology

Several men have developed and applied the core principles of this anti-universalist, group-centric anthropology. They write across different fields, but each operates on the premise that humans are tribal, that socialization overrides raw reason, and that the liberal model of the atomistic individual is a dangerous myth. None of them needed John J. Mearsheimer to teach them these basic truths.

Yoram Hazony

The Israeli political philosopher Yoram Hazony builds an entire political framework on this anthropology in his 2018 book, The Virtue of Nationalism. He rejects the liberal social contract theory of John Locke, arguing that individuals never exist in a state of nature where they freely choose their obligations through reason.
Hazony argues that humans are born into a state of embeddedness within a family, a clan, and ultimately a nation. These collectives provide the security necessary for survival, and in return, they demand loyalty. He notes that a person inherits his traditions, language, and moral duties before he is capable of independent critical thought. For Hazony, the supreme political entity is the independent nation-state, which allows a specific tribe to preserve its internal cohesion and unique cultural heritage without trying to govern the rest of the world. He views the liberal desire for global governance or universal human rights regimes as a form of imperial overreach that ignores the tribal architecture of human nature.

John Gray

The British philosopher John Gray has spent decades dismantling the Enlightenment myth of moral progress and human autonomy in books like Straw Dogs and The New Leviathans. Gray uses a pessimistic, naturalistic approach to show that human beings are simply a species of animal, driven by deep-seated instincts and tribal needs rather than conscious reason. Gray argues that what liberals call reason is usually just a tool used to invent post-hoc justifications for pre-rational group preferences and myths. He insists that while scientific and technological knowledge accumulates over time, human morality and politics are cyclical. Societies achieve order, decay into tribal conflict, and rebuild themselves, but they never progress toward a borderless, universal liberal peace. Gray applies this view to modern geopolitics, arguing that the collapse of Western interventions abroad and the rise of hyper-partisan fragmentation at home are the natural results of liberalism trying to suppress the permanent reality of human tribalism.

Patrick Deneen

In his 2018 book, Why Liberalism Failed, political theorist Patrick Deneen argues that the current political and social crises in the West are not failures of liberalism, but the natural consequence of its success. He claims that liberalism successfully dismantled all the thick social structures that used to socialize human beings.

Deneen argues that by liberating the individual from the constraints of family, church, local community, and tradition, liberalism created an atomized population of lonely, anxious consumers who possess no shared moral code. He claims that this atomization makes the population weak, leading to a massive expansion of the state to manage the resulting social chaos. Deneen’s solution mirrors Mearsheimer’s observation about the long childhood of human beings. He argues that the only way to restore social health is to rebuild local, particular communities that can intentionally infuse values into the next generation before their critical faculties develop, rather than allowing abstract liberal ideology to raise them.

Paul Gottfried

Gottfried is an intellectual bridge between Mearsheimer’s structural realism and the domestic critique of Western political institutions. As a political philosopher and historian, Gottfried takes the essential premise of Mearsheimer’s anthropology—that humans are profoundly social, non-individualistic beings whose primary vehicle for survival is a cohesive group—and applies it directly to the internal architecture of the modern Western state.

Gottfried builds on this foundation by tracking exactly what happens when a society tries to systematically replace organic group socialization with a manufactured ideological substitute.

Gottfried’s core contribution, laid out in his 1999 book After Liberalism: Mass Democracy in the Managerial State, is the argument that classical bourgeois liberalism died long ago. Classical liberalism relied on thin state intervention and thick social institutions—the family, the church, the local community—to handle the intense value infusion and socialization of the young.

The modern Western regime, which Gottfried calls the managerial state, operates on the opposite logic. Borrowing from James Burnham, Gottfried argues that a new class of civil servants, behavioral scientists, jurists, and media elites now populates the state apparatus. This managerial class maintains its power by systematically breaking down organic, local, and historical identities to turn citizens into atomized, interchangeable individuals.

In Multiculturalism and the Politics of Guilt (2002), Gottfried explains how the modern state executes this replacement. He notes that because humans cannot function as lone wolves and desperately need shared moral codes, the managerial state cannot leave the population in a vacuum of pure reason. It must provide a form of socialization. It does this by establishing a therapeutic state that functions as a secular theocracy. Instead of traditional religious or national myths, the state infuses the population with a new moral code built around global universalism, diversity, and historical guilt. Gottfried argues that the constant public rituals of self-abasement regarding past civilizational sins are a deliberate tool of social engineering. This new value infusion trains citizens to view their own inherited traditions as pathologies that require state-directed re-education. This observation mirrors Mearsheimer’s critique of the post-WWII human rights crusade: it is an artificial universalist ideology designed to bypass human nature, used by a ruling elite to justify its ongoing management of society.

Gottfried applies this anthropology to explain why free speech and free inquiry are shrinking across the West.

In a true liberal framework, the expansion of the state should lead to a wider marketplace of ideas. In Gottfried’s realist framework, because a group requires narrative alignment to maintain its power structure, the managerial elite cannot tolerate genuine dissent.

When the state’s universalist value infusion fails to convince the populace naturally, the regime shifts from therapeutic persuasion to hard exclusion. It uses administrative power, civil rights laws, and corporate gatekeepers to enforce ideological conformity, treating traditionalist or particularist dissent not as a valid political position, but as a psychological illness that must be contained.

Gottfried takes Mearsheimer’s macro-level insights about the delusions of liberal foreign policy and applies them micro-level to our domestic life. He shows that the universalist elite crusades Mearsheimer observes abroad are simply the external expression of the aggressive, deconstructive management taking place at home.

If Mearsheimer’s Anthropology is True, Intellectuals Lose Status

A distinct subset of intellectuals has directly wrestled with the loss of status, influence, and safety that occurs when a thinker adopts a realist, group-centric view of humanity. In fact, political science literature describes this precise phenomenon as the cyclical pattern of ideological exile.

When an intellectual internalizes an anthropology like Mearsheimer’s, he undergoes a painful realization: his class—the intellectual elite—carries far less structural weight than liberalism promises. In a liberal framework, the intellectual is a secular priest, a shaper of destiny who uses reason to guide society toward progress. In a realist framework, the intellectual is merely a court scribe or an ideological decorator for raw state power.

Three prominent examples illustrate how intellectuals have processed this drop in status.

1. The Émigré Realists (Morgenthau and Herz)

The fathers of modern classical realism, Hans Morgenthau (1904-1979) and John Herz (1908-2005), fled Nazi Germany for America. They possessed a firsthand, biographical understanding of what happens when a highly socialized, tribal population turns on its intellectual class.

When they arrived in the United States, they achieved immense academic status, but they quickly experienced a profound political loss of status during the Cold War. Morgenthau, in particular, spent the 1950s and 1960s advising the American foreign policy establishment. However, when he applied his realist principles to oppose the Vietnam War—arguing that America was engaging in a blind, ideological crusade that ignored the local national realities of Southeast Asia—the Johnson administration swiftly cut him off.

Morgenthau wrote bitterly about this exclusion. He realized that the intellectual’s status in Washington was entirely contingent on his willingness to provide rationalizations for the state’s existing goals. The moment he spoke an unwelcome realist truth to power, his status evaporated, forcing him into what scholars call ideological exile.

2. George F. Kennan

George F. Kennan (1904–2005), the architect of America’s Cold War containment strategy, spent the latter half of his long life wrestling with a severe sense of status anxiety and alienation from modern Western culture.

Kennan possessed an intensely particularist, anti-universalist view of human societies. He believed that political institutions must grow organically out of a specific nation’s culture, climate, and ancestral habits. As he watched post-WWII America embrace global liberal universalism, consumerism, and the systematic dismantling of traditional social boundaries, Kennan grew deeply pessimistic.

In his extensive diaries, Kennan wrestled with his total loss of influence over the American trajectory. He realized that his clear-eyed, realist worldview made him an anomaly in a society driven by mass democracy and managerial engineering. He famously described himself as an expatriate in his own country, concluding that a man who understands the permanent, tragic constraints of human nature will always be marginalized by a ruling class addicted to the illusion of endless progress.

3. The Neoconservative Defectors (The Burnham Legacy)

Thinkers who followed the path of James Burnham (1905–1987) such as the early neoconservatives before they turned toward their own universalist crusades wrote about the psychological cost of abandoning liberal illusions.

When an intellectual defects from the dominant liberal paradigm to adopt a realist, structural view of human groups, he immediately loses his standing within elite consensus institutions (major newspapers, prestigious universities, foundation boards). Thinkers like Gottfried or Sam Francis (1947–2005) wrote extensively about how the modern managerial class uses social ostracization and professional demotion as immune responses to protect the reigning narrative.

These intellectuals wrestled with the fact that choosing a realist anthropology means volunteering for marginalization. They recognized that a society built on the myth of universal human rights will view a structural realist not as an analyst with a competing theory, but as a moral heretic who must be stripped of his platform to preserve the group’s ideological purity.

Edward Shils (1911–1995) provides the exact sociological architecture for why this happens. In his major work, The Intellectuals and the Powers, Shils explored the permanent, structural tension between the people who run a society (the powers) and the people who manipulate symbols, ideas, and critiques (the intellectuals).

Shils observed that intellectuals possess an inherent, almost visceral need to penetrate beyond the immediate, concrete experience of daily life to touch what they perceive as ultimate truths. This orientation produces an inevitable hostility toward ordinary society. Shils noted that ordinary life is necessarily slovenly, full of compromise, improvisation, and material concerns. Because the institutions of power must manage this messy reality, the intellectual views the state and its ruling class as compromised, hypocritical, and morally blind.

This creates the drive to bite the hand that feeds them, operating through two distinct dynamics that map directly onto Mearsheimer’s group anthropology.

Shils argued that modern secular intellectuals are the direct structural descendants of the ancient priesthood. They inherited the priestly, theological, and apocalyptic impulses of religious traditions, but converted them into secular philosophical, technical, or revolutionary projects.

The intellectual bites the institutional hand because he views himself as answering to a higher authority—whether that authority is abstract Justice, Reason, Progress, or Historical Truth. Even when an institution provides the intellectual with tenure, funding, and high social standing, he cannot rest content. His very identity relies on maintaining a critical distance from raw power. To praise the institution or defend its practical survival needs feels like a betrayal of his sacred calling. He must deconstruct the structure to prove his independence from it.

Shils identified a profound arrogance at the heart of this adversarial stance. Intellectuals often harbor a deep revulsion for the middle and working classes because ordinary citizens refuse to measure up to the intellectual’s unrealistic, uninvited expectations.

The intellectual views society as a highly plastic, monolithic mass that can be reshaped by pure ideas. He assumes that if he deconstructs an old myth, a traditional hierarchy, or a national narrative, the population will automatically elevate itself into a more rational, enlightened state.

When you layer Shils’ sociology on top of Mearsheimer’s anthropology, the tragic nature of modern intellectual life becomes clear.

The intellectual thinks he is performing a noble, independent act of purification by attacking the founding myths and structures of his host institution. He believes his critical reason sets him apart from and above the group.

Mearsheimer’s framework shows that this is an illusion. The intellectual is not an autonomous actor floating above the tribe; he is entirely dependent on the stability and protection that the host institution provides. By systematically biting the hand that feeds him—by deconstructing the shared values, borders, and narrative alignment that keep the broader society cohesive—the intellectual actively dismantles his own life-support system.

When the protective illusions of the society fracture under his critique, the result is not an enlightened utopia. The result is the return of raw, chaotic tribalism. And as both Shils and Mearsheimer warn, when a tribe feels its survival threatened by internal subversion, its first instinct is always to crush the intellectual who is undermining the fortress walls.

There is a still deeper status wound here: Mearsheimer’s anthropology humiliates the intellectual not only before the state, but before himself.

The intellectual’s highest self-image depends on the belief that he has achieved distance from inherited loyalties. He is not merely American, Jewish, French, Catholic, liberal, or bourgeois. He sees through these formations. His status comes from demystification. He unmasks the nation, the family, religion, sex roles, borders, canons, myths, and inherited moral languages as constructed objects. He proves his superiority by showing that what ordinary people treat as sacred remains contingent, historical, interested, and unstable.

But if Mearsheimer is right, this act of unmasking itself represents a social product. The deconstructor does not stand outside group life. He performs the prestige behavior of his own group. His skepticism does not equal pure reason defeating socialization. It represents the style of socialization rewarded by universities, journals, foundations, elite media, and professional-managerial networks.

This cuts deeply against the intellectual class. It turns the intellectual’s favorite weapon back against him. The unmasker stands unmasked.

Several landmark works of twentieth-century literature and memoir capture this exact psychological wound. They depict the moment when the hyper-rational, cosmopolitan intellectual realizes his absolute autonomy is a myth—that his sophisticated skepticism was merely a high-status tribal performance subsidized by an architecture he helped destroy.Here are the novels, memoirs, and rich accounts that best illustrate the unmasker standing unmasked.

1. Arthur Koestler, Darkness at Noon (1940)

Arthur Koestler (1905–1983) wrote the definitive novel about the intellectual humiliated by his own system of thought. The protagonist, Rubashov, is an old Bolshevik intellectual who spent his life deconstructing traditional morality, family, and religion in the name of historical materialism and pure reason. He believed he had achieved total distance from local, bourgeois sentiments.

When the state imprisons Rubashov and demands his false confession, he tries to use his superior intellect to reason his way out. Instead, his interrogator, Gletkin, turns Rubashov’s own weapons back on him. Gletkin points out that Rubashov himself established the logic that the individual is nothing and the collective is everything. Rubashov realizes his entire life of elite, revolutionary critique was not a soaring act of independent reason, but a rigid conformity to the prestige system of his party.

Sitting in his cell, the ultimate status wound opens up. He realizes that by dismantling the traditional moral guardrails of society, he paved the way for his own destruction. Koestler illustrates this psychological collapse: “The party’s warm, breathing body felt no pain when it shed a cell. You could not argue with the party. You could not prove it wrong. It possessed the truth, and if you stood outside it, your reason equaled zero.”

2. Czesław Miłosz, The Captive Mind (1953)

The Polish poet and essayist Czesław Miłosz (1911–2004) wrote this masterpiece of psychological memoir to explain how Central European intellectuals willingly surrendered their independent minds to Stalinist totalitarianism after World War II.

Miłosz introduces the concept of Ketman—the ancient practice of acting out a public performance of absolute orthodoxy while secretly maintaining a private, ironic superiority. The Eastern European intellectuals believed their sophisticated, private skepticism proved they were “free-floating” above the system.

Miłosz unmasks them. He proves that their elaborate intellectual defenses were simply high-status rationalizations to protect their safety and standing. They were not autonomous figures of reason; they were credentialed professionals desperate to stay aligned with the new ruling class. Miłosz captures the status wound:
“The intellectual wants to feel necessary, to feel that he has a place in the social architecture. He will invent the most complex philosophies to hide the simple fact that he is terrified of being isolated from the group that distributes prestige.”

3. Fyodor Dostoevsky, Demons (1872)

Though written earlier, Dostoevsky (1821–1881) predicted the exact sociological dynamic of Gouldner’s “culture of critical discourse.” The novel features a circle of provincial Russian intellectuals who meet in salons to mock the nation, the church, the family, and traditional authority. They believe their progressive skepticism proves their civilizational superiority.

Dostoevsky ruthlessly exposes their salon radicalism as a prestige game. They do not hate authority because they love freedom; they hate authority because mocking it is the fashion of the elite metropolitan class they crave to join. When a real, amoral operative (Pyotr Verkhovensky) arrives and turns their fashionable deconstruction into actual violence and murder, the salon intellectuals are horrified. They realize their elegant skepticism was a subsidized luxury. They rebelled against the traditional household while relying on its continued stability to keep them safe.

4. Lionel Trilling, The Middle of the Journey (1947)

The literary critic Lionel Trilling (1905–1975) wrote this novel to capture the exact moment American liberal intellectuals lost their innocence. The book follows a group of affluent, suburban New York intellectuals who view themselves as completely liberated from traditional American patriotism and middle-class morality. They speak in the dialectic of critique and universal progress.

The character Gifford Maxim shocks them by defecting from the underground Communist apparatus and reclaiming a traditional, religious view of human sin and limits. The liberal characters experience this not as a theological disagreement, but as a direct status insult. Trilling shows that their commitment to universalism and deconstruction is actually their “local badge of belonging.” To challenge their skepticism is to threaten their class position within their elite professional network.

These works provide the concrete narrative flesh to the bone of Mearsheimer’s anthropology. They show the intellectual at the end of his cycle: huddled in a cell, exiled from his country, or staring at the wreckage of a shattered town, finally realizing that the toga he wore so proudly was never a symbol of universal reason. It was simply the uniform of a faction that forgot it needed a fortress to survive.

Karl Mannheim (1893–1947) gave the liberal intellectual one of his most flattering self-descriptions: the “free-floating intelligentsia.” In Ideology and Utopia, Mannheim treated intellectuals as relatively less bound to one class perspective because they could move among social locations and synthesize competing viewpoints. Mearsheimer’s anthropology places severe pressure on this claim. If socialization, group attachment, and inherited moral intuitions do most of the work, the intellectual never truly floats. He may float above ordinary loyalties, but only because the prestige system of the intellectual class itself holds him aloft.

Pierre Bourdieu (1930–2002) sharpens the point. What the intellectual experiences as independent judgment represents cultural capital, habitus, and class position disguised as universal insight. The ability to speak in the language of critique, complexity, irony, and suspicion does not distribute equally across society. It requires family background, schooling, credentials, and institutional training.

Deconstruction does not operate simply as an intellectual method. It operates as a class marker. To say “nation,” “family,” “merit,” “objectivity,” “civilization,” or “truth” in scare quotes signals membership in a community that gains status by dissolving the moral certainties of other communities. The intellectual’s pose of universal skepticism functions as a local badge of belonging.

Alvin Gouldner (1920–1980) added the theory of the New Class and its “culture of critical discourse.” Gouldner saw modern intellectuals and technical experts as a rising class held together by a shared speech code: analytic, skeptical, rule-bound, reflexive, and hostile to inherited authority. This discourse can liberate, but it also elitizes because it grants power to those trained in its idiom. Intellectuals routinely mistake their own class language for liberation.

This explains why deconstruction feels morally intoxicating. It allows the intellectual to convert dependency into superiority. He depends on the university, the publishing house, the foundation, the bureaucratic state, the media institution, and the liberal rights regime. Yet by criticizing those structures, he experiences himself as free from them. His critique launders dependence into independence.

Mearsheimer’s anthropology destroys that consolation. The intellectual does not stand outside power. He sits inside a protected enclosure built by power. His autonomy does not exist naturally. Power subsidizes it. His freedom to deconstruct the nation, the border, the police, the family, or the inherited moral order exists only because some prior structure still maintains enough cohesion to protect him while he does it.

Julien Benda (1867–1956) famously defended the older ideal of the intellectual in The Treason of the Intellectuals. Benda demanded a clerk devoted to universal truth and justice rather than tribal passion. For Benda, the betrayal occurred when intellectuals attached themselves to nationalism, race, class, or party. Mearsheimer’s anthropology suggests that Benda’s noble ideal represents a liberal fantasy. The intellectual who claims to speak for humanity simply speaks for a universalist faction within a particular civilization. Benda wanted the intellectual to abandon the sword for the toga. Mearsheimer implies that the toga also forms a uniform.

This realist anthropology threatens the intellectual temperament because it denies the source of intellectual authority. The liberal intellectual believes his authority comes from reason, moral universalism, and emancipation from inherited prejudice. The realist answer is colder: his authority comes from institutional placement, group protection, credentialed status, and alignment with the moral mythology of his class.

Once this is seen, deconstruction loses its innocence. It ceases to be the heroic act of reason against myth. It becomes one tribal technique among others. Warriors use weapons. Priests use ritual. Bureaucrats use procedure. Intellectuals use critique.

Christopher Lasch diagnosed the late-modern version of this problem in The Revolt of the Elites. He argued that the new meritocratic upper classes had become increasingly rootless, cosmopolitan, and detached from the obligations of ordinary citizenship. The elite did not merely govern the people. It seceded from them. The intellectual’s universalism grows in direct proportion to his loss of concrete obligation. He becomes most fluent in humanity when he is least bound to neighbors, ancestors, countrymen, or place.

This produces a paradox. The intellectual claims to defend the weak against the powerful, but his own social existence depends on unusually powerful institutions. He can afford anti-tribal universalism because he lives under the protection of a successful tribe. He can mock borders because borders protect him. He can despise national myths because national myths helped build the order that pays him. He can attack inherited moral communities because those communities continue to supply much of the social trust his critique presupposes.

The intellectual therefore occupies a structurally adolescent position. He rebels against the household while still eating from its table. His rebellion may expose real hypocrisy and real cruelty, but it also depends on the continued patience, wealth, and confidence of the order he attacks.

This is the deepest reason intellectuals often hate realist anthropology. It makes gratitude intellectually mandatory.

A tragic realist does not have to deny the value of critique. Some myths deserve exposure. Some institutions deserve attack. Some inherited loyalties become cruel, corrupt, or insane. But the realist insists that critique is never free. Every act of deconstruction spends down inherited social capital. A society can survive some demystification, but it cannot survive the total delegitimation of every loyalty that makes sacrifice possible.

That is the limit intellectuals refuse to face. They assume that once the old myths are dismantled, people will become freer, kinder, more rational, and more universal. Mearsheimer’s anthropology says otherwise. Strip people of inherited loyalty and they do not become angels. They look for new tribes. Often they find worse ones.

The intellectual’s tragedy is that he wants to be above the tribe, but he needs the tribe. He wants the prestige of moral transcendence, but his own status is produced by a particular social order. He wants to dissolve collective illusions, but his life depends on collective illusions that motivate soldiers, taxpayers, parents, police officers, teachers, and ordinary citizens to keep the world functioning.

If Mearsheimer is right, the mature intellectual must give up the fantasy of being a secular angel. He is not the voice of humanity floating over history. He is a socially formed creature, protected by a group, speaking from a location, using a class language, and dependent on institutions he did not create.

That does not make intellectual life worthless. It makes it more modest.

The honest intellectual under realist anthropology becomes less like a prophet and more like a steward. His task is not to burn down every inherited structure in the name of abstraction. His task is to distinguish between necessary myth and destructive falsehood, between cohesive loyalty and pathological hatred, between legitimate criticism and civilizational vandalism.

That role offers a much lower status than the one liberal universalism promises. But it is also a more truthful one.

The most resilient examples of the intellectual-as-steward operate within traditional religious structures, but the type also exists in secular political history. These thinkers share a specific trait: they possess immense analytical power and could easily succeed in the game of elite deconstruction, but they choose instead to fortify the inherited structures that protect their communities.

The following thinkers embody this realist stewardship.

Rabbi Lord Jonathan Sacks (1948-2020)

Rabbi Sacks spent his career operating at the absolute peak of British intellectual life, holding degrees from Cambridge and Oxford while serving as Chief Rabbi of the United Hebrew Congregations of the Commonwealth. He was entirely fluent in the secular “culture of critical discourse,” yet he explicitly rejected the path of deconstruction.

Sacks understood Mearsheimer’s reality: that a society cannot survive on a diet of pure, atomistic liberalism. In books like The Home We Build Together and Morality, he used his immense cultural capital not to mock traditional loyalty, but to defend it as the essential infrastructure of human life. He acted as a steward of the mesorah, translating ancient particularist wisdom into a language that could help both his specific community and the broader Western world preserve the social trust necessary to prevent a slide into chaotic tribalism. He knew the toga was a uniform, and he wore it deliberately to protect the household.

Augustine of Hippo (354-430)

Augustine provides the foundational Christian model for this anthropology. He was a master rhetorician trained in the elite imperial schools of the Roman Empire. He understood power, prestige, and the intellectual vanities of the pagan elite.

When Rome fell in 410, the pagan intellectuals blamed Christianity for weakening the empire’s traditional civic myths. Augustine did not respond with abstract liberal universalism. In The City of God, he acted as the ultimate realist steward. He analyzed the raw, libido dominandi (lust for mastery) that drove Rome, stripping away its grand imperial illusions. Yet, he did not leave his readers in a vacuum of deconstruction. He immediately built a sturdier psychological and theological fortress for the Christian community, providing the structural continuity and moral architecture that allowed Western civilization to survive the collapse of the imperial state.

Christopher Lasch (1932-1994)

Outside of theology, Lasch represents the rare secular intellectual who underwent the painful realization that his own class was destroying the country. He started his career on the secular, Marxist left—the premier breeding ground for professional deconstructors.

As he matured, Lasch saw through the prestige system of the elite universities. In The True and Only Heaven and The Revolt of the Elites, he turned his critical weapons directly onto his fellow intellectuals. He exposed their cosmopolitan universalism as a class marker designed to evade concrete obligation to their neighbors and country. Lasch became a steward of what he called “lower-middle-class values”—family, locality, loyalty, and a sense of limits. He used his platform to defend the organic social structures of ordinary Americans against the civilizational vandalism of the professional-managerial elite.

Sir Roger Scruton (1944-2020)

The British philosopher Roger Scruton represents the modern secular counterpart to the rabbinic steward. He was an elite academic who specialized in aesthetics and political philosophy, yet he spent his life defending what he termed oikophilia—the love of home.

Scruton explicitly recognized that the elite academic left gained its status through a “culture of repudiation.” In books like The Aesthetics of Architecture and Green Philosophy, he argued that human beings require local attachments, beautiful environments, inherited laws, and shared sacred spaces to remain sane and cooperative. He chose professional marginalization by British university elites to write manuals on how to conserve the specific cultural inheritance of the West. He understood that the intellectual’s freedom is a subsidized luxury, and he dedicated his life to paying his debt to the culture that hosted him.

If humans remain tribal, and if reason functions primarily as a weapon to defend group preferences, then an intellectual who understands this reality possesses a rare and dangerous instrument. He can stop wasting his analytical power on the internal deconstruction of his own household and instead weaponize it as an offensive tool against competing tribes.

This approach transforms the intellectual from an internal demolitionist into an intelligence officer or a counter-propagandist. It mirrors what the late political analyst Sam Francis (1947-2005) described as the development of a counter-hegemonic elite.

Turning deconstruction outward against the enemies of your people operates through three primary modes.

1. Demystifying the Enemy’s Universalist Pretentions

The most effective way to deploy outward deconstruction is to strip the enemy of his favorite ideological camouflage. As Mearsheimer notes, powerful groups routinely dress up their specific tribal interests in the language of universal human rights, international law, or global moral imperatives. They do this to demoralize their opponents and claim the moral high ground.

An intellectual armed with realist anthropology can unmask these grand declarations.

When a competing tribe says “humanity,” “equity,” “democracy,” or “the international community,” the outward-facing intellectual does not argue the abstract philosophy. He applies cold analysis to expose the raw material interest, the funding structures, and the status anxieties driving the rhetoric. He proves that the enemy’s universalism is simply a tribal weapon designed to disarm his own people’s defensive instincts.

2. Infiltrating and Mapping the Competitor’s Social Architecture

Every human group, no matter how powerful, relies on internal socialization, prestige systems, and collective illusions to maintain its cohesion. They possess their own vulnerable points, their own taboos, and their own elite networks that depend on specific narratives.

The outward-facing intellectual maps these networks. He analyzes the enemy’s habitus and cultural capital. By understanding how the competing group socializes its young and rewards its elites, he can identify the exact stress lines where their internal consensus fractures. He uses deconstruction to induce cognitive dissonance within their ranks, turning their own critical discourse back onto them to weaken their willpower and strategic alignment.

3. Defending the Fortress by Attacking the Siege Engine

When an intellectual turns his powers outward, he provides his own people with a critical service: ideological immunity.

Ordinary citizens are often vulnerable to the sophisticated psychological warfare and moralizing rhetoric deployed by competing elites. They lack the specialized training to see through high-status speech codes. The outward-facing intellectual uses his skills to intercept these foreign narratives before they can infect his community’s socialization. He breaks down the enemy’s propaganda in plain language, showing his people exactly how the trick works. He converts what looked like an elevated moral demand into an obvious tribal maneuver, preserving his group’s internal trust and confidence.

This path allows the intellectual to satisfy his natural bent for deconstruction without committing civilizational vandalism. He does not suppress his analytical skepticism; he directs it. He stops biting the hand that feeds him and starts biting the hand that threatens him.

When an intellectual turns his deconstructive weapons outward, he stops treating ideas as abstract truths and starts treating them as terrain to be taken or defended. History provides several stark examples of master deconstructors who realized that their survival depended on the survival of their specific group, and who subsequently turned their analytical power entirely against the enemies of their people.

James Burnham (1905-1987)

James Burnham is the foundational American model for this exact transition. He began his career as a high-level Marxist intellectual, working directly with Leon Trotsky. He was a master of the materialist, structural deconstruction of capitalist society. He knew exactly how to look past the rhetoric of politicians to find the hidden economic and power interests underneath.

When Burnham broke with the left in 1940, he did not abandon his analytical tools; he turned them outward. In The Managerial Revolution (1941) and The Machiavellians (1943), he laid out a cold, amoral analysis of how ruling classes maintain power through ideology. Then, during the Cold War, he became the premier intellectual strategist for the American conservative movement, writing a regular column for National Review.

Burnham used his deep understanding of Marxist dialectics and social architecture to unmask Soviet political warfare. He wrote manuals like The Web of Subversion and Suicide of the West, where he systematically deconstructed the psychological vulnerabilities of Western liberals, showing how Soviet proxies used universalist language to disarm American willpower. He used his genius for deconstruction to build an ideological shield for his country.

Willmoore Kendall (1909-1967)

Kendall was a brilliant, iconoclastic political scientist who understood human tribalism. He recognized that a society’s survival depends entirely on what he called its “orthodoxy”—the core, shared consensus of myths, values, and traditions that a community infuses into its members to keep them cohesive.

Kendall watched the mid-century American liberal elite use the language of absolute free speech and universal human rights to steadily chip away at the local, traditional, and religious consensus of the American public.

Instead of playing the polite academic game, Kendall used his immense analytical power to turn the tables on the liberal elite. In essays like The Open Society and Its Fallacies, he ruthlessly deconstructed the inner logic of liberal universalism. He proved that the “open society” was a political myth designed to strip traditional communities of their right to self-defense. He argued that any tribe has a natural, anthropological right to suppress speech that threatens to dissolve its core architecture. He weaponized political theory to defend the American hinterland against the deconstructive project of the coastal managerial class.

Jeane Kirkpatrick (1926-2006)

Kirkpatrick was a political scientist who weaponized realist anthropology to alter American foreign policy during the late Cold War.

In her landmark 1979 essay, Dictatorships and Double Standards, Kirkpatrick turned her deconstructive powers directly against the Carter administration’s universalist human rights policy. The dominant elite consensus argued that America must withdraw support from traditional, autocratic allies (like the Shah of Iran or Anastasio Somoza in Nicaragua) if they failed to meet universal liberal standards of governance.

Kirkpatrick used a cold, realist analysis to dismantle this logic. She exposed the universalist human rights framework as a dangerous delusion that ignored basic human anthropology. She argued that traditional autocracies operate within organic, deeply socialized structures that maintain basic social order. By forcing these societies to adopt rapid, abstract liberal metrics, the West simply shattered their internal architecture, creating a vacuum that was invariably filled by totalitarian Soviet client states. She unmasked the high-status rhetoric of the State Department, proving that its universalist moralizing was actively producing disastrous strategic outcomes for the nation.

These intellectuals did not write to impress the international academic community or to win praise for their nuanced, open-ended skepticism. They understood that the world is an arena of competing groups. They took the sophisticated tools of elite critique, tools usually used to weaken a society from within, and used them to strip the armor off their opponents, ensuring the defense and survival of their own household.

Posted in Anthropology, Classics | Comments Off on The Great Delusion About The Great Books Curriculum

Renee DiResta and the Information Wars

In December 2014, a visitor carrying the measles virus walked through Disneyland. Within weeks the outbreak spread across California and beyond, infecting more than a hundred people in a country that had declared measles eliminated in 2000. In the Bay Area, Renée DiResta (b. 1981), a former Wall Street trader turned venture capitalist, had a son approaching preschool age. She did what a trader does before taking a position. She pulled the data. California published vaccination rates by school, and the numbers stunned her. Some Bay Area preschools, filled with the children of engineers and executives, had immunization rates below those of South Sudan. She began looking at where the anti-vaccine message came from, and with the data scientist Gilad Lotan she mapped the networks. The maps showed that on Twitter about a quarter of the anti-vaccine content came from 0.6 percent of the accounts. A small, coordinated, passionate minority looked like a mass movement. She had found the subject that consumed the rest of her career.

Nothing in her training pointed toward public health. DiResta grew up in Yonkers, New York, the daughter of a family with no connection to Silicon Valley or Washington. At Stony Brook University she took five years to finish two degrees, computer science and political science, with two minors. During the summers of those undergraduate years, from 1999 to 2004, she interned at the Central Intelligence Agency. She decided against staying at the Agency, took the LSAT, and considered law school. Instead she took a job at Jane Street Capital, the quantitative trading firm in New York, where she started as a clerk writing code to scrape data from Bloomberg terminals in the days before the firm had data feeds. She stayed seven years and became an equity derivatives trader and market maker. The work rewarded speed, pattern recognition, and comfort with incomplete information. Prices moved on rumor before they moved on fact. A trader who understood how a story spread through a market before it appeared in a newspaper had an edge. She later said the common thread across her jobs was a love of high-intensity environments with big analytical problems and adversarial behavior.

In 2011 she moved west and became a principal at O’Reilly AlphaTech Ventures, a seed-stage fund, where she focused on hardware, manufacturing, and logistics. She co-authored The Hardware Startup in 2015 and joined the founding team of Haven, a supply-chain logistics company. She was, at that point, a competent and obscure figure in the technology economy, one of thousands of people in the Bay Area who moved between trading, investing, and startups. The Disneyland outbreak changed the trajectory.

In 2015 she co-founded Vaccinate California, a parents’ group that backed legislation to end California’s personal belief exemption for childhood vaccination. The fight over that bill taught her the lesson she repeated for the next decade. Her side had the medical establishment, the data, and majority opinion. The other side had the feeds. Anti-vaccine activists ran coordinated hashtag campaigns, flooded legislators’ social media accounts, and dominated search results. She called this the asymmetry of passion. Online influence requires no majority. It requires repetition, emotional intensity, and platforms whose recommendation engines reward engagement over accuracy. She noticed something else. When she followed anti-vaccine groups on Facebook, the recommendation engine began suggesting chemtrail groups, anti-GMO groups, and Pizzagate. The platform did not merely host conspiracy communities. It introduced people to them.

The 2016 election made that observation a national security question. After the intelligence community concluded that Russia had interfered in the campaign, the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence went looking for outside experts who could read platform data. DiResta had by then joined New Knowledge, an Austin-based firm that tracked online manipulation, as director of research. On August 1, 2018, at 9:32 in the morning, Chairman Richard Burr (b. 1955) called a hearing to order in room SH-216 of the Hart Senate Office Building. Poster boards displaying fake social media accounts stood on easels beside the witness table. DiResta sat with witnesses from RAND, Graphika, Oxford, and the German Marshall Fund, the emerging expert class of a field that had not existed three years earlier. She told the senators the country faced a defining threat of the generation and warned that future operations might use fake audio and video generated by artificial intelligence. She testified about Russian campaigns that pushed anti-fracking messages into oil regions and GMO fears into farm states. The senators, men who had grown up on network television, listened to a former derivatives trader explain how trending algorithms could be gamed.

At the committee’s request, DiResta and her New Knowledge co-authors then analyzed the datasets Facebook, Twitter, and Alphabet had turned over. Their report, “The Tactics and Tropes of the Internet Research Agency,” released on December 17, 2018, examined Russian Internet Research Agency operations against Americans from 2014 through 2017. The finding that stayed with her concerned race. The IRA ran fake pages aimed at Black Americans, built audiences around Black pride and police violence, and then pushed messages of alienation, including encouragement to sit out the election. The operation spent less effort converting voters than fragmenting communities and convincing people that participation was pointless. Burr said the data showed how aggressively Russia had worked to divide Americans by race, religion, and ideology.

Two days after the report’s release, the New York Times published a story that complicated everything. During the 2017 Alabama Senate race between Roy Moore (b. 1947) and Doug Jones (b. 1954), a small project funded through Democratic-aligned money had run a deceptive online experiment, including a scheme to make it appear that Russian bots backed Moore. New Knowledge’s chief executive, Jonathon Morgan, had participated. Public reporting centered on Morgan and others, and no clear public evidence shows DiResta directed the Alabama tactics. The association still cost her. A researcher who studied disinformation worked at a firm whose leadership had run a disinformation-style experiment. Her critics never let the detail go, and they did not need to prove more than proximity for it to work.

In June 2019 she joined the Stanford Internet Observatory as technical research manager, recruited by its founding director Alex Stamos (b. 1979), the former Facebook security chief. The Observatory studied abuse across information systems: state influence operations, election rumors, child exploitation, and later the effects of generative AI. Her team published research exposing covert Pentagon influence operations, a report that pushed the Department of Defense to reexamine its own propaganda practices, a fact her critics rarely mention.

In 2020 the Observatory joined the University of Washington, Graphika, and the Atlantic Council’s Digital Forensic Research Lab in the Election Integrity Partnership. During election week, students and analysts worked in shifts, logging viral claims about mail ballots, voting machines, and stolen votes into a ticketing system, the kind of workflow software a corporate help desk uses. A rumor about Sharpie pens invalidating ballots in Arizona would come in, an analyst would open a ticket, trace the spread, assess the claim, and in some cases flag it to a platform. Election officials, civil society groups, and platform trust-and-safety teams all touched the pipeline. To the researchers this was rapid-response scholarship, a public service in a year when the President of the United States was telling his supporters the election was rigged. To their later critics it was a censorship switchboard, a place where academics, government entities, and platforms sat in one reporting chain deciding which speech lived and which died. Both descriptions attach to the same ticketing queue. The fight that followed was over who gets to label a claim false, who gets notified, and what a platform does next. A companion effort, the Virality Project, applied the same model to COVID-19 vaccine rumors in 2021.

The reckoning arrived in December 2022, when Elon Musk gave internal Twitter documents to a handful of writers. Matt Taibbi (b. 1970), Michael Shellenberger (b. 1971), and others used the Twitter Files to argue that content moderation had fused with government pressure and elite preference, and they named DiResta as a central node in what they called the censorship-industrial complex. The undergraduate CIA internship, two decades old, became the load-bearing biographical fact. On podcasts and Substacks she became “CIA Renée,” a spy running a global censorship operation from a Stanford office. The House Select Subcommittee on the Weaponization of the Federal Government, chaired by Jim Jordan (b. 1964), subpoenaed Stanford’s documents in April 2023, enforced the subpoena in June, interviewed Stamos under oath, and included students, undergraduates among them, in its document demands. Stephen Miller’s (b. 1985) America First Legal sued DiResta, Stamos, and Kate Starbird (b. 1975) of the University of Washington in a case that a Louisiana federal court allowed into discovery in December 2024. Stanford spent millions on legal defense. DiResta answered her accusers in an Atlantic essay about becoming the main character of the fantasy-industrial complex. She had spent years studying how a rumor cascade selects a villain, strips away context, and hardens into a bespoke reality. Then she watched one do it to her. Her Substack biography compresses the experience into four words and a count of her children: Twitter Files bête noire, mom of three.

The constitutional question reached the Supreme Court as Murthy v. Missouri, a suit alleging that federal officials had coerced platforms into suppressing disfavored speech about elections and COVID-19. On June 26, 2024, the Court ruled six to three, in an opinion by Justice Amy Coney Barrett (b. 1972), that the plaintiffs lacked Article III standing. The ruling settled nothing underneath. It never decided when government contact with a platform becomes coercion. Her defenders read the decision as vindication. Her critics read it as a procedural escape from a First Amendment problem, and the private suits continued.

By then the Stanford Internet Observatory was finished as an election-research operation. Stamos had stepped back in November 2023. In June 2024 Stanford University declined to renew DiResta’s contract, other contracts lapsed, and remaining staff were told to look for jobs. The university disputed reports that it was dismantling the Observatory and said child-safety work, the trust-and-safety journal, and the annual conference would continue under a faculty sponsor. Jordan posted that free speech had won again. Shellenberger declared victory over a censorship operation. The Election Integrity Partnership announced it would not work on the 2024 election or any future one. Whatever Stanford called it, the outcome was the one the campaign’s architects wanted. Lawsuits, subpoenas, legal bills, and harassment had priced election-rumor research out of one of the richest universities on earth, and every other university watched it happen.

DiResta landed at Georgetown University. In October 2024 the McCourt School of Public Policy appointed her associate research professor, with positions in the Massive Data Institute and the Tech & Public Policy program. She became a contributing editor at Lawfare and kept writing for The Atlantic. That same year she received the Carl Sagan Prize for Science Popularization for translating propaganda research into public writing, and she published her synthesis, Invisible Rulers: The People Who Turn Lies into Reality, with PublicAffairs. The paperback arrives August 4, 2026.

The book argues that the modern information environment fuses two older systems, the propaganda machine and the rumor mill. Propaganda once moved downward through states, parties, and broadcasters. Rumor moved sideways through neighborhoods, churches, and workplaces. Social media collapses the two channels into one. A rumor becomes a meme, the meme becomes a movement, the movement becomes a news story, and the story becomes political reality. Her invisible rulers are no cabal. They are the interlocking forces of influencers, recommendation algorithms, and online crowds, operating where the old gatekeepers have lost authority. Small groups manufacture the appearance of consensus. Platforms reward outrage, certainty, novelty, and tribal belonging. Francis Fukuyama praised the book’s account of bespoke realities. Her opponents reviewed the author rather than the argument.

Her prescriptions frustrate both camps. She wants changed platform defaults, user control over algorithmic feeds, friction before virality, transparency about amplification, and civic education in propaganda literacy, rather than mass takedowns. Free-speech advocates see residual faith in expert moderation and institutional coordination. Anti-disinformation activists want harder intervention, faster. Her answer is that the information environment is already governed. Engagement algorithms and manipulation-for-hire govern it now. The choice is between opaque private rule and rules the public can see, contest, and revise.

At Georgetown her work has widened into a general theory. With Josh Goldstein of Georgetown’s Center for Security and Emerging Technology she published “Full-Spectrum Propaganda in the Social Media Era” in Security Studies, arguing that well-resourced states no longer choose between overt and covert operations. They run integrated campaigns across state television, diplomatic accounts, state news sites, covert persona networks, and influencers who may not know they serve one, with channels citing each other to build the appearance of independent confirmation. The framework sorts channels along two axes, overt against covert and broadcast against social, and treats the audience as a distribution channel the state could never build alone. She has applied the same logic to TikTok and ByteDance, arguing that the deeper risk lies past data collection in algorithmic control, since whoever owns recommendation can steer a society’s attention quietly over time. That claim remains her framework rather than a settled empirical verdict in each case, and she treats it as such. Her current research extends to AI-generated propaganda, scams, and privacy-preserving ways to verify humanness online without building a checkpointed internet.

The trajectory holds together better than it first appears. A woman trained on adversarial systems, at the Agency, on the trading floor, in venture capital, found in social platforms the largest adversarial system ever built and spent a decade mapping who exploits it. Her supporters call her the clearest analyst of propaganda in the platform age. Her critics call her the face of an expert class that decided its political judgments were science and used platform back channels to enforce them. Both descriptions draw on real material. She did help build reporting pipelines that connected researchers, officials, and platforms, and reasonable people can find that arrangement corrosive to free expression whatever its intent. She also produced some of the most rigorous public documentation of state manipulation campaigns in existence, and the movement that destroyed her research center relied on distortion, selective leaks, and harassment to do it. She studied how lies become social facts and then became one.

The problem she works on remains unsolved and might be insoluble. A self-governing people needs some shared account of reality, and the attention economy pays for fragmentation, paranoia, and spectacle. Every response so far has either done too little or created a new authority nobody trusts. DiResta’s career is the test case for whether a free society can defend the idea of shared fact without building a ministry of truth, and the returns to date suggest the question will outlive everyone now fighting over it.

Notes

Career history, CIA internships during the summers from 1999 through 2004, Jane Street, the LSAT detour, OATV, Haven, the concept of full-spectrum propaganda, the paperback publication date of August 4, 2026, and the Carl Sagan Prize all come from Renée DiResta’s own biography and the Niskanen Center interview, which also covers her Yonkers upbringing, five undergraduate years, clerk work, and the Disneyland origin story: Renée DiResta and Niskanen Center.

Vaccinate California, the finding by Gilad Lotan that 25 percent of anti-vaccine tweets originated from just 0.6 percent of accounts, her appearance in The Social Dilemma, and her 1981 birth year are documented at Wikipedia.

The August 1, 2018 Senate Intelligence Committee hearing, including the 9:32 a.m. start time, the SH-216 hearing room, Senator Richard Burr’s opening statement, and the witness list, is documented in the official transcript: U.S. Senate. DiResta’s statement describing online manipulation as one of the “defining threats of our generation,” along with the poster illustrating fake accounts, is covered by NBC News. Her testimony regarding anti-fracking and anti-GMO campaigns is summarized by CBS News.

The release of the Senate Intelligence Committee’s reports on December 17, 2018, together with Senator Burr’s statement, is documented here: U.S. Senate.

The dismantling of the Stanford Internet Observatory, including Alex Stamos’s departure in November 2023, the nonrenewal of DiResta’s contract, the timeline surrounding the House Judiciary Committee investigation led by Jim Jordan, and Stanford’s response, is covered by Platformer and NPR. Reactions from Jordan and Michael Shellenberger are reported by The Washington Times.

The December 2024 ruling allowing the America First Legal lawsuit to proceed is documented here: America First Legal.

Her appointment at Georgetown University’s McCourt School is documented at Georgetown University.

The paper “Full-Spectrum Propaganda in the Social Media Era,” coauthored with Josh Goldstein, together with Georgetown’s discussion of the project, appears here: CSET and Georgetown University.

The description “Twitter Files bête noire. Mom of 3.” comes from her Substack biography: Substack.

I added several pieces of self-evident background without separate citation. These include comparing the logic of a trading floor to the way rumors move markets before verified information arrives, likening the Election Integrity Partnership’s workflow to a help-desk ticketing system, using the Sharpiegate controversy as a representative EIP case because it is extensively documented in the final report The Long Fuse, describing senators of that generation as having grown up in the era of network television, and referring to the Pentagon report that, according to DiResta’s own biography, prompted the Department of Defense to reevaluate its approach. The details of Murthy v. Missouri, decided on June 26, 2024, by a 6-3 vote in an opinion by Justice Amy Coney Barrett on standing grounds, are matters of public record.

The Watchman of the Shared World: Renée DiResta’s Hero System

Renée DiResta’s life turns on two terrors, and each has a date.

The first arrived in December 2014. Her son had just turned one. A visitor carrying measles walked through Disneyland, and within weeks a disease America had declared eliminated moved through California. She pulled the state’s vaccination data and found preschools in the richest zip codes in the country with immunization rates below South Sudan’s. The terror was the oldest one there is, the body of a child who cannot yet defend against the world. Behind it stood a second-order version of the same terror, a society that had forgotten why the shots existed, a herd dissolving its own immunity because strangers on the internet told mothers a story.

The second terror arrived in December 2022. Writers with access to Twitter’s internal files named her a central node of a censorship operation, and within weeks a woman who studied rumor cascades for a living watched one select her. “CIA Renée” spread through podcasts and hearings and lawsuits. Strangers rewrote her biography while she held the original. This is the other death, the one Ernest Becker (1924-1974) says man fears as much as the grave. A person lives twice, once in a body and once in a name, and the name can be killed while the body walks around. DiResta has felt the cold of both deaths, the viral and the symbolic, and her hero system is built against the pair of them.

Becker holds that a man handles the knowledge of death by enlisting in a hero system, a cultural project that promises his life will count in something that outlasts him. The soldier has the nation, the monk has eternity, the founder has the company, the mother has the child. The system tells him what a hero is, and if he performs heroism by its lights, it pays him in the only currency that quiets the terror, the feeling of mattering permanently. DiResta’s heroism is watchfulness. The hero sees the machine that others cannot see, the troll farm behind the Facebook page, the 0.6 percent of accounts producing a quarter of the noise, the recommendation engine steering a bored mother from playground groups to Pizzagate. Having seen it, the hero warns the city. The project that outlasts her is the shared world, a public that can still agree on what happened, and her immortality is the immortality of the guard on the wall, invisible in the histories of peaceful years, present in every year that stayed peaceful.

The training reads like a preparation she never planned. Summers at the CIA as an undergraduate, seven years making markets in equity derivatives at Jane Street, where a trader learns that a price moves on a rumor hours before it moves on a fact, and the one who traces the rumor to its source eats the one who believes it. Venture capital, a hardware book, a logistics startup. Then the preschool spreadsheet, and the discovery that the skills of the tape reader worked on the feed. By 2018 she sat in room SH-216 of the Hart Senate Office Building telling senators, “This is one of the defining threats of our generation.” By 2020 she helped run a partnership that logged election rumors into a ticketing system and flagged some to the platforms. The watchman had a wall to stand on.

Every hero system runs on a subtraction story, the account of the self with the costs and appetites removed, and hers is the analyst’s. In the subtraction story she never sought power. She followed data, and the data kept leading uphill, from a parents’ group to the Senate to Stanford, and power kept arriving unrequested, the way a subpoena arrives. Her story subtracts that a ticket flagged to a platform is not observation, it is governance, a quiet participation in deciding which speech circulates. It subtracts the coalition, the foundations, universities, agencies, and one political party’s adjacent institutions that funded the wall and consecrated the watchman, and whose enemies noticed the pattern before her allies did. It subtracts the Agency summers, reduced on her website to a wry aside about what people on the internet love to discuss. And it subtracts the pleasure, because standing where the levers meet is a pleasure, and the analyst’s self-portrait allows curiosity as the only appetite. None of this makes her the villain of the caricature. It makes her a person, which the subtraction story is designed to prevent.

Her sacred values are reality, protection, and speech, and each word means what her hero system needs it to mean. Set the same words down in other systems and watch them change.

Take reality first. For DiResta, reality is a commons, like a water supply. It is the set of claims that survive method, the count certified, the vaccine trialed, the takedown documented, and it can be poisoned upstream by actors who understand the pipes. Defending it is public health. Monitoring is not an imposition on the commons, monitoring is how a commons stays potable. Now hand the word to a Soviet-born engineer in San Jose who left Kiev in 1979. For him reality is what remained after he subtracted the official version, and he performed that subtraction daily for thirty years as a civic discipline. He reads about an Election Integrity Partnership with a ticketing queue and feels the hair rise on his arms, because in his hero system the man who trusts the ministry dies stupid, and heroism is the samizdat instinct, the belief passed hand to hand beneath the notice of the certifiers. Her water department is his ministry. Hand the word next to a Hasidic diamond dealer on 47th Street. His reality was sealed at Sinai and transmitted through men whose names he can recite. The feed is noise from a world that was never going to include him in its consensus, and its collapse costs him nothing, because his hero system never banked at that branch. He trades stones worth millions on a handshake and the word mazel, which is to say he lives inside a high-trust reality of his own tribe’s manufacture, and it works. DiResta’s nightmare, the splintering of shared reality into bespoke realities, describes his people’s condition for three thousand years, except his tribe calls the bespoke reality a covenant and has buried its dead in it with honor.

Take protection. In her system the word points at the herd. Protection is the immunization rate, the pre-bunked rumor, the friction added before a lie goes viral, the child kept safe by the health of the whole. She came to the work as a mother, and the maternal charge under the analytic prose is what gives her writing its heat. Now give the word to a homeschooling Baptist mother in east Tennessee, and it points the other way with equal heat. Protection means the state’s needle stays out of her child’s arm and the school’s screen stays out of her child’s head, and she has read enough, in her own counter-canon with its own experts, to die on this. She is also guarding a child from death, and in her system from the second death, the eternal one, which the epidemiologists do not model. Each mother performs heroism at her own kitchen table, and each reads the other as the threat her heroism exists to stop. Give the word last to an emergency physician in Queens in April 2020, intubating patients whose families were still forwarding cures from WhatsApp. For him protection collapsed into triage, and misinformation stopped being a research topic the week it started arriving on gurneys. His system and DiResta’s are allies, but his runs on the body in front of him, and hers runs on the population curve, and the difference shows in what each will trade for control.

Take speech. DiResta’s formulation, echoed across her camp, is freedom of speech without freedom of reach, speech as an ecosystem to be gardened, the microphone distinguished from the mouth. Within her hero system this is a modest claim, since some editor always decides what amplifies, and she asks only that the deciding be visible and accountable. Hand the word to an old ACLU lawyer, the kind of Jew who defended the Nazis’ right to march through Skokie in 1977 and considered it the proudest wound of his career. For him speech is the individual’s shield against exactly the coalition DiResta assembled, the state, the university, the dominant press, and the platform, all agreeing on what counts as poison. He hears ecosystem and garden and smells the gardener’s boot. His heroism was defending the speech he hated, and a generation later the institutions that gave him his medals switched systems without holding a funeral. Now hand the word to a Salafi preacher in Cairo, and something stranger happens. He agrees with her. Speech must be governed, the feed corrupts, the young are led astray by influencers, and a righteous order curates what circulates. He commands right and forbids wrong, she moderates content and demotes harm, and the two systems, which share no god, no politics, and no century, converge on the premise that the information environment is too dangerous for laissez-faire. The disagreement is over which clerisy holds the pruning shears. The ACLU man notices the convergence and rests his case.

There is also the tribalist, and he deserves his full turn, since his is the oldest system on the field. The tribalist, nationalist, and traditionalist holds that men do not live in an information commons, they live in peoples, and every people that survives curates its story. The Passover Haggadah is curated. The Gettysburg Address is curated. Grandmothers are moderation systems. From inside this hero system, DiResta’s error is not that she governs speech, everyone governs speech, it is that she claims to govern from nowhere, in the name of a species-wide public that has never existed, with method standing in for a god. Her shared world, the tribalist says, is the tribal story of one tribe, the credentialed, the mobile, the institutionally employed, and the revolt against her was other tribes recognizing a rival priesthood and treating it as one. Yet the tribalist grants her more than her libertarian critics do. He honors watchmen. He agrees the feed is a weapon and that someone must stand on the wall, and he respects that she stood there under fire and paid. His correction is one sentence long. Know whose wall you stand on, and say the name of your people, because a watchman who claims to guard everyone is either lying or lost.

What lifts DiResta’s case above the usual run of these essays is that she is herself a professional student of hero systems and came within one step of Becker without citing him. Invisible Rulers describes bespoke realities, influencers who sell belonging, crowds that manufacture consensus, ordinary people who join online movements for identity and status and the feeling of fighting a great battle. This is Becker’s material wearing a lanyard. Becker wrote in The Denial of Death that culture is a shared illusion that makes the terror of mortality livable, and that men will kill to defend the illusion because the illusion is what stands between them and the abyss. DiResta documents the supply side of modern illusion with more empirical care than anyone alive, the troll farms, the recommendation engines, the engagement payouts. Where she stops is the demand side. Her account explains why a lie reaches a man. It does not explain why he grips it like a rope over a drop, why correction reads to him as attempted murder, why the anti-vaccine mother and the election-fraud believer defend their claims with a ferocity all out of scale with any policy stake. Becker explains it. The claims are load-bearing walls in immortality projects. The mother who believes the shot is poison has organized her heroism around protecting her child from it, and to accept the correction is to have been, for years, the danger in her own house. No fact-check offers her a way to survive that. Remove every troll farm on earth and the hunger for the saving lie remains, because the hunger comes out of the grave, and the platforms did not dig the grave, they only sold advertising on the way down. This is the ceiling on DiResta’s entire field, and she has spent a decade pressing against it with better and better instruments.

Her own ordeal proves the point on her body. In Escape from Evil Becker argues that groups purge accumulated death anxiety by loading it onto a victim whose destruction lets the group feel its world cleansed. The movement that made “CIA Renée” was not doing analysis, it was doing hero work. It had a cosmology, the regime of censors strangling the people’s voice, and a cosmology needs a devil with a face, and a woman who had interned at Langley, traded at Jane Street, worked at Stanford, and flagged tweets was a casting director’s gift. Killing her name paid her accusers in the same currency her watchman’s post paid her, the feeling of defending a world. She understands this in outline. Her Atlantic writing on becoming the main character of what she calls the fantasy-industrial complex is controlled, ironic, and wounded in the right places. What her published work has not yet said is that the machine that processed her runs on the same fuel as the machine she serves, that watchman and mob are both terror-management, and that her side’s certainty of guarding reality feels, from the inside, exactly like the other side’s certainty of exposing it.

How self-aware is she of the trade-offs? More than most subjects of this series. She concedes the central point her honest critics make, that the information environment will be governed by someone, and she argues in the open about who and how, which is candor of a kind the platforms never offered. She has admitted the wall cost her, the harassment, the subpoenas, the security consultations a mother of three should never need. The blind spot sits where Becker predicts it, at the foundation. She writes as if a baseline reality waits underneath the manipulation, recoverable once the pipes are cleaned, and the possibility she does not entertain in print is that the appetite for bespoke reality is constitutional, that her preschool parents in Palo Alto were not tricked into fearing the needle so much as they were shopping for a heroism, and that her own coalition supplies its members the same product in a different wrapper. A watchman can see every enemy outside the wall. The one thing the post does not let him see is the wall.

She earns empathy, and the empathy should be said plainly. She did the work. The reports on the Internet Research Agency and on the Pentagon’s own covert operations were real contributions to public knowledge, and the second one cut against her supposed masters, which her enemies never mention. She absorbed years of organized cruelty without becoming cruel in print. She kept writing under her own name while strangers rewrote it. Whatever one makes of the ticketing queue, the woman standing behind it was braver than the institutions that abandoned her, and Stanford’s lawyers should have to read that sentence twice.

Her hero is the sentinel, the one who stays awake over the sleeping city and accepts that the city will never know which nights the watching saved it, and whose reward is the sight the sleepers are spared. The rival her writing never names is the church, the original shared-reality machine, which governed what circulated for centuries and could do what no trust-and-safety team can, forgive the believer his saving lie while slowly trading it for a larger one, because it had something to offer the man on the rope besides a correction. And the cost her ledger cannot price is what a decade of studying belief as manipulation does to the student, because a woman who has traced ten thousand convictions back to their engines can no longer take a conviction whole, including her own, and the watchman’s final wage is a city she can see with perfect clarity and no longer live in as a citizen.

The Expert Without a License: Renée DiResta and Stephen Turner’s Problem

During election week in November 2020, an analyst on the Election Integrity Partnership rotation opened a ticket. The claim under review said Sharpie pens invalidated ballots in Maricopa County. The analyst traced the accounts spreading it, wrote an assessment, and the ticket moved through a queue that connected university researchers, election officials, civil society groups, and the trust-and-safety desks of the platforms. Downstream, a voter in Mesa saw a label under a post telling him the claim about his own ballot was disputed. He never learned who wrote the ticket. He had no way to weigh the analyst’s evidence, no vote over the analyst’s appointment, and no procedure for appeal that he could name. He experienced the analyst’s judgment the only way a citizen can experience judgment he cannot inspect, as power.

Stephen Turner (b. 1951) has spent a career on the question that loop poses. In “What Is the Problem with Experts?” and in Liberal Democracy 3.0: Civil Society in an Age of Experts and The Politics of Expertise, Turner argues that expertise creates a standing embarrassment for liberal theory. Liberal democracy rests on the premise that citizens can discuss public claims and judge them, and that officials answer to that judgment. Expert knowledge breaks the premise, since the citizen cannot assess the claims of the epidemiologist or the actuary on their merits. Democracies have lived with the break through settlements. Experts advise, officials decide, citizens judge the officials, and the expert’s cognitive authority gets validated over time in use, the way the lay passenger validates aeronautical engineering every time the plane lands. Turner’s warning concerns the cases where the settlement fails, where expert judgment enters the decision loop at a point the citizen cannot see, and where nothing in the citizen’s experience ever tests it. There the expert rules without a license, and the political system stores up a legitimacy debt that someone eventually collects.

Renée DiResta poses Turner’s problem, and her career supplies the case study his books lacked.

Begin with how the expertise came into existence, because Turner insists on the question most commentary skips. Cognitive authority has a supply side. Some expertise wins acceptance through results any layman can check. Some wins acceptance only within a sect that already believes. And some gets called into existence by subsidy, by foundations and agencies that want a class of knowers to exist, and that certify the knowers they fund. Misinformation studies belongs to the third kind. Before 2016 the field barely existed. After the election, money arrived at speed. Foundations wanted grantees, platforms wanted researchers to receive their data sets, the Senate wanted outside analysts, and universities wanted centers. The Stanford Internet Observatory launched in 2019 with platform cooperation and philanthropic funding, and DiResta became its technical research manager without a doctorate, a former derivatives trader whose credential was a body of work the new field certified because the new field had no older standard to apply. None of this says the work was bad. Much of it was careful. Turner’s point cuts elsewhere. The field’s authority was conferred by its patrons before it could be validated by its public, and a discipline whose peer reviewers were summoned by the same grants that summoned the authors reviews in a circle.

Watch the circle from inside, through her eyes, because from inside it looked like duty. A measles outbreak had shown her that coordinated minorities could capture the feed. The Senate had handed her platform data and asked what Russia did with it. She answered with the most detailed public accounting then available and told the committee the country faced a defining threat of the generation. When the 2020 election approached, election officials had no capacity to monitor viral rumors and platforms had no appetite to coordinate. Someone had to stand in the gap. The researchers stood in it. From inside, the ticketing queue was a public service performed by the only people equipped to perform it, and the talk with platforms was speech, citizens petitioning companies, protected like anyone’s.

Now watch from the other side, through the eyes of a House staffer in 2023 reading subpoenaed emails in a windowless room, because Turner requires this view too. The staffer sees a federal agency that cannot censor speech under the First Amendment. He sees that agency in contact with a university consortium. He sees the consortium flagging posts to platforms, and the platforms acting on some flags. He does not need a conspiracy for the pattern to alarm him. He needs only the observation Turner supplies, that expert judgment had been wired into an enforcement circuit at a point no voter could reach, and that the wiring let each node disclaim the power the circuit as a whole exercised. The agency only shared concerns. The researchers only shared findings. The platform only enforced its own policies. Authority without an author. The staffer’s boss, Jim Jordan, put the conclusion on a poster. DiResta’s camp answered that the committee misread routine research correspondence, leaked fragments, and defamed scholars. Both descriptions fit the record, and that both fit is the finding. The settlement between knowledge and power had never defined where advice ends and rule begins, so each side could describe the same emails in good faith and reach opposite verdicts.

Turner’s typology sharpens the diagnosis. The misinformation expert differs from the aviation engineer in the audience for his claims. The engineer’s audience includes the public, which validates him in use across millions of uneventful flights. The misinformation expert’s audience was never the public. It was platforms and agencies, bureaucracies that acted on his findings, and the public met the findings only as outcomes, a label, a demotion, a vanished account. Turner names this configuration as the most corrosive one available, expertise exercised on the public through intermediaries rather than accepted by the public through experience. The citizen in Mesa cannot check the analyst. He can only obey the label or resent it. Multiply him by fifty million and the resentment becomes a constituency.

The revolt, when it came, followed Turner’s script so closely one could teach the script from the clippings. He argues that expertise which outruns its license does not get refuted, since the public lacks the means to refute it. It gets revoked. The revocation arrives as politics, crude, opportunistic, indifferent to the merits of particular studies, because revocation is the one instrument a democratic public retains over knowledge claims it cannot assess. The Twitter Files, the Weaponization subcommittee, the America First Legal suits, and the Murthy litigation made a single motion in different registers. They did not engage the field’s findings about the Internet Research Agency or rumor cascades. They attacked the field’s standing to sit in the loop. Matt Taibbi and Michael Shellenberger built the case in installments. Jordan enforced subpoenas and read student names into the record. Stephen Miller’s lawyers sued. The methods ranged from journalism to harassment, and the merits ranged from real questions to fantasy, and Turner’s frame holds through the whole range, because a legitimacy crisis does not select its collectors for fairness. The debt gets collected by whoever shows up.

One episode deserves its own paragraph, because it was the exception that proved the license problem. In October 2020, when the New York Post published the Hunter Biden laptop story, platforms suppressed the link, and figures across the expert class treated the story as probable foreign disinformation. Here, for once, the public got what Turner says the field otherwise never provides, a claim it could validate in use. The laptop was real. The story checked out. Every citizen could run the test himself, and millions did, and the field failed the one lay-checkable test it ever faced in public. An engineer survives a thousand landings and earns deference. A field survives on deference and loses its one landing. No committee hearing damaged the enterprise as much as that single verifiable miss, because it converted the skeptic’s suspicion from theory into experience.

The Supreme Court had the chance to write the missing settlement and declined. In Murthy v. Missouri, decided June 26, 2024, the majority found the plaintiffs lacked standing and left unaddressed the question underneath, when government contact with a platform becomes coercion. Turner might have predicted the abstention. Liberal constitutional doctrine has categories for the state and for the speaker, and thin ones for the commissioned intermediary, the expert consortium that is neither state nor citizen and carries messages between them. The Court looked at the circuit and could not find the node where the constitution attaches. So the circuit remains unadjudicated, the researchers remain exposed, and the next administration of either party inherits the ambiguity intact.

Stanford, facing millions in legal costs and no constitutional cover, ran the calculation a patron runs. By June 2024, Alex Stamos had stepped back, DiResta’s contract lapsed, staff were told to look for work, and the university insisted nothing was being shut down while the election work stopped. Turner’s supply-side analysis explains the collapse without any reference to who was right. Subsidized expertise lives at the pleasure of the subsidy. A field created by patrons in 2017 could be uncreated by patrons in 2024, and the personnel could do nothing about it, because the field had never acquired the independent base that validated disciplines hold, a public that misses them when they go. Aviation engineering cannot be dissolved by a nervous provost. Election-rumor research could be, and was.

DiResta’s response to the collapse is where her case turns instructive rather than merely illustrative, because her remedies read as an attempt to renegotiate the license on Turner’s terms, whether or not she has read him. The program in Invisible Rulers retreats from the configuration that destroyed her. Takedowns and flagging pipelines put expert judgment at an invisible point in the loop. Her proposals move judgment to points the citizen can inspect. Changed platform defaults are visible rules. User control over algorithmic feeds hands the lever to the layman. Friction before virality operates on all claims alike, without an analyst adjudicating each one. Transparency requirements let outsiders audit what the deference once concealed. The phrase she coined years earlier, freedom of speech, not freedom of reach, already contained the retreat, since it concedes the speech and fights only over amplification design. Read through Turner, the program amounts to converting Type-of-expertise, from judgment exercised on the public through bureaucracies toward engineering the public can validate in use, from the priest toward the civil engineer. It is the most serious attempt at relicensing the field has produced, and it came from the person the revocation hit hardest, which is no accident, since she alone among her peers has felt the full price of ruling without a license.

The relicensing remains incomplete at the point Turner would watch. Media literacy sits in her program alongside the design remedies, and literacy curricula are expertise teaching citizens whom to trust, a catechism for correct deference, drafted by the same class whose deference collapsed. And the design remedies still require someone to set the defaults and define the friction, which reopens the appointment question one level up. Turner’s deepest claim is that the problem admits no solution, only better and worse settlements, and that the standard fixes reproduce the problem at a remove, transparency reports written by experts, oversight boards staffed by experts, fact-checkers ranked by other fact-checkers. Her program improves the settlement. It does not escape the regress, and nothing can, which is Turner’s conclusion and should be the field’s.

What her case adds to the Turner literature is a limiting case the typology implies without developing. Every prior expertise claimed a competence the citizen lacks in some domain, bridges, drugs, monetary policy. Misinformation expertise claims competence over the citizen’s own weighing of testimony. Its founding premise holds that laymen cannot reliably judge which claims to believe, and must have the judging environment managed for them. But the layman’s capacity to weigh testimony is the one competence liberal democracy cannot delegate, since it grounds the vote, the jury, and the discussion Turner’s liberals stake everything on. The aviation engineer says, you cannot build the plane, and the citizen agrees and boards. The misinformation expert says, you cannot be trusted to decide what to believe, and the citizen who agrees has conceded the premise of his own self-government. This is why the field drew a revolt no economist ever drew, and why the revolt reached for constitutional language rather than technical rebuttal. The expertise did not sit inside the liberal settlement awkwardly, the way nuclear physics does. It contradicted the settlement’s first axiom, and the public heard the contradiction before the field did.

DiResta now works at a policy school, writes at Lawfare, publishes on full-spectrum state propaganda, and argues in public about defaults and friction and audit. She has become an expert on the terms of her own license, which no one in her field was in 2019, and the education cost her the field, the post, and for a season the name. The citizen in Mesa still cannot check her work. But her current program asks less of his deference and more of his inspection than anything her field produced in its funded years, and Turner’s framework suggests that this, rather than any hearing or ruling, is what the beginning of a legitimate settlement looks like, experts bidding for a license from the public instead of billing the public for one it never signed.

DiResta: ‘Corrections Are Censorship: Jacob Siegel’s Latest Fiction’

Renee DiResta writes on her Substack:

Jacob Siegel misleads readers in his new book. When I asked for corrections, he cried censorship in The Free Press—writing as accuser, investigator, and fact-checker all in one. A lie-machine exposé.
Jacob Siegel published a book last week called The Information State. It is a sweeping grand theory of how a deep state censorship machine was assembled to control American public opinion. It’s really just an expansion of his Tablet essay on the “censorship industrial complex” from 2023, in which he declared Frame Game Mike Benz a State Department “whistleblower” and echoed the allegations of the Twitter Files; if you read that, you’ve read the book. This is actually the problem: tons of evidence has come out since, in the courts and in Congress, and Siegel chose to ignore it and just repeat the same allegations. It’s since come out that Benz worked at State Department for two months, but no matter…same sources as scaffolding, etc.

In the book, Siegel insinuates the usual bullshit: I ran a wing of this censorship complex out of the Stanford Internet Observatory, I may be a secret CIA agent, etc. There’s a lot of guilt-by-association and straight-up errors. He describes a project I worked on as possibly the largest censorship initiative in existence.

Siegel’s book relies on innuendo, and then he pretends to be shocked when readers fall for the innuendo; that game is what we’re going to break down here. His reviewers keep doing what he wants them to do: reading between the lines and coming to (false) conclusions. The problem is that his fictional character — me — has leapt from the page, and dared to request factchecks over this, from three publications. After they’ve looked over the evidence, pubs have issued corrections in line with their editorial standards. The Brownstone Institute did nothing. The Free Beacon Issued a correction. The Baffler pulled their review.

On the merits, DiResta wins the narrow dispute. The 22 million figure comes from a post-election research dataset, and the actual flagging numbers, roughly 4,800 URLs with about 65 percent receiving no action, are in the public record: reports, amicus briefs, congressional testimony. Even the Jordan subcommittee, which had every ticket under subpoena and every incentive to inflate, never claimed 22 million flags. When your most hostile investigator with full document access declines to endorse a number, that number is dead. Her strongest structural point is the closing question: if the mass flagging did not happen, what was the mass censorship? Siegel’s book needs the big number because without it EIP shrinks to an academic tagging project that platforms mostly ignored.
Her account of Siegel’s method is also accurate as a description of how innuendo works in this genre. He never writes “EIP flagged 22 million tweets for censorship.” He builds a character sketch, describes round-the-clock monitoring and takedown requests, then drops the number in that context and lets reviewers complete the inference. When they do, he bears no responsibility for the false sentence because he never wrote it. This is a real technique and she names it well. Her Free Press complaint also lands: an accusatory email from the accuser is not a fact-check, and “she did not deny it” after stripping her reply down to one sentence is a construction any editor should catch.
Now the weaknesses. “Crazy bitch shit” and “lose his mind” cost her. She predicts in the piece that she will be cast as an unhinged woman, then hands Siegel the quote to do it with. When you know the trap, walking into it reads as either lack of discipline or a calculation that her audience rewards the register. Probably both. Substack pays for combat, and her subtitle (“lie-machine exposé”) shows she knows it.
The maternity leave passage is her weakest ground, and her April 16 update concedes as much. She says she did not lead EIP, then says she absolutely was a leader of it and proud of it. Her distinction, singular founder-villain versus one leader among several, is defensible, but she needed two paragraphs and an update to make it, and Siegel needed one screenshot. In a fight about precision, that is an unforced error. She calls his move a motte-and-bailey; a reader could say her original sentence was the bailey and the update the motte.
There is also a category question she skates past. She frames corrections requests to publications as pure counterspeech, and mostly that is right. But when the person requesting the correction spent years as the country’s most prominent scholar of platform moderation, and one outlet responds by pulling a review entirely rather than fixing it, the optics do some of Siegel’s work for him even though she asked only for a correction and the screenshot backs her. The Baffler’s overreaction is not her fault, but “the review vanished after she emailed” is the kind of fact pattern that feeds his narrative machine regardless of intent, and she knows how those machines run better than anyone.
The larger structure is the one you have seen before: both parties now occupy positions where the fight is the product. Siegel sells a book whose thesis requires a censor, so a correction request is the best marketing he could ask for. DiResta writes a Substack called Calling Bullshit on the Bullshit Industrial Complex, so his attack is her content. Each accusation funds the other side’s next post. That does not make them equally right. On the checkable facts she is right and he is not. But it explains why the dispute escalates rather than resolves, and why neither party has an incentive to let it die.

The Great Delusion

If John J. Mearsheimer’s anthropology is right, it provides a structural validation of DiResta’s empirical observations while reframing the ultimate stakes of her work.
DiResta’s research documents how ordinary digital tools can be used to launder conspiracy theories, elevate niche beliefs into mainstream opinions, and distort consensus. In a traditional liberal framework, the solution to this problem relies heavily on education, fact-checking, and the critical faculties of individual citizens who, when presented with accurate information, will logically reject falsehoods. Mearsheimer’s anthropology suggests that this individualist, reason-based defense is a fundamental misunderstanding of the human animal. If reason is the least important of the ways we determine our preferences, and if individuals develop deep attachments to their group long before critical faculties form, then no amount of fact-checking will dissolve a tribal narrative. When an online crowd rallies around a specific rumor or bespoke reality, they are not engaging in a detached intellectual exercise. They are engaging in tribal signaling and consolidation. The facts are irrelevant because the group attachment dictates the moral code, rendering individual critical reasoning secondary.
DiResta often writes about the incentives that drive online systems, noting that when attention, money, status, or political power reward manipulation, we see more of it. She tracks how platforms allow coordinated networks to mimic real communities, creating artificial amplification that feels like grassroots consensus. If Mearsheimer is right that humans are tribal at their core and designed to survive by being embedded in a society, then digital platforms do not create polarization out of thin air; they act as a supercharged accelerator for man’s innate tribal instincts. Human beings seek out social groups to escape the atomistic void of individualism. Social media algorithms simply automate and optimize this search, herding individuals into hyper-socialized digital tribes with unprecedented speed. The “invisible rulers” DiResta describes—the influencers who game algorithms to turn lies into reality—are simply exploiting the deep human need for group belonging and collective identity.
DiResta’s work often looks for structural interventions, such as design changes to platforms, decentralized social media, protocol-based governance, or “bridging-based” recommendation systems that promote content appealing across ideological lines.
However, if Mearsheimer’s view is correct, the splintering of reality into fragmented, adversarial factions is not a technical glitch or a malfunction of the information ecosystem that can be engineered away. It is the natural, inevitable expression of human nature when freed from the artificial constraints of centralized, institutional authorities. For decades, elite institutions and a centralized media ecosystem enforced a superficial, liberal consensus that masked man’s tribal core. By decentralizing communication, the internet did not corrupt a rational public; it merely stripped away the institutional filters, allowing human beings to revert to their primary, tribal state. If Mearsheimer’s anthropology holds, the bespoke realities DiResta studies are permanent fixtures of the human landscape, because the drive to protect and defend the tribe will always supersede the pursuit of an objective, universal truth.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

To David Pinsof, DiResta represents the misunderstanding myth. Her entire career rests on the premise that societal fractures like political polarization and vaccine skepticism are malfunctions of our informational infrastructure. She views the public as gullible targets infected by a digital virus. If tech platforms simply deployed the right interventions and experts raised public consciousness, the country might return to a shared reality.

Pinsof offers a colder alternative. The citizens sharing memes, resisting institutional mandates, and participating in online tribalism do not suffer from a technical bug or a cognitive blind spot. They understand their incentives perfectly.

From this perspective, the online ecosystem is not a broken information utility; it is a highly efficient arena for high-stakes, zero-sum competition over the coercive apparatus of the state. Partisans do not share hyper-partisan propaganda because they are too stupid to spot fake news. They share it because confirmation bias helps them win arguments, demonize political enemies, and forge alliances with their peers. Stupidity online is strategic.

DiResta frames her work as a neutral effort to protect democratic consensus and restore institutional trust. Pinsof invites us to look past these stated motives and consider the actual motives. Defining misinformation and deciding which narratives require intervention is an instrument of immense social power. By setting the boundaries of acceptable discourse, elite institutional researchers create a framework that they happen to be uniquely qualified to police. It transforms local political preferences into objective standards of truth, allowing the credentialed class to dismiss their rivals not as competitors with conflicting material interests, but as irrational actors who need a nudge from their bethers.

The conflict between online factions does not stem from bad beliefs that better algorithmic engineering can fix. It stems from deeply conflicting motives over status, power, and resources. No amount of fact-checking or media literacy can bridge that divide. The only misunderstanding in disinformation research is the belief that political warfare is just a big misunderstanding.

The Vigilant Public: Renée DiResta Through Hugo Mercier’s Not Born Yesterday

In January 2020, Princeton University Press published Not Born Yesterday: The Science of Who We Trust and What We Believe by the French cognitive scientist Hugo Mercier. The book arrived weeks before a pandemic that would make “misinformation” the most funded word in American media criticism, and it argued that the entire panic rested on a false premise. Humans are not gullible. We evolved a suite of cognitive tools that Mercier calls open vigilance, and these tools make us too hard to influence, not too easy. The masses did not need protecting from lies. The people who believed they did were repeating an error as old as Plato.

Renée DiResta built her second career on the opposite premise. A former Jane Street trader with a Stony Brook degree in computer science and political science, she moved from Wall Street to venture capital to the study of anti-vaccine networks on Twitter, then to a Senate-commissioned report on Russian influence operations, then to the research manager’s desk at the Stanford Internet Observatory, where she helped run the Election Integrity Partnership in 2020 and the Virality Project in 2021. Congressional subpoenas, lawsuits, and online harassment followed. Stanford dismantled the Observatory in 2024. She landed at Georgetown’s McCourt School of Public Policy and published Invisible Rulers, a book whose title concedes nothing to Mercier. Lies, in her account, get turned into reality by influencers, algorithms, and crowds. In his account, that hardly ever happens, and when it appears to happen, the causation runs the other way.

Reading DiResta through Mercier is not a matter of scoring one against the other. It is a stress test. Mercier’s book supplies a body of evidence about how persuasion works, and DiResta’s career supplies a decade of interventions premised on a theory of how persuasion works. Where the evidence and the interventions meet, sparks come off.

Start with Mercier’s core claim, because everything else follows from it. Communication between organisms with divergent interests survives only if receivers benefit from listening. A gullible receiver gets exploited until he stops listening. Evolution therefore built humans to check every message against prior belief, to weigh the speaker’s competence and incentives, to demand arguments, and to track who has been right before. These checks run in infants. Twelve-month-olds resist testimony that contradicts what they have seen. Three-year-olds trust reporters over guessers. The checks never turn off. They get sharper with experience.

From this Mercier derives a prediction that most educated people find hard to swallow: mass persuasion should almost always fail. He then shows that it does. The Nazi propaganda apparatus, the most notorious persuasion machine ever built, moved anti-Semitic sentiment only in the districts that were already anti-Semitic before 1933, and in districts with low prior anti-Semitism, radio propaganda backfired. Ian Kershaw (b. 1943), the historian Mercier leans on, concludes that Nazi propaganda succeeded only where it could “build on existing consensus.” Soviet propaganda fared no better. Chinese citizens who consumed more state media trusted the government less. The Chinese Communist Party eventually gave up on persuasion and shifted to friction and flooding, making inconvenient information hard to find and burying the rest under celebrity gossip.

Democracies show the same pattern with better data. The 2018 meta-analysis by political scientists Joshua Kalla and David Broockman found that the net persuasive effect of campaign contact in American general elections, all the flyers, calls, canvassers, and ads, is zero. Cambridge Analytica, the firm the Guardian credited with hijacking democracy, Mercier calls a scam, and the Republican operatives who watched it work agreed, remembering “pop psychology B.S.” and no evidence of results. The wild swings in campaign polls turn out to be largely artifacts of who answers the phone.

Now set DiResta’s threat model beside this. From her earliest work she framed the problem as one of amplification reaching vulnerable minds. Foreign governments pilot memes to see what sways opinion. Extremist groups exploit an asymmetry of passion to shape the reality of viewers. The 2018 New Knowledge report she led for the Senate Intelligence Committee treated the Internet Research Agency’s Facebook and Instagram output as a serious assault on the American mind. The Election Integrity Partnership flagged election rumors to platforms in 2020 on the theory that viral falsehoods, left standing, would corrode democratic behavior. The Virality Project extended the model to vaccines in 2021 and, in its most criticized move, advised platforms that even true stories of vaccine side effects could fuel hesitancy and deserved attention.

Each intervention assumes that exposure drives belief and belief drives action. Mercier’s chapter on fake news attacks that causal chain at both links, and he names DiResta’s founding events while doing it. The Washington Post headline “Fake News Might Have Won Donald Trump the 2016 Election” and the Independent’s Brexit equivalent appear in his text as specimens of the very misconception his book exists to correct. His counter-evidence is specific. During the 2016 campaign, fewer than one in ten Facebook users shared any fake news, and 0.1 percent of Twitter users accounted for 80 percent of the fake news on that platform. The people visiting fake news sites were not persuadable moderates but the ten percent of Americans with the most conservative information diets, intense partisans scouting for material to justify a vote they had already decided on. When Brendan Nyhan (b. 1978) and colleagues corrected Trump’s false statements to his supporters, most supporters accepted the corrections and none wavered. When political scientists Jin Woo Kim and Eunji Kim tracked the Obama-is-a-Muslim rumor across survey waves, they found the rumor changed stated beliefs among people who already disliked Obama and changed no votes at all. Disliking Obama made people accept the rumor. The rumor made no one dislike Obama.

Mercier generalizes the point through bloodletting. Galen (129-c. 216) wrote the theory that justified opening European veins for seven centuries, yet a quarter of the world’s cultures bled their sick without ever hearing of humors. The theory did not produce the practice. The practice, and the need to defend it against competitors, produced the theory. Blood libels follow the same grammar. The Kishinev pogrom of 1903 was not caused by the ritual-murder rumor, because the same rumor circulated every Easter without a pogrom, and the violence, when it came, bore no relation to the accusation. Who avenges a murdered child by looting liquor stores? Scholars of ethnic riots concur, in the line Mercier quotes, that crowds seek justifications for a course of action already under way. Wanting to commit the atrocity comes first. Believing the absurdity comes second, as cover.

If Mercier is right, DiResta’s decade of supply-side intervention targeted the wrong side of the market. Flagging tickets, labeling posts, and pressuring platforms all attack supply, and the demand for justification routes around suppression the way Chinese conspiracy theories route around the most heavily policed information environment on earth. Mercier says so in as many words: attempts to shut off the channels through which conspiracy theories spread cannot eradicate them.

The point of the book that cuts deepest, though, concerns stakes. Mercier draws a line between beliefs that touch our vital interests and beliefs that float free of them, and shows that vigilance tracks the line. Workplace rumors, where being wrong costs money and standing, run 80 to 100 percent accurate; employees at one downsizing firm knew the layoff list a week before the announcement. Wall Street takeover rumors are right nearly half the time and markets price them sensibly. Global rumors about presidents, celebrities, and popes are junk, and people hold them the way they hold beliefs about the shape of the earth, reflectively, nominally, at no cost. The Pizzagate believers left one-star Yelp reviews. The 9/11 truthers who thought the CIA could demolish towers never feared it could silence a blogger. People are not gullible about their vital interests. They are careless about beliefs that cost nothing, and they are careless because it is rational to be. The misinformation field thus concentrated its fire on exactly the class of beliefs that Mercier’s evidence shows to be inert, while the beliefs that steer actual behavior, the local, the occupational, the material, were never in danger.

There is a reflexive turn here, and Mercier does not spare the people on his own side of the education gradient. The belief that the masses are gullible is itself, he argues, a culturally successful misconception, and it spreads by the same demand-side logic as the rumors it condemns. From Plato through the Enlightenment, elites who benefited from the status quo cited popular gullibility to argue against democracy. Elites who sympathized with the people, like Rousseau (1712-1778), cited gullibility to explain why the people had not yet revolted, or why they voted wrong. The masses “are never corrupted, though often deceived.” In 2016 a class of American professionals suffered two verdicts they experienced as inexplicable, Trump and Brexit, and fake news supplied the explanation that spared them a harder accounting. The misinformation field was, on Mercier’s model, a justification market. It sold the losing coalition a story in which the voters had not rejected them, the voters had been hacked.

DiResta was the market’s most talented supplier, and here the frame turns on her with some force, because her own audience believed her through open vigilance, not despite it. Editors, senators, foundation officers, and platform trust-and-safety teams checked her claims against their priors, found the fit excellent, noted her credentials and her lack of obvious commercial motive, and bought. The Senate report’s reception, the standing ovations for the “hacked democracy” narrative, the funding that flowed to Stanford, all of it followed the demand curve. When the political scientist Gregory Eady and colleagues published their analysis of the Internet Research Agency’s Twitter campaign in Nature Communications in 2023, they found exposure concentrated in one percent of users, nearly all strong partisans, and no measurable effect on attitudes, polarization, or voting. Mercier’s framework had predicted that result in advance. It also predicts why the finding changed few minds among those invested in the threat.

Mercier adds a sly coda that reframes what the Russian operation accomplished. Trajan’s column spirals its victory reliefs a hundred feet up where no Roman could read them, because the message was never the reliefs. The message was that the regime could build the column. Putin’s hockey team wins by cheating in front of everyone, and that is the point. Propaganda often works as a display of power rather than a vehicle of content. By this light, the Internet Research Agency’s product was not persuaded Americans, of whom there were roughly none. Its product was the American belief that Russia had reached into the national mind, a belief that made Russia look ten feet tall at a cost of some millions of dollars and a St. Petersburg office building. The misinformation field did not counter the operation. The field was the operation’s delivery system. Every Senate hearing, every report, every book about hacked democracy carved the column higher.

What does the frame concede to DiResta? A fair amount, and her later work moves toward the concessions. Mercier grants that beliefs cheap for their holders can be catastrophic for their targets. The Kishinev rumor cost its believers nothing and cost Jews their lives. Mao Zedong (1893-1976) believed Lysenkoist agronomy at no personal risk while forty million peasants starved. Where rumor functions as coordination for violence or harassment, the harm is real even though persuasion never occurred, and DiResta’s attention to brigading, mob targeting, and rumor-to-violence pipelines survives the Mercier test intact, though it survives as a public-order concern rather than an epistemic one. The mission changes. You are no longer protecting minds from false belief. You are tracking crowds that have already chosen their target and are shopping for a pretext.

Invisible Rulers also shows DiResta half-converting to the demand side. She now writes of participatory propaganda, of audiences as distributors, of bespoke realities that people assemble for themselves, and she tells interviewers that the misinformation crisis is really a crisis of trust. Mercier could sign most of those sentences. Her lineage runs through Edward Bernays (1891-1995) and Jacques Ellul, theorists of propaganda as environment rather than injection, which sits closer to Mercier than the hypodermic-needle model her early institutional work operationalized. The remaining disagreement is about remedy, and it is not small. DiResta wants better design: algorithms that reward accuracy over engagement, changed defaults, institutional capacity to watch the adversary. Mercier’s closing chapter locates the remedy elsewhere. Institutions earn belief by being trustworthy, and the anti-vaxxer’s failure is a failure of openness with real grounds behind it, pharmaceutical companies that bury failed trials and buy doctors. Clean up the conduct and the trust follows. Conspiracy theories recede in Norway and flourish in Pakistan because Norwegian institutions give citizens less to work with.

On Mercier’s account, the Virality Project’s decision to treat true stories of vaccine side effects as a moderation concern was therefore worse than a tactical error. It handed a vigilant public documented grounds for the suspicion that health authorities would shade the truth for their outcomes, and open vigilance never forgets a demonstrated incentive. The intervention meant to protect the chain of trust corroded a link, and links, Mercier writes on his last page, are the game. Science spread its counterintuitive claims through society on the strength of chains of trust and argument, fragile, centuries in the making, and every institution that spends credibility to manage a news cycle is drawing down the only account that matters.

DiResta’s fall reads through the same lens as her rise, which is the frame’s final courtesy to her, since it declines to treat her enemies as any smarter than her friends. As a mother organizing for California’s SB 277 in 2015, she had aligned interests and local stakes, and her audience’s vigilance vouched for her. As the research manager of a Stanford lab flagging citizen speech to platforms while in contact with government agencies, she presented a different incentive profile, and half the country read it and priced her accordingly. The rumors that then engulfed her, that her long-disclosed undergraduate CIA internship made her a spook, that she ran a censorship regime, spread among people who wanted a justification for a fight they had already joined, exaggerated by the same demand-side logic that inflated Russian bots for her own coalition. Jim Jordan’s (b. 1964) subpoenas and Matt Taibbi’s (b. 1970) “censorship industrial complex” persuaded no one who was not already enlisted. When the Supreme Court disposed of Murthy v. Missouri on standing in June 2024, the vindication changed nothing, because the beliefs about her had followed the coalitions, not the evidence. She became the subject of a titillating rumor, held cheaply by millions, at devastating cost to its target. No one in the story was gullible. That is the terror of Mercier’s book. The machinery worked as designed, on everyone, from the start.

What survives of her campaign, weighed on Mercier’s scales, is the part that was never about belief: the tracking of coordinated harassment, the rumor-to-violence pipelines, the forensics of fake account networks as counterintelligence rather than mind-protection. What does not survive is the founding premise, that a vulnerable public required a professional class to filter its information diet. The public was not born yesterday. It read the filterers the way it reads everyone, by asking who they were, what they wanted, and who paid them, and it filed the answers where it files everything else.

The Alliance Map of Renée DiResta

Take her Atlantic corpus as a dataset. Between March 2020 and November 2025, Renée DiResta published pieces on Russian interference, Chinese conspiracy diplomacy, anti-vaccine influencers framed by a Tucker Carlson image, QAnon, the right’s disinformation apparatus preparing for Trump’s loss, right-wing social media divorcing from reality, the one-sided misinformation of 2020, Elon Musk fighting for attention, the Twitter Files as missed opportunity, Arizona’s voting-machine rumors, rumors on X becoming the right’s reality, Musk’s soap operas for conspiracy buffs, and the right-wing attack on Wikipedia. Two pieces advise public-health officials on communicating better. One praises Wikipedia as a model for the CDC. Now ask what predicts this list. A principle predicts poorly. A principled anti-falsehood beat covering 2020 through 2025 would have produced entries on the lab-leak dismissal, the laptop suppression, the collapse of the Steele dossier, and the years of official assurances about an aging president. None appear. An alliance map predicts the list almost line by line.

David Pinsof, David O. Sears, and Martie G. Haselton supply the map-reading method in “Strange Bedfellows: The Alliance Theory of Political Belief Systems” (Psychological Inquiry, 2023). Their claim runs against the whole self-understanding of political actors. Belief systems do not derive from values. They derive from alliance structures, historically contingent coalitions of groups thrown together by similarity, transitivity, and shared rivals, and the beliefs are ad hoc justifications generated to mobilize support for allies in conflicts. The generating tools are what the authors call propagandistic biases. Perpetrator biases minimize an ally’s transgressions, stress mitigating circumstances, and embellish good intentions. Victim biases maximize an ally’s grievances and attribute the rival’s motives to malevolence. Attributional biases credit an ally’s advantages to talent and effort and its setbacks to external attack. The authors stress two things the casual reader misses. The biases run symmetrically across all coalitions, and the partisan applying them is sincere, because inside a coalition, motivated reasoning functions as an honest signal of loyalty. Distrust your allies’ side of the story and they stop treating you as an ally.

Read DiResta through the map and start with her coalition, because Alliance Theory forbids starting with her ideas. Pinsof and his co-authors trace the late twentieth-century split of the American upper class into rival elites, intellectual and business, knowledge workers on one side and corporate wealth on the other. DiResta belongs to the intellectual-elite alliance: research universities, foundations, legacy media, public health, election administration, and the platform trust-and-safety departments those institutions staffed and trained. Her rivals follow from the alliance structure rather than from any philosophy: the populist right coalition, foreign state rivals, anti-vaccine networks that defied public health, and, from April 2022 forward, one man.

Musk gives the theory a test. Through 2021 he ran the most subsidized electric-car company on earth, and the knowledge class treated him as an eccentric ally. Her Atlantic file contains nothing on him. He bids for Twitter in April 2022, the terrain her alliance had spent six years learning to govern, and her first Musk piece appears that month. Three more follow across three years, tracking his migration into the rival coalition, from fighting for attention to soap operas for conspiracy buffs. Nothing in Musk’s epistemic conduct changed categories in April 2022. His alliance did. Pinsof’s account of interdependence and rivalry detection predicts the timing of her attention better than any account of her stated values, because the stated values existed for a decade while Musk drew no fire.

The same logic explains her final entry in the dataset. In November 2025 she defends Wikipedia against a right-wing campaign. Wikipedia is the knowledge class’s commons, written by its members, governed by its norms, feeding the AI models on which its next institutional bets ride, and she had already held it up as a model for the CDC in 2021. An attack on Wikipedia is an attack on alliance infrastructure. The defense follows as a corollary of the map. So does the earlier praise: within her coalition, Wikipedia counts as authority repaired, while a crowdsourced encyclopedia governed by the rival coalition’s editors might have appeared in her corpus under another name.

Now run the vocabulary through the theory, because the vocabulary is where her case extends Pinsof rather than illustrating him. The paper argues that partisans frame conflicts as morality to recruit third parties, creating common knowledge that one side is moral so that neutral observers can join at low cost. Each coalition derogates in the idiom of its own capital. Business elites call their rivals lazy and parasitic, an economic idiom, since wealth is the asset they hold. Religious coalitions call their rivals sinful. The intellectual-elite alliance holds epistemic capital, degrees, journals, data access, and its derogation idiom is epistemic: the rival coalition is misinformed, the rival’s claims are disinformation, the rival’s media diet is a pathology requiring intervention. The idiom performs the recruiting function on the referees who count for this alliance, platforms, advertisers, agencies, and courts, none of whom can be recruited with sin but all of whom respond to accuracy. On this reading, misinformation is what the knowledge class calls the other side’s propaganda, and information is what it calls its own, and the terms feel like measurements from inside because the coalition’s members staff the measuring institutions. DiResta coined a refinement in 2021, ampliganda, propaganda amplified by real people, and the refinement keeps the asymmetry, since the corpus applies it to rival networks and never to the amplification cascades her own coalition ran through its newsrooms.

The propagandistic biases sort her hard cases with uncomfortable ease. Perpetrator bias: New Knowledge, where she directed research, housed the Project Birmingham operation, a disinformation-style experiment in the 2017 Alabama race, and the episode enters her camp’s account with full mitigating apparatus, a rogue executive, a small budget, no proof of her participation, an aberration. The Virality Project flagged true vaccine stories that might fuel hesitancy, and the episode enters as a defensible judgment call under emergency conditions. Rival transgressions receive the victim-bias treatment in mirror image: systemic, coordinated, malevolent, and escalating. Attributional bias: her alliance’s authority derives from method and rigor, internal causes, while its collapse in 2024 derives from lawfare and harassment, external attack. The rival coalition’s beliefs derive from manipulation by grifters and algorithms, external causes, never from persuasion, since crediting a rival with persuasion concedes it an internal strength. Her 2021 piece stating that 2020’s voting falsehoods came almost exclusively from the right makes the attributional move, we flag them more because they lie more, and Alliance TheoryAlliance TheoryAlliance Theory predicts that both camps will read this essay as vindication. That prediction, at least, seems safe.

The Emergency Register: Renée DiResta Through Securitization Theory

At 9:32 on the morning of August 1, 2018, Chairman Richard Burr (b. 1955) gaveled open a hearing of the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence in room SH-216 of the Hart Building. Poster boards stood on easels beside the witness table, blown-up screenshots of fake social media accounts, the props arranged before the witnesses spoke. Renée DiResta, then director of research at a threat intelligence firm in Austin, told the senators that online manipulation was one of the defining threats of our generation.

Read the sentence slowly. It names a threat. It scales the threat to a generation, which is to say, to everything. It issues from a witness whose firm sells detection of the threat, whose datasets measure the threat, and whose field exists only if the threat does. The senators, men formed by network television, could not check a claim about recommendation algorithms any more than they could check a claim about centrifuge cascades. They could accept or refuse. They accepted, and the acceptance built a field.

There is a body of theory built for that sentence. In the 1990s, Barry Buzan (b. 1946) and Ole Wæver (b. 1960), working at the Copenhagen Peace Research Institute, developed what became known as securitization theory, formalized with Jaap de Wilde in Security: A New Framework for Analysis (1998). Their insight was that security is not a condition out in the world waiting to be measured. Security is a speech act. A securitizing actor declares that a referent object, the state, the nation, the environment, faces an existential threat. If the relevant audience accepts the declaration, the issue leaves normal politics, where claims get debated, budgets get contested, and losers get another round, and enters the emergency register, where speed beats deliberation and measures forbidden in ordinary times become licensed. The theory stays agnostic on whether the threat is real. It studies the move. Wæver added a normative preference that most readers skip: he thought desecuritization, the return of issues to ordinary politics, was usually the healthier direction, because the emergency register is where democracies store their exceptions.

The Copenhagen School catalogued the conditions under which the move succeeds. The grammar must be right: a threat, a referent object, a point of no return, a way out. The speaker must hold a position of authority with the audience. The threat should carry features that make it easy to imagine. All three conditions stood ready in SH-216. The intelligence community had already certified Russian interference, lending the witness borrowed state authority. The 2016 result had left half the political class searching for an account of what had happened to them. And the props supplied the imagination: here is the fake account, here is the Black activist page run from St. Petersburg, here is the machine reaching into the American mind. DiResta did not have to build the emergency from nothing. She had to name it, scale it, and stand beside it as its interpreter.

What sets her case apart from the theory’s standard specimens is the referent object. Classical securitization defends borders, regimes, currencies, identities. DiResta’s referent was shared reality, the epistemic base on which self-government is said to rest. No one had securitized that before, and the novelty carried a structural consequence the Copenhagen authors never had to model. When a defense minister securitizes a border, the audience already funds armies and intelligence services that can assess the claim against the speaker’s interest. When DiResta securitized the information space, no independent assessment capacity existed. The instruments that measured the threat, the network maps, the platform datasets, the account attributions, belonged to the same small circle that announced it. The witness named the emergency and held the only thermometers. She securitized a domain and chartered its priesthood in one appearance, and for the next four years the people who assessed whether the threat was growing were the people whose budgets grew with it.

The emergency register then licensed its extraordinary measures, and their form deserves attention because it explains the constitutional dead end that came later. A state emergency runs through the state, where courts and elections can reach it. This emergency ran through private platforms. The Election Integrity Partnership logged viral election claims into a ticketing queue in 2020, with university analysts, election officials, and platform trust-and-safety desks sharing one workflow. The Virality Project extended the model to vaccine rumors in 2021 and advised platforms that even true stories of side effects could fuel hesitancy. Analysts worked election week in shifts. Speed beat deliberation, which is the signature of the register: a rumor about Sharpie pens could not wait for a peer-reviewed rebuttal, so it got a ticket, a trace, and in some cases a flag. When the plaintiffs in Murthy v. Missouri asked the Supreme Court to find the emergency, the Court could not locate a state actor to hold, and on June 26, 2024, it dismissed the case on standing. The exception had been engineered to run outside the constitutional register that supervises exceptions. Securitization through platforms evades the checks that securitization through states must face, and the evasion, which looked like cleverness in 2020, meant that no court ever ruled the measures lawful, so the legitimacy question stayed open for whoever wanted to collect it.

The Copenhagen School explains the move. It takes the Paris School to explain the mover. Didier Bigo, writing against Copenhagen’s focus on dramatic speech acts, argued in “Security and Immigration: Toward a Critique of the Governmentality of Unease” (2002) that securitization in modern states is less a speech than a trade. A transnational class of professionals, police, intelligence officers, border technicians, risk analysts, private security vendors, competes for budgets and jurisdiction by defining threats their own skills happen to fit. Bigo calls them managers of unease. They circulate among agencies, firms, and academies, carrying their techniques with them, and the competition among them selects for threat inflation, because the market for assessments punishes deflation. No analyst ever lost funding by overstating a danger he was hired to watch. The understaters lose the contracts, the hearings, and the field, and they lose them before anyone learns they were right.

Set DiResta’s biography against Bigo’s portrait. Summers at the Central Intelligence Agency from 1999 to 2004. Seven years on a trading floor, where the job is pricing risk from incomplete information. Then New Knowledge, a private firm whose product was disinformation defense sold to corporations and, after 2016, to committees. New Knowledge was an unease vendor in the strict Bigo sense: its revenue was a function of the perceived size of the threat it detected. The firm’s chief executive went further than the model requires, participating in Project Birmingham, the 2017 Alabama experiment that manufactured the appearance of Russian bot support for Roy Moore, a vendor fabricating a sample of the danger it sold protection against. No public evidence shows DiResta directed those tactics, and the distinction should be kept. The structural point survives the distinction. She rose through a firm whose commercial logic was the logic Bigo describes, then carried the toolset into a university lab funded by foundations that wanted the threat watched, staffed by analysts whose careers required its persistence. The techniques of counterterrorism, the actor attribution, the network mapping, the fusion of state and private data, migrated into the civilian information space inside the résumés of the migrants.

Bigo also predicted the form the work would take. The Paris School holds that mature securitization stops announcing itself and settles into routine, into software, watchlists, and queues, where the emergency no longer needs declaring because it lives in the workflow. The EIP ticketing system is that settlement. No one stood up in November 2020 and proclaimed an existential threat over each Arizona rumor. An analyst opened a ticket. The form had a field for the claim, a field for the spread, a field for the assessment, and the emergency ran through the form the way water runs through pipe, invisible, procedural, and continuous. A voter in Mesa met the register as a label under a post. He could not see the queue, and the queue could not see him, and Bigo would say that this mutual blindness is what the governmentality of unease looks like from both ends.

Run the counterfactual the frame demands. Imagine DiResta testifying in August 2018 that the Internet Research Agency’s reach concentrated among committed partisans, that its persuasive effect on the election was likely near zero, and that the greater danger lay in overreaction. The testimony might have been closer to what later measurement found. It would also have ended the hearing, the field, the Observatory, and the career, because a threat priced at its measured size funds no apparatus. The selection pressure runs upstream of any individual’s honesty. The field recruited people who found the threat vast because people who found it vast were the ones the field could use, and each of them, sincere, credentialed, and diligent, then produced the assessments that confirmed the recruitment. She has been more careful with numbers than her field’s median, correcting the 22 million figure down to some 4,800 flagged URLs when a hostile author inflated it. The care is real and it operates inside the ratchet, not against it, because the ratchet turns on the size of the mission, not the size of any statistic.

The mission grew the way Bigo says jurisdictions grow. Anti-vaccine networks in 2015. Russian operations in 2018. Election rumors in 2020. Vaccine rumors in 2021. Then AI-generated propaganda, deepfake text, TikTok’s recommendation engine as an instrument of algorithmic control, and the problem of verifying humanness online. Some of the expansion tracks technological change that any honest observer might track. The frame reads the pattern, and the pattern never once contracted. No cycle ended with the finding that the threat had shrunk and the watchers could stand down. Emergencies staffed by professionals do not file reports recommending their own demobilization, and Robert Higgs (b. 1944) built a book, Crisis and Leviathan, on the observation that the apparatus never returns to baseline.

Then came the part of the theory that almost never gets written, because securitizations rarely fail in public. The Copenhagen School holds that the move lives on audience acceptance and dies on its withdrawal. DiResta’s securitization needed three audiences: Congress for legitimacy, platforms for enforcement, and the press for moral cover. Between 2022 and 2024 all three broke. Elon Musk bought the enforcement layer and handed its internal files to writers who ran the securitizing move in reverse. The Twitter Files, the Weaponization subcommittee, and the America First Legal suits declared an existential threat to a rival referent object, free speech, named the anti-disinformation field as the threat, and licensed their own extraordinary measures, subpoenas that swept in undergraduates, discovery aimed at researchers, legal costs designed to price the work out of existence. Note what this was not. Wæver’s desecuritization returns an issue to ordinary politics, where people argue and vote. Nothing returned to ordinary politics. The information domain stayed in the emergency register and changed hands. The field that had processed rumors got processed as one, by the same grammar, before a new audience, with a new priesthood standing beside its own poster boards. Jim Jordan (b. 1964) announcing that free speech had won again is a securitizing actor closing a successful operation, and the symmetry is the finding, not an irony to savor.

Score the frame where it strains, because a frame that explains everything explains nothing. Securitization theory cannot say whether the threat was real, and parts of it were: the Internet Research Agency existed, rumor-to-violence pipelines kill people in India and Myanmar, and coordinated harassment destroys lives, including hers. The theory reads the register, not the facts filed in it. The Pentagon report strains the Bigo portrait, since her team exposed covert American influence operations at no funding advantage and some cost, conduct an unease manager might have skipped, though a defender of the frame can answer that policing all intruders, including one’s own state, enlarges jurisdiction too. And her conduct after the collapse runs against the ratchet. The program in Invisible Rulers, changed defaults, user control over feeds, friction applied to all claims alike, transparency that outsiders can audit, moves the domain’s governance out of the emergency register and into design politics, visible, contestable, and slow. Whether she has read Wæver or not, the program is desecuritization by his definition, offered by the person the register consumed. It asks less deference than the ticketing queue asked and it surrenders the priesthood’s monopoly on the thermometers.

The offer has no takers yet. Her old coalition wants the emergency back, staffed and funded. Her new enemies have an emergency of their own and no reason to close it. Both camps now hold watchtowers, and the theory’s last lesson is the earliest one Wæver taught: the emergency register is easy to enter and hard to leave, because everyone who enters it acquires a post, and the post comes with a view of every threat except the register. In room SH-216 a witness told the senators the danger would define a generation. Eight years on, the sentence holds, though not as she meant it. What defined the generation was not the manipulation. It was the emergency declared over it, the professions chartered to manage it, and the discovery, made twice from opposite directions, that a society which governs its speech from the emergency register will be governed by whoever holds the register that year.

The Oldest Law: Renée DiResta and Folk Deterrence

In April 2023, the House Select Subcommittee on the Weaponization of the Federal Government subpoenaed Stanford University’s documents on the Election Integrity Partnership. The demands swept in the names of students, undergraduates among them, who had worked shifts logging election rumors during their junior year. The subcommittee never published a refutation of the partnership’s findings. It did not need one. The students’ names in a congressional docket did the work a refutation cannot do. Every graduate student in America weighing a career in this field read the docket and understood the terms. So did every provost. By June 2024 Stanford had let Renée DiResta’s contract lapse, the partnership had announced it would work no future election, and the field had lost its flagship at the richest university on earth without a single finding being overturned.

The internet has a name for this. FAFO, fuck around and find out, the phrase that turns up on gun-range t-shirts, in police-blotter comment sections, and in every schoolyard that ever existed. It reads as a joke and functions as jurisprudence. FAFO holds that conduct carries prices, that the prices get set by the offended rather than by referees, and that the collection teaches the audience more than any argument. It is folk deterrence theory, and it descends from the oldest written law there is. The Code of Hammurabi and the lex talionis of Exodus did not invent retaliation. They found it running and tried to cap it, an eye for an eye as a ceiling on the exchange rate, because the feud predates the court by longer than the court likes to remember.

The formal literature caught up in the twentieth century. Thomas Schelling (1921-2016) separated the power to hurt from the power to win in Arms and Influence and argued that hurting is bargaining, a language spoken to audiences rather than targets. Donald Black (1941-2024), in “Crime as Social Control,” showed that most of what states prosecute as crime is self-help justice, punishment executed by people who believe no referee will hear their case. Robert Axelrod (b. 1943) ran the tournaments in The Evolution of Cooperation and found that tit-for-tat, retaliate once, then match the other side’s last move, beats both saintliness and savagery, provided the players can see each other’s moves and expect to meet again. Read together, the three supply the grammar of FAFO: deterrence prices conduct instead of judging it, the addressee is the crowd rather than the culprit, and the system stabilizes only when signals are legible and the game repeats.

Run DiResta’s decade through that grammar and the disinformation wars stop looking like a dispute about truth. They look like a feud between coalitions, each running a deterrence campaign dressed as an epistemics campaign, each experiencing its own campaign as hygiene and the rival’s as terror.

Her coalition struck first, and the frame requires saying so without flinching. Consider what content moderation does, as conduct rather than as doctrine. A takedown removes one post from one feed. Its effect on the poster’s beliefs runs somewhere near zero, and its effect on the audience is the point. A takedown teaches every observer what gets a man removed. A label prices a class of claims. A deplatforming prices a career. The Election Integrity Partnership’s ticketing queue, whatever its analysts intended, operated as a pricing bureau: this rumor drew a flag, that account drew a strike, and the platform’s enforcement published the tariff schedule to everyone watching. The Virality Project went further in 2021 and advised platforms that true stories of vaccine side effects deserved attention, which drew a red line across a class of speech that included accurate speech. Deterrence campaigns do that. They price by category, since categories teach faster than cases. Half the country read the line as drawn across its own mouth, and in deterrence the reading is the reality, because deterrence lives in the audience’s head or nowhere.

The coalition did not experience any of this as a strike. It experienced it as public health, which is how first movers in feuds always experience their opening, and the sincerity changes nothing about the signal received. From 2017 through 2021 the deplatformings ran in one political direction often enough that the target population stopped parsing individual cases and priced the pattern. By the folk law’s logic, a coalition that governs a rival’s speech while calling the governance neutral has fucked around. The finding out took five years to arrive because the aggrieved coalition believed the referees were captured. Here Black’s essay earns its place in the essay. Self-help justice arises where law is unavailable, and the right’s information wing surveyed the referees, courts that move in years, universities that housed the flaggers, platforms whose trust-and-safety desks trained under the flaggers, a press that cited them, and concluded that no tribunal it trusted would hear the case. So it built its own tribunal, outside all of them.

The counterstrike arrived in the structure Black predicts, a trial conducted through channels the plaintiff controls. Elon Musk bought the evidence room in October 2022 and handed the files to writers. The Twitter Files were discovery. The hearings of Jim Jordan were prosecution. The America First Legal suits of Stephen Miller , naming Renée DiResta, Alex Stamos, and Kate Starbird and surviving into discovery in a Louisiana federal court in December 2024, were the civil docket. The harassment was the sentence, executed by the crowd, as folk sentences are. And through the entire proceeding, the merits sat untouched. Matt Taibbi and Michael Shellenberger never overturned the Internet Research Agency attribution. The subcommittee, holding every ticket under subpoena, never showed the 2020 flags were wrong. Deterrence does not argue. It prices, and the price list ran: millions in legal fees, security consultations for a mother of three, undergraduate names in dockets, a research center wound down, a field’s hiring pipeline poisoned at the source. Murthy v. Missouri failed at the Supreme Court in June 2024 and the failure cost the campaign nothing, because the campaign’s court was never in Washington. General deterrence had already succeeded. Ask the provosts.

The frame explains the feature of the episode that the legitimacy frames explain worst, the disproportion. DiResta flagged tweets and absorbed a sentence sized for a regime. Folk deterrence works that way by design. It punishes faces rather than culpability, because the audience learns from faces, and she was the face on the poster board, the witness from the Senate hearing, the researcher with the Agency summers that made the story write its own villain. Schelling taught that effective threats leave something to chance and that excess signals resolve. A proportionate response, a stern op-ed answering her op-eds, teaches nothing. A response that wrecks a career for conduct a court never adjudicated teaches every onlooker that the coalition’s lines cost more to cross than anyone can pay. The cruelty was the syllabus.

Now run the exchange backward once more, because tit-for-tat has no first round that both players accept. Ask her coalition when the feud began and it answers 2016, with a foreign operation and a flood of lies that licensed emergency measures. Ask the rival coalition and it answers earlier, with a decade of institutional capture that made the emergency measures possible, and behind that another grievance, and behind that another. Feuds have no agreed opening. Each side holds a ledger on which its own last strike appears as retaliation and the rival’s appears as aggression, and the ledgers never reconcile because reconciling them is the sovereign’s job and the sovereign is missing. This is the condition lex talionis was written for. An eye for an eye reads as savage until you see what it replaced, which was a head for an eye, a clan for a head. The code capped the exchange rate because someone with authority over both parties existed to cap it. The information wars run uncapped. No institution holds authority over both coalitions, the courts declined the case on standing, and each camp reads every cap proposal as the rival’s attempt to freeze the feud at a favorable line.

The current equilibrium looks like what deterrence theorists call mutual deterrence and feud scholars call exhaustion. Her coalition’s enforcement apparatus is dismantled or in retreat. Meta ended third-party fact-checking in January 2025, X runs on community notes, the partnerships are dissolved, and researchers have exited the field or rebranded their work. The rival coalition’s campaign wound down for lack of targets. Both sides now patrol a demilitarized information zone where almost nobody flags anything, which the right calls freedom and the left calls abandonment and Axelrod might call a fragile truce. His tournaments carry a warning for this one. Tit-for-tat stabilizes when moves are visible and the players expect repeated rounds. The information feud runs on murky attribution, anonymous mobs, and asymmetric visibility, and under those conditions tit-for-tat degrades into vendetta, since each side punishes its estimate of the other’s move rather than the move. The next round is loaded whenever an administration changes and the enforcement machinery changes hands. Both camps prefer the feud to the code because each expects to win the next round, and that expectation is the engine feuds run on for generations.

DiResta’s own conduct since the sentence reads, through this frame, as an attempt to move her disputes back under referees, which is what a party does when self-help has priced her out. The fight with Jacob Siegel over his book ran through corrections requests to publications, editor by editor, with documents. One outlet corrected, one did nothing, one pulled a review. Measured tit-for-tat, proportionate, addressed to institutions that still hold a shred of authority over both parties. Her Substack register tells the other half of the story. The combat subtitles, the profanity, the promise to break down every smear, are counter-deterrence signaling, a target advertising that she is expensive to attack, that every innuendo draws a documented reply. A woman who absorbed a folk sentence has learned the folk law, and her current posture, referee where possible, retaliation where necessary, is what the literature says a rational player does in a system with weak courts. The register costs her. She predicted her enemies might cast her as unhinged and then handed them quotes for the casting, which is the known tax on deterrence talk: credible threats require heat, and heat photographs badly.

Score the frame where it strains. FAFO assumes a transgression, and the transgression is the disputed question. The frame reads the punishment and stays agnostic on the crime, which means it cannot say whether the EIP’s flags were right, whether the IRA report was sound, or whether the Virality Project’s advice was defensible under emergency conditions. Those questions belong to other tribunals, and this frame’s finding is that no tribunal both sides accept has heard them, or will. The frame also fits the field better than it fits her margins. Her team’s Pentagon report exposed covert American influence operations, a strike against her own coalition’s security wing, and feud actors do not strike their own patrons. The report is evidence that a researcher lived inside the operative, and the frame, honest, records the evidence against its own reading. And the frame cannot price truth at all, which is its limit and its lesson. A deterrence system settles who may speak at what cost. It never settles what is so. Societies invented courts, journals, and juries because the feud answers the first question while starving the second, and a country that lets its information disputes run on folk law will get what folk law delivers, order of a kind, priced in faces, with the truth left standing outside the tribunal, uncalled.

The oldest law is old because it works and older than the code because it needs no one’s permission. DiResta spent a decade inside institutions that believed they had replaced it, universities, platforms, committees, partnerships, all of them staffed by people who thought the exchange of consequences had been civilized into procedure. The feud came through the procedure like water through a fence. Her field fucked around in the currency of flags and found out in the currency of subpoenas, and the finding out taught the watching country nothing about Russian bots, vaccine rumors, or stolen elections. It taught the price of standing between Americans and their speech, posted where every provost could read it, which was the message, which was always the message, because deterrence has only ever had one.

The Voice

Her voice phases track her institutional position.
The early voice, 2015 to 2019, is the swashbuckler. Read “The Digital Maginot Line,” the 2018 Ribbonfarm essay, and you find war metaphor run to the horizon: an Information World War, combatants, theaters, arsenals. She writes “we are immersed in an evolving, ongoing conflict” and means it. The register is apocalyptic briefing, a threat analyst who has seen the future and needs the room to wake up. This is also her coinage period. She mints phrases built for citation: asymmetry of passion, ampliganda, the 2018 Wired formulation that free speech is not free reach. The coinages share a design, compact, chiasmic, brandable, the work of someone who studied how phrases travel before she wrote any. A trader learns that the market buys the crisp formulation, and she prices her language accordingly.
The middle voice, the Stanford years, is bureaucratic natsec. The reports speak of actors, operations, narratives, inauthentic coordinated behavior, tradecraft. Passive constructions, hedged attributions, numbered findings. The diction did political work she may not have priced: she sounded like Langley because the field borrowed Langley’s lexicon wholesale, and when her enemies later needed a spook, the transcripts read like depositions from one. The vocabulary that gave her authority with senators became evidence against her with everyone who distrusts senators.
The current voice, post-fall, is the most alive and the least disciplined. The Atlantic essays run controlled irony over a wound: she narrates her own destruction in her professional vocabulary, the rumor cascade, the main character, the fantasy-industrial complex, which is a counter-coinage riffing on her accusers’ censorship-industrial complex, itself riffing on Eisenhower. Her Substack drops the control. Bullshit in the masthead, lie-machine exposé in a subtitle, crazy bitch shit in the text. She knows the price of the register, predicts in the same piece that she will be cast as unhinged, and pays anyway, because Substack pays combat and because a woman who absorbed what she absorbed has earned some heat and knows her audience agrees.
Across all three phases, constants. She argues from numbers first: 0.6 percent of accounts producing a quarter of the content, 4,800 URLs against the claimed 22 million. Quantity is her ethos, the trader’s tell, precision offered as credentials. Her root metaphor is epidemiological: virality, superspreaders, inoculation, pre-bunking, information as contagion. The metaphor smuggles in its politics, since contagion implies a public health authority, quarantine powers, and patients who cannot consent, and half her troubles trace to readers who understood the implication before she conceded it. Her second metaphor field is infrastructure: pipelines, channels, amplification, friction, defaults, design. She talks about speech the way an engineer talks about water systems, and the talk carries the same assumption, that someone competent should be maintaining the pipes.
She is a taxonomist. Two-axis frameworks, overt against covert, broadcast against social, typologies of actor and channel. She fights over definitions the way lawyers fight over jurisdiction, moderation is not censorship, misinformation differs from disinformation differs from malinformation, because whoever holds the definitions holds the field. Her concessions come first and function as armor: legitimate questions exist about researcher-platform contact, and then the pivot. In speech she is fast, fluent, paragraph-length, low on hedges, with the podcast softeners, sort of, right?, riding on top of sentences that were never soft. She anticipates objections and answers them before the interviewer finishes, a habit from adversarial rooms that reads as brilliance to allies and as slipperiness to enemies.
What the voice avoids tells as much. Almost no moral vocabulary: harmful, corrosive, and manipulative where another writer might say wrong or evil. System-talk where a preacher might use sin-talk. Almost nothing confessional; the one personal anchor she returns to is maternal, the preschool data, the mom of three, and she deploys it with discipline, the sole warm object in a cold lexicon. Her self-descriptions compress to deadpan, Twitter Files bête noire, four words carrying two years of subpoenas, and the compression is the style: irony as load-bearing wall, the analyst refusing her enemies the satisfaction of a visible bruise.
The costs. The wonk density stacks abstraction on abstraction until only the guild can follow. The contagion metaphor concedes her critics’ case in her own imagery. The natsec diction feeds the spook story. The irony reads as condescension to everyone outside the room. And the analyst persona has no off switch: she processes her own persecution with the same instruments she ran on troll farms, which produces superb essays and suggests a woman who can no longer encounter anything, including her own suffering, except as a case study. The prose never breaks. Whether that is strength or armor grown into the skin, the prose declines to say.

Posted in Censorship | Comments Off on Renee DiResta and the Information Wars

Brandy Zadrozny: The Librarian Who Went to War

On the morning of December 17, 2020, a nurse named Tiffany Dover stands at a podium in Chattanooga, Tennessee. She manages the COVID unit at CHI Memorial Hospital and she has just received one of the first vaccine doses in America, live, on camera, in front of local reporters. She takes questions. Then she stops. She says she feels dizzy. She apologizes. She faints into the arms of the doctors behind her, and the local news cameras turn away. Twenty minutes later she is back at the podium saying she feels fine, that fainting happens to her when she feels pain. It does not matter. In the twenty minutes she was off camera, strangers around the world decided she was dead.

Six hundred miles north, in Brooklyn, Brandy Zadrozny (b. 1980) is watching livestreams of medical workers getting their shots. This is her job. She calls the method deep hanging out, borrowing the phrase Clifford Geertz (1926-2006) used for anthropological immersion, and what she immerses in are the anti-vaccine groups, the far-right channels, the conspiracy forums. She waits for something to happen. Now something happens. The clip of the fainting nurse moves through the channels she monitors, gathering claims as it goes. Dover is dead. The hospital is covering it up. The woman in later photos is a body double. The list of conspirators grows to include the drug companies, the media, and the Pope. Zadrozny watches a theory get born in real time, and she cannot let it go. The obsession will consume the next two and a half years of her working life and produce the podcast that defines her career.

To understand why this reporter, of all the reporters in New York, chased a fainting nurse to the hills of northern Alabama, you have to start at a reference desk.

Zadrozny did not train as a journalist. She tended bar. She taught middle school English. From 2003 to 2007 she worked as a teacher-librarian for the New York City Board of Education, and she earned a master’s degree in library and information science from Pratt Institute in Brooklyn. She worked the news library at ABC News. For a stretch she lived in Vermont, baked pies, skied cross-country, worked the Burlington Public Library and the reference desk at Champlain College. She has said her mission never changed from those days: inform a public hungry for answers. At the reference desk the question was the capital of Montana. Later the question became the identity of the anonymous account the president retweeted that morning.

In December 2011 she took a job in the research department at Fox News, the unit the network calls the Brain Room. It sits apart from the opinion shows, staffed in those years with doctors, lawyers, a former SEC man, subject specialists. She has described its internal mandate as an order to “kill BS stories,” and has called it the most depressing job she ever had. The Brain Room fielded questions from producers across the building, and the questions mapped the building’s range. Shep Smith’s team wanted witnesses and user-generated content when news broke. A Fox and Friends producer once asked her whether dolphins rape people. She built briefing books on women’s issues, crime statistics, abortion. She lasted about eighteen months, and when she left in May 2013, she left money on the table. She has said she “took a huge pay cut to be a baby reporter” at The Daily Beast, a woman in her thirties with a graduate degree starting at the bottom.

The bottom at The Daily Beast was the Cheat Sheet, the site’s aggregation column. One hundred words or fewer per item. A lede, a kicker, the right voice, real editing sessions. It taught her compression the way the reference desk had taught her retrieval. She rose to researcher and then reporter, covering social issues, science, and crime, and she became the person other reporters came to when they needed a court record, a domain history, an archived page, a person who did not want to be found. She showed the newsroom how to set domain-name notifications, a trick that produced the site’s scoop on the crude internet domains that Felix Sater, the Trump associate and convicted mobster, registered against his enemies. She dug bankruptcy filings out of court records to show how chronic illness pushed Dan Scavino, Trump’s social media director, into insolvency. Ben Collins, her frequent reporting partner in those years, later said she was “the crown jewel of any newsroom” she worked in, that she could find what no one else could find and then present it in a way that felt human.

Around 2015 the beat found her. Collins tracked conspiracy theories. She tracked pickup artists and their crimes. Mass shootings came faster, and the two of them started pulling the shooters’ online lives out of the wreckage of deleted profiles and archived posts. The work sat in a strange place. Editors treated internet subcultures as a sideshow, juvenile and strange, a technology story at best. Then the sideshow elected a president. Zadrozny has described the shift in one line: suddenly the stupid stuff on the internet, the scary stuff, became mainstream and important. In 2018 NBC News hired her and Collins to cover it full time. Collins called his half the dystopia beat. Hers had no name yet. Disinformation, misinformation, extremism, the internet. The titles kept changing because the institution was still learning what it had bought.

What it had bought was a method. Political reporting in Washington runs on access. You cultivate the operative, the lawyer, the staffer, and you trade. Zadrozny’s reporting runs on records. She treats the internet as a vast and badly indexed public archive, and she works it the way a librarian works a collection: preserve the page before it vanishes, compare the versions, follow the trail from the Telegram channel to the fundraising page to the corporate filing to the courthouse. Her stories do not announce that a false claim exists. They reconstruct its supply chain. Where did it start. Who carried it. Who paid. Who got paid. When she and Collins covered QAnon, they covered it as a movement with influencers, revenue streams, victims, and congressional candidates, a participatory religion assembling itself in public, and their reporting became the standard account as the theory moved from message boards toward the Capitol.

The money question separates her from the moralists on the beat. Plenty of coverage treats false belief as a fever or a character defect. Zadrozny asks who benefits. Her reporting on the anti-vaccine movement traced an industry: the supplement lines, the donation streams, the legal defense funds, the nonprofits, figures like Robert F. Kennedy Jr. (b. 1954) and Del Bigtree converting distrust into audience and audience into revenue. The frame makes disinformation legible as an economy rather than a fog, and it holds up whether the seller is a Telegram hustler or a cabinet secretary. By 2025 she was reporting on Kennedy’s health department hiring anti-vaccine activists as senior advisers, and on a measles outbreak burning through a small Texas community where the skepticism she had covered for years had settled in.

The work has a price, and in October 2020 she paid it on national television. Tucker Carlson (b. 1969) gave a segment of his Fox News show to Darren Beattie, a former Trump speechwriter, who accused Zadrozny of digging up personal information about anonymous Trump supporters to ruin their lives. The charge inverted her method and aimed it back at her. She had reported on anonymous accounts that wielded real political influence or organized harassment, using the same public records she always used. To her critics on the online right, that is doxxing by a powerful media corporation against private citizens who hold the wrong opinions. To her defenders, an anonymous actor who influences elections or directs abuse has forfeited the presumption of privacy, and identifying him is what accountability reporting means. NBC News called the segment a dangerous and dishonest smear. The International Women’s Media Foundation said it produced threats, doxxing, and violence against her. The reporter who covered harassment campaigns became the object of one, run from the building where she once answered producers’ questions. Her old employer had turned its audience on her. She kept the beat.

Consider the same episode from the other side of the screen. A man posts anonymously. He has a job, a family, opinions his employer might punish. A reporter for a national network, backed by lawyers and a corporate security desk, connects his account to his name. Nothing he did was illegal. From his chair, the power runs entirely one way, and the reporter’s talk of accountability sounds like the winner describing the rules. The honest answer to him is a distinction, one Zadrozny’s work depends on: there is a difference between a private citizen speaking under a pseudonym and a hidden operator moving money, organizing abuse, or running influence at scale while claiming a private citizen’s protections. Her strongest stories sit on the far side of that line. The argument over where the line sits will outlast her career.

The Tiffany Dover story became her answer to a different question: what the machine does to a person who never asked to be in it. Dover was not an operator, an influencer, or a candidate. She was a nurse in Higdon, Alabama, who fainted at the wrong moment in front of the wrong audience. Zadrozny pitched the story as a simple debunking. Find the woman, put her on the record, prove the theory a lie. It did not go simply. Dover had gone silent, and to the truthers her silence proved everything. Zadrozny staked out the house and the hospital. She pulled police records, vital records, grave registries. Nothing. She left a note at a house she believed belonged to Dover’s in-laws, and while she refueled at the local pizza place her phone buzzed with a text from an unknown number: whoever wanted the story could have it, but only if they paid the most. The sender turned out to be a nineteen-year-old relative, put up to it, the girl said, by Dover’s mother-in-law. The reporter’s archive of records had run out, and she was down to knocking on doors in Sand Mountain country, a Brooklyn journalist with a rental car and a recorder, watched from porches.

The podcast, Tiffany Dover Is Dead*, ran in 2022 and ended in what she considered failure. She never got the interview. The truthers celebrated. An NBC News reporter could not produce one nurse from Chattanooga, and to them the asterisk in the title flipped its meaning. She had made it worse, she said later, and she meant it. Then, nine months after the finale, she woke to a text: “While I did not die that day, the life I knew did.” It was signed Tiffany Dover. Zadrozny drove back to Alabama. This time she was invited. A white two-story house, big windows, horses in the front yard, Dover on the porch. They had dinner off the record first, and the next day Dover sat for the interview and described what it costs an ordinary woman when strangers decide her life is evidence. When they finally met, Zadrozny cried. The special episode aired in 2023. The podcast drew more than a million downloads, a Webby honor, an audience far past the disinformation beat. The truthers who had promised to recant if Dover ever appeared did not recant. Zadrozny went back to them anyway and recorded what accountability sounds like when it fails.

Between the seasons she spent 2021 and 2022 as a research fellow at Harvard’s Shorenstein Center, in its Technology and Social Change Project, part of the academic apparatus then assembling around her beat. The fellowship marked something about the field. Ten years earlier, no serious center studied viral rumor networks. Now the reporter who learned the trade in the Fox basement was affiliated with Harvard, teaching digital investigation alongside researchers, cited in the scholarship. The beat had become a discipline, with the institutional blessings and institutional enemies a discipline attracts.

In July 2025 the institutions rearranged themselves around her again. Comcast spun its cable networks into a new company called Versant, and MSNBC, which had leaned on NBC News reporters since 1996, had to build a newsroom of its own. Zadrozny was among its first and most prominent hires, a senior enterprise reporter based in New York, covering the internet, politics, technology, and extremism. Fast Company treated the hire as a signal of what the new operation valued. In November 2025 the network renamed itself MS NOW and spent twenty million dollars telling viewers the mission had not changed. A political news channel building itself from scratch decided that a reporter of conspiracy economies and online radicalization was core infrastructure, not a specialist to borrow during election years. Twenty years ago the equivalent hire was a White House correspondent. Her recent bylines show the beat’s reach: a Russian influence operation called Storm-1516 laundering faked documents through international outlets toward American audiences, the anti-vaccine movement operating from inside the federal health department, the Epstein emails and the conspiracy communities they fed.

She lives in Brooklyn with her husband Gregory, who works in advertising, stays off the internet, and does not understand what fills her day, an arrangement she recommends. They married on April 25, 2008, and have three children. She plays the ukulele, badly and recently, by her own account. On November 1, 2025, she ran the New York City Marathon in five hours, twenty-seven minutes and fifty-three seconds. The details read like a life built against the material. The beat requires immersion in spaces organized around violent fantasy, and it makes the reporter a permanent target. Her press profile lists a Signal handle before an email address. Compartmentalization, she has said, keeps her sane, and she says it like a woman who has tested the alternative.

Her significance is easiest to state as a before and after. Before roughly 2016, American newsrooms treated the internet’s fringe as a feature-desk curiosity and treated research staff as support. Zadrozny’s career joined the two corrections. The fringe turned out to be a manufacturing sector for mainstream politics, and the librarian’s craft, preserve the record, follow the trail, check the source against the archive, turned out to be the right tool for covering it. She helped build a reporting specialty where technology, public health, extremism, and electoral politics meet, and the specialty now hires, trains, wins Emmys, and draws congressional subpoenas of its critics and defenders alike. Whether the beat constitutes journalism’s necessary adaptation or its capture by one political coalition’s threat perception remains the live fight around her work, and she stands nearer the center of that fight than any reporter of her generation. What is not in dispute is the method. Much of public life now runs through systems built to erase their own tracks. She keeps the tracks.

Notes

Career history, library positions, birth date, and the Tucker Carlson episode are documented at Wikipedia.

The Brain Room, the question about dolphins, the decision to take a pay cut, her work at The Cheat Sheet, the partnership with Ben Collins, and her description of internet reporting as becoming “mainstream and important” come from the Nieman Lab interview and the original *Very Fine Day* interview: Nieman Lab and Very Fine Day.

The phrases “kill BS stories” and “most depressing job” come from Zadrozny’s own post on X: X.

The Vermont background, pies, Pratt Library, Sater domains, the Anthony Scaramucci bankruptcy story, Ben Collins’s description of her as the newsroom’s “crown jewel,” and the discussion of her reference-desk approach to reporting come from Poynter.

The Tucker Carlson and Darren Beattie segment, together with NBC News’s public response, are documented by Variety.

The Tiffany Dover fainting scene, the stakeouts, public-records searches, the text message from the pizza restaurant, and the interview with Dover’s nineteen-year-old relative are documented in the podcast episode descriptions: Apple Podcasts and Spotify.

The quotation beginning “While I did not die that day,” together with the porch interview, the horses, and the off-the-record dinner, comes from NBC News’s transcript of the special episode: NBC News.

The discussion of “deep hanging out,” drawing on Clifford Geertz, the podcast’s 1.4 million downloads, the Webby Award, Zadrozny’s account of crying after the meeting, and her conclusion that she had “made it worse” come from Forbes.

Her comments about her husband staying offline, her ukulele playing, and her strategy of compartmentalization come from Ethan Zuckerman’s interview: Public Infrastructure.

Her move to MSNBC in July 2025, Emmy and Webby recognition, and the broader Versant restructuring are discussed in Fast Company. Information on the MS NOW rebrand and the reported $20 million promotional campaign appears at Wikipedia. Her marathon time is also documented at Wikipedia. Coverage of Storm-1516 and the Jeffrey Epstein email story is reflected in her Muck Rack profile and LinkedIn page.

I added a few pieces of self-evident background without separate citation. These include describing The Cheat Sheet as training in compressing complex stories, portraying the Brain Room as physically and culturally separate from opinion programming, identifying Sand Mountain as the setting for Mike Higdon’s reporting, evoking the feeling of being watched from front porches during field reporting, and framing the conclusion as a before-and-after narrative. Those elements are my synthesis rather than claims made by the sources.

The Footnote Against Death: Brandy Zadrozny’s Hero System

Two terrors run under Brandy Zadrozny’s working life. The first is deletion. The page comes down, the account renames, the archive gaps, and the lie stands alone in the record because the correction left no trace. She spent years behind reference desks learning that a fact unrecorded is a fact that never happened, and the internet taught her the harder lesson, that a fact recorded can still be made to disappear. The second terror is inversion. She corrects the lie and the correction feeds it. She proves the nurse alive and the proof convinces the believers the nurse is dead. She names the hidden operator and becomes, in his story and the stories of millions watching, the villain with the network behind her. The first terror says her work can vanish. The second says her work can turn in her hand.

Ernest Becker (1924-1974) argues that a man cannot live with the knowledge of his own death, so every culture builds him an arena where he can earn a significance that outlasts him. The arena assigns the parts. It tells him what counts as courage, what counts as treason, which acts inscribe his name and which erase it. Becker calls this the hero system, and he insists the systems are plural and warring. One man’s martyr is the next man’s suicide. The fight over what a life means is a fight between immortality projects, and it admits no neutral referee.

Zadrozny’s project is the record. Strip away the Emmy, the Webby, the Harvard fellowship, the founding-hire status at a rebuilt network, the marathon medal, and what remains is a librarian who believes the preserved page is the one thing death cannot cross-examine. Her heaven has a call number. The heroic act, in her system, is retrieval and preservation performed against erasure: screenshot the post before it comes down, pull the court file before it seals, save the domain registration, log the deleted video, and place each item where a future reader can find it. Persuasion is welcome but optional. The believers do not have to believe her. The record has to hold. She titles her podcast Tiffany Dover Is Dead* and the asterisk carries her creed in one typographic mark. The lie gets the headline. The truth gets the footnote. She stakes her working life on the footnote outlasting the headline, which is the librarian’s wager on immortality, that the catalog wins in the end because the catalog is still there when the shouting stops.

She tells her own story as a subtraction story, and it is a good one. She subtracts the bartender’s apron, the middle-school classroom, the Fox News salary. The Brain Room pays well and asks little, and one day a Fox and Friends producer sends down a question about whether dolphins rape people, and the question tells her what her knowledge is for in that building. So she takes the pay cut, a woman past thirty with a graduate degree writing hundred-word aggregation items, and she calls herself a baby reporter, and the self-mockery does the work self-mockery always does in a subtraction story. It says: I gave up money and standing and kept only the mission. The account is true as far as it goes. What it omits is what the new arena gave her that the library never could. A library has patrons. A beat has enemies. The reference desk offers service without stakes, an afterlife of quiet usefulness, the immortality of the helpful. The disinformation beat offers war. It puts her name on the wall of a movement, gets her denounced on the highest-rated show in cable news, sends threats into her home, and confirms, nightly, that her work strikes bone. Becker would recognize the trade. The hero needs resistance the way the record needs a reader. A woman who wanted only to preserve pages could have stayed in Vermont and baked pies. She wanted the pages to count, and pages count where they are contested.

Take her sacred values one at a time and walk them through the rival arenas, because each value changes meaning at every border crossing, and the changes map the war she is in.

Start with the record. For Zadrozny the record is evidence, the incorruptible witness, the thing you preserve so that power cannot lie about what it did. A Mormon genealogist in a Utah family history center holds the same word and means salvation. His record redeems the dead; a name recovered from a parish register is a soul offered the ordinances, and the archive is a rescue operation running backward through time. A former East German dissident reading his own Stasi file means a wound kept open on purpose. His record proves what the state did to him, and preserving it is how a nation forbids itself to forget. A QAnon researcher, and Zadrozny has sat with many, means prophecy. He archives the drops with a devotion any librarian might admire, timestamps them, cross-references them, because to him the record is scripture awaiting fulfillment, and when the storm comes the archive will vindicate the faithful. A sofer bent over a Torah scroll means holiness under a standard so strict that one broken letter voids the scroll. His record is perfect or it is nothing, and no update, no correction, no editor’s note can touch it. Five keepers, five immortalities. Zadrozny’s version has a quality the others lack and pays for it. Her record accuses. It exists to catch someone. The genealogist’s record embraces, the sofer’s record sanctifies, the dissident’s record mourns, the QAnon baker’s record promises. Hers indicts, and a life spent building indictments takes its appearance from the defendants.

Now take exposure, the value that put her on Tucker Carlson’s screen in October 2020. In her arena, exposure is accountability. A hidden actor who moves money, organizes harassment, or runs influence at scale has forfeited the mask, and naming him is the whole point of the craft, the moment the record stands up in court. Cross the border and the word turns. A parish priest hears exposure and thinks of the confessional, where a man exposes everything and the seal guarantees the exposure travels no further than God. Exposure heals there because it stays secret; broadcast it and you have desecration. An Alabama church lady, of the kind who watched Zadrozny’s rental car pass on the road to Higdon, practices exposure as governance. The town runs on knowing, on who saw whose truck outside whose house, and the knowledge stays inside the town, enforcement without newspapers. A witness protection marshal holds the inverse office. His sacred duty is concealment; every exposure is a killing he failed to prevent, and a reporter who unmasks people reads to him as a man playing with ordnance. And the anonymous poster, the man Darren Beattie stood up to defend, holds exposure as the weapon the strong use on the weak. His mask is the old mask of carnival, the one that let the peasant mock the bishop one day a year without hanging for it. From his chair, a network reporter with a security desk and a legal department stripping masks off ordinary men is the bishop tearing off the peasant’s mask and calling it accountability. Zadrozny’s answer is a line she draws between the private speaker and the hidden operator, and her best work lives on the defensible side of it. But Becker would note that the line is drawn inside her arena, with her arena’s chalk. The other arenas do not recognize the referee.

The tribalist watching all this from his own hero system, and this writer names his own here, tribalist, nationalist, traditionalist, has a quarrel with her that runs deeper than the doxxing fight. He shares her reverence for the record. His shelves hold chronicles, genealogies, responsa, the names of the dead read aloud on the anniversary, a scroll checked letter by letter for a thousand years. No one out-archives the tribe. His quarrel concerns jurisdiction. In his arena the record serves the continuity of a people, and exposure follows the law of inside and outside. Correct your brother within the walls, with love, in the language of the house. Hand him to the outside press and you have not performed accountability, you have informed, and the tradition has a word for the informer and no honors for him. Zadrozny’s arena recognizes no walls. Her public is everyone, her jurisdiction is the species, and a militia captain in Michigan, an anti-vaccine mother in Tennessee, and a troll-farm supervisor in St. Petersburg all stand equal before the record. The tribalist sees in that universalism the acid that eats peoples. She might answer that his walls are where the bodies get buried, that loyalty without exposure rots into cover-up, and he might answer that exposure without loyalty rots into a career, and both speak from arenas that bury their dead with honor and mean different things by honor. The exchange has no winner because Becker is right about the referee.

Her third sacred value is the public, and it is the tenderest one because it might be a memory. At the reference desk the public had a face. A patron walks in, hungry for an answer, and you feed him, and the transaction completes in front of you. She has said her mission never changed, that the question used to be the capital of Montana and became the identity of the account the president retweeted. The sentence moves a librarian’s faith onto a national stage and assumes the patron scaled up with the question, an American public that wants the answer and will use it. Rival arenas hold the same word and laugh. The advertising man means by the public a herd to be moved, and he moved on from truth decades before she was born. The populist means the people, virtuous and betrayed, and in his story she belongs to the manor, an employee of the conglomerate class explaining to the people which of their beliefs are diseased. The Talmudist barely uses the word; he knows a covenant community with obligations running person to person, and the undifferentiated public strikes him as a crowd, and crowds build calves of gold. And somewhere in a exurban kitchen a woman scrolls past the fact-check without slowing, not hostile, just gone, and she is the rival no segment ever names. Zadrozny has met the terror behind this value and said it out loud. The idea that the work changes anything, she told an interviewer, she has given up on. Read that admission slowly, because within her hero system it should be fatal. The exposure fails to shame, the debunking fails to convince, the patron never comes to the desk. A missionary who stops believing in conversion usually leaves the mission. She stayed, and the staying reveals the deeper architecture of her project. The public was the transference object, the audience in whose eyes the heroism counted. When the public failed to hold the weight, she transferred the weight to the record. The work no longer needs the reader to succeed. The archive absorbs the heroism whole. Even if no one changes, the true account exists, findable, timestamped, and that existence is the victory. It is the librarian’s immortality, salvation by catalog, and it explains how she works a beat built on futility without breaking. She is not losing the argument. She is building the collection.

How much of this does she see? More than most subjects of this series. She jokes about the beat as the depressing internet, calls her Fox years the most depressing job she ever had, recommends her marriage to a man who stays offline as a survival arrangement, and confesses that the Dover project made things worse before it made anything better. The self-awareness runs right up to the edge of the system and stops, as Becker says it must, because no one audits his own immortality project while standing on it. She can see that debunking often backfires. She has not, in public, followed the thought to its next station, that the disinformation beat as an institution might function less as a correction of the information supply and more as a hero system for a class, a way for credentialed knowledge workers to hold the line of their own significance while their gatekeeping power drains away. Her method is better than her beat. The method, follow the money, name the operator, preserve the page, produces findings a reader from any arena can use. The beat, as a category, decides in advance which arenas produce disinformation and which produce context, and that decision is coalition work wearing a lab coat. She is the strongest version of the practice, which is what makes her the right subject for the question the practice avoids.

The Dover story earns its place at the center of her legend because it is the one where her hero system met a woman who had no arena at all. Tiffany Dover never volunteered for anyone’s war. She fainted on a livestream, twenty minutes of lost footage became an empty tomb, and rival hero systems fought over her body while she raised her kids in Higdon and stayed silent. The truthers needed her dead; she was their proof, their first relic. Zadrozny needed her alive and on the record; she was the correction that might hold. Between the two armies stood a nurse who wanted her life back and found that in the attention economy silence reads as confession. When Dover finally texted, the line she chose could serve as the epigraph for the whole beat: she did not die that day, but the life she knew did. Zadrozny cried when they met, and the tears deserve a close reading. Some part was relief, some part vindication. And some part, on the evidence of her own words about making it worse, was recognition of what her arena had extracted from a bystander to complete its ritual. The record got its interview. The archive gained its proof. The truthers did not recant, which she also recorded, an honest keeper logging her own defeat into the collection.

The hero, then, is the keeper who outlasts, the woman who quit persuading the living and started briefing the future, whose courage consists of sitting for years inside other people’s violent fantasies and filing what she finds where death and deletion cannot reach it. The rival she never names is the indifferent reader, the patron who no longer comes, the public whose absence she has already conceded in one unguarded sentence and must keep unconceded every working day, because a record no one consults is a tomb with excellent metadata. And the cost the ledger cannot price is the reading she can no longer do. A woman who spends twenty years learning to see every page as either evidence or forgery loses the page as a place to live. Her husband keeps a house with no internet in it, her children grow up with a mother whose name strangers spit, and somewhere behind the Signal handle and the security protocols there is a reference librarian in Vermont with flour on her hands, the version of her that answered questions for people who wanted answers, and no archive, however well she keeps it, returns that woman her innocence about what a question is for.

The Reference Desk Goes to War: Brandy Zadrozny Through Pierre Bourdieu

The research department at Fox News sits away from the studios, and in 2012 it holds doctors, lawyers, a retired SEC man, subject specialists, and a librarian named Brandy Zadrozny who keeps a briefing book on crime statistics and abortion. The network calls the unit the Brain Room. Producers send questions down and the Brain Room sends answers up. One day a producer for the morning show asks whether dolphins rape people. She answers the question, because that is the job, and the question tells her the price of her knowledge in that building. Upstairs, men with law degrees read outrage off teleprompters for seven figures. Downstairs, a woman with a master’s degree from Pratt Institute earns a service salary settling bar bets for the morning show. The building has an exact map of what counts, and she can read a map.

Pierre Bourdieu (1930-2002) builds his sociology on three linked ideas. A field is an arena with its own stakes, its own rules for keeping score, and its own definition of winning, and the score is kept in capital, which comes in kinds: money, credentials, skills, connections, and the recognition of peers, which he calls symbolic capital and treats as the most convertible currency of all. A player carries into each field a habitus, the set of dispositions his history has trained into him, and the fit between habitus and field decides whether he moves like a native or a tourist. Fields change, and when a field revalues its currencies, players holding the newly precious capital rise fast, while players holding the old kind sink without understanding what happened to them. Careers, in this frame, are runs of capital conversion, and the ones that look like luck are usually a conversion executed at the moment the exchange rate turned.

Zadrozny’s career is a capital-conversion story, and the place to start is with what she holds at the beginning, which the market prices near zero. Library science is a feminized credential, low paid, low status, invisible by design. The librarian’s skills are retrieval, verification, preservation, and citation, and through the twentieth century the journalism field treats those skills as support staff work. The news library is a basement function. The researcher gets a thank you and no byline. The field’s honors, the front page, the White House credential, the Pulitzer, flow to access reporting, the cultivation of powerful sources, and the researcher who found the court file that made the story stands outside the frame of the award photo. She enters holding capital the field has already classified as clerical. Bartender, middle school English teacher, teacher-librarian for the New York City Board of Education from 2003 to 2007, the Pratt degree, the ABC News library, a reference desk in Vermont. Every line on the resume reads, in the field’s eyes, as service.

The Fox job shows what a heteronomous field does with autonomous capital. Bourdieu splits every cultural field between two poles. At the autonomous pole, producers play for the respect of peers and the standards internal to the craft, art for art’s sake, science for the referees. At the heteronomous pole, producers play for the external market, ratings, advertisers, political patrons. Fox News in 2012 sits about as far toward the heteronomous pole as a news organization can sit, and yet it maintains, in its basement, a unit whose mandate she later describes as killing false stories. The arrangement is not a contradiction. A market-pole organization rents autonomous-pole capital as insurance, the way a casino keeps accountants. The Brain Room exists so the lawyers can sleep, and its inhabitants hold the field’s skills at the field’s lowest rank. She stays eighteen months and later calls it the most depressing job she ever had, and depression is what habitus feels like when it wakes up in the wrong field.

Then comes the move that Bourdieu built a career explaining. In May 2013 she quits Fox for The Daily Beast, takes what she calls a huge pay cut, and starts, past thirty, at the bottom, writing the Cheat Sheet, aggregation items of one hundred words or fewer. Read as economics, the move is irrational. Read as field strategy, it is the standard entry fee of cultural production, the trade Bourdieu calls the interest in disinterestedness. She swaps economic capital for a position, however low, inside the field proper, where symbolic capital can be earned, because the basement at Fox pays better and consecrates nothing. The Cheat Sheet is her apprenticeship in the field’s craft competencies, the lede, the kicker, the voice, compression under discipline, and it stakes her to the field’s illusio, Bourdieu’s term for the shared conviction that the game is worth playing and its prizes are real. A player without illusio writes memos. A player with it stays until two in the morning to beat a rival to a story about a domain registration, and she does.

Inside the Beast she runs a double game that the field does not yet have a name for. Half her time she works as the newsroom’s researcher, teaching reporters domain-name notifications and court-records tricks, capital transfer performed for free, which builds the social capital of gratitude across the room. The other half she reports, and her stories carry a signature the access reporters cannot fake: the Felix Sater domains, the Dan Scavino bankruptcy files, the excavated online lives of mass shooters. Around 2015 she pairs with Ben Collins, who knows where the internet’s fringe lives, while she knows how to pull its records, and the partnership functions as a merger of complementary capitals. What they are covering, the forums, the conspiracy entrepreneurs, the pseudonymous influencers, holds, by the field’s 2015 exchange rates, almost no value. Internet culture is a features desk curiosity. The capital they are accumulating is, for the moment, worthless.

Then the field revalues. The 2016 election humiliates the journalism field at its own game. The access reporters, holding the field’s blue-chip capital, miss the story, because the story ran through message boards, troll farms, and Facebook groups that no one at the autonomous pole could read. A field in crisis reprices its currencies fast. Digital-forensic skill, archive literacy, fluency in fringe platforms, the librarian’s kit, goes from clerical to scarce in about eighteen months. Poynter profiles her in March 2018 as the librarian-turned-reporter behind a scoop factory, the trade press performing the field’s official act of reclassification. NBC News hires her and Collins that year to cover the new territory full time, and the hire completes the conversion: basement capital exchanged, at the top of the market, for a national byline. Bourdieu notes that the biggest winners in a field transformation are rarely the ones who saw it coming. They are the ones whose habitus happened to match the field’s next state. Her mission, she says, never changed from the reference desk, answer the public’s questions, and the line is habitus speaking: the dispositions stayed constant while the field moved underneath them, and skills trained for patrons turned out to be armament.

What she and Collins do at NBC exceeds position-taking. Bourdieu distinguishes between taking a position that exists and making a position exist, and the second is the rarer and larger play. The disinformation beat is a new position in the field’s space: a desk that treats rumor networks, platform incentives, and conspiracy economies as a permanent subject with its own methods and its own standards of proof. Creating a position means creating its capital, and the beat mints one, a hybrid of records skill, platform fluency, and source work inside closed communities, that the field did not previously recognize and now cannot do without. Every disinformation reporter hired after 2018 occupies space she helped clear, and in field terms that makes her a founder, which is the durable form of symbolic capital, since founders get cited in the origin story every time the position reproduces. The Harvard Shorenstein fellowship in 2021 and 2022 adds the academy’s stamp, an exchange across fields in which the university borrows her currency, practical knowledge of the object, and pays in its own, the consecration that only universities issue. The Emmy and the Webby do the same work from the industry side. The podcast converts the capital once more, into audio, a sub-field with its own prizes, and Tiffany Dover Is Dead* draws more than a million downloads, which converts back into standing at the home desk.

The October 2020 collision with Tucker Carlson reads, in this frame, as a border war between fields over the master stake, the right to define legitimate journalism. Carlson operates at the market pole’s far edge, where the score is audience share and the product is grievance. His guest Darren Beattie accuses Zadrozny of digging up personal information on anonymous Trump supporters to ruin their lives, and the accusation is a classification move: it renames her records method, the core of her capital, as doxxing, an illegitimate practice, and renames the anonymous operators she covers as private citizens, protected persons. If the renaming holds, her capital is counterfeit. NBC answers with a statement praising her research and her rigor, a counter-classification asserting that the autonomous pole’s standards, verification, documentation, accountability, define the legitimate game and that Carlson’s pole practices incitement. Neither side can win on the other’s scoreboard, which is the point. Fields at war do not argue. They classify. And the fight carries a private charge that Bourdieu would savor: she is a defector. She left the market pole’s basement for the autonomous pole’s masthead, her trajectory is a standing insult to the building that priced her at a service salary, and the building’s biggest star turns its audience on her. The threats that follow are what heteronomous power looks like when it stops classifying and starts spending.

The 2025 move confirms how far the exchange rate traveled. Comcast spins its cable networks into Versant, MSNBC must build a newsroom without NBC News, and the network that will soon call itself MS NOW makes her one of its first and most publicized hires, senior enterprise reporter, announced in the trade press as a signal of what the new operation will be. Follow the capital flows in that transaction. A new institution, short on legitimacy, purchases hers. Her presence on the roster tells advertisers, critics, and rivals that the newsroom intends serious reporting, and the network pays for that signal in salary, rank, and promotion of her byline. Twenty-five years earlier the equivalent legitimacy purchase was a White House correspondent. The librarian’s capital, priced at zero in 2003, now anchors the launch of a national news network, a repricing of one currency across one working life that has few equals in the field’s history.

Bourdieu’s frame also prices what the triumph costs and what it obscures. The disinformation beat, viewed as field strategy, is a reconversion play by a profession losing its monopoly. The journalism field’s old capital rested on gatekeeping: control of the channels through which the public learned things. Platforms broke the monopoly, and a field stripped of its central asset responded by asserting a new jurisdiction, the authority to adjudicate the information the open channels now carry, to sort speech into information and disinformation. The beat is the institutional form of that claim, and the claim is an exercise of classification power, which Bourdieu calls symbolic violence when the classified have no say in the classifying. Her critics on the right sense this structure even when they lack the vocabulary for it, and their rage at the beat is, among other things, the rage of people discovering that a field they no longer trust has appointed judges over their speech. None of this makes her findings false. Her records hold up under any field’s audit, which is what separates her from the beat’s weaker practitioners, who hold the position without the capital. But her career and the field’s counterattack ride the same wave. The profession that ignored the librarian for a century needed her skills at the exact moment it needed a new reason to exist, and both needs got met in one hire.

She keeps, through all of it, the habits of the class fraction she came from. The Signal handle listed before the email address. The husband in advertising who stays off the internet. The Brooklyn home, the three children, the marathon run in five and a half hours at forty-five, the ukulele taken up late. These are the status markers of the dominated fraction of the dominant class, Bourdieu’s home address for teachers, librarians, and journalists, rich in cultural capital, modest in economic capital, and disposed by that mix to believe in knowledge as a calling rather than a commodity. The disposition survived three fields and one war. It made her cheap for Fox, priceless for NBC, and legible to Harvard. Fields rise and reprice around a habitus that does not move, and hers still answers questions from behind a desk, except the desk is a beat she built, and the patrons include the people who want her silenced.

The Great Delusion

If John J. Mearsheimer’s anthropology is right, it alters the diagnosis and prognosis of Zadrozny’s investigative beat.

Zadrozny’s reporting often focuses on how media manipulators use false narratives to alter public perception. In a traditional liberal framework, disinformation is viewed as an external contaminant—a collection of lies that corrupts an otherwise rational public square. The implied solution is exposure, fact-checking, and improved information literacy.

Mearsheimer’s anthropology suggests that what we call disinformation is not a virus invading a rational mind, but rather a symptom of man’s innate tribalism. When Zadrozny documents ordinary people adopting fringe beliefs like QAnon, Mearsheimer’s logic suggests these individuals are not suffering from a simple deficit of facts. They are seeking shelter from the atomistic isolation of modern individualism. They adopt the narrative because it binds them to a social group, provides a collective identity, and validates their inborn sentiments. The false narrative is downstream of the tribal need; humans choose the tribe first, and then accept whatever moral code or alternative reality the tribe requires for membership.

Zadrozny has spoken about the exhausting, relentless nature of her beat, even noting in interviews that she has largely given up on the idea that documenting these movements will change the broader landscape.

Mearsheimer’s framework explains why she hit that wall. If reason is the least important tool humans use to determine their preferences, then exposing a lie with meticulous research and logical evidence will almost never dissolve a conspiracy theory. By the time an investigator like Zadrozny uncovers the facts, the individual’s critical faculties have already been bypassed by intense group socialization. Fact-checking treats the problem as an intellectual error, whereas Mearsheimer views it as a biological and social survival mechanism. A person will rarely abandon the narrative of his group just because an outside actor presents contradictory data, because doing so means facing social excommunication.

The underlying assumption of modern disinformation reporting is that the internet has broken a previously functional, shared reality, and that structural or algorithmic fixes might restore order.

If Mearsheimer is right, the chaotic internet Zadrozny investigates is not a malfunction of technology; it is an unfiltered reflection of human nature. Elite institutions and centralized media previously enforced a superficial, liberal consensus that suppressed man’s tribal instincts. The internet simply democratized communication, stripping away those institutional gatekeepers and allowing human beings to swiftly reorganize into their natural state: fragmented, adversarial tribes. For Zadrozny’s beat, this means the “depressing internet” she documents is here to stay. The splintering of reality into hostile factions is the permanent result of man’s tribal core operating without institutional constraints.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

To David Pinsof, Zadrozny embodies the misunderstanding myth. Her entire career operates on the assumption that major societal fractures are caused by a digital public health failure. In this framework, the masses are gullible consumers infected by toxic narratives, and the solution requires expert gatekeepers to expose lies, raise public awareness, and push platforms to purge bad beliefs.

Pinsof offers an alternative. The individuals who share conspiracy theories or build fringe political alliances do not suffer from a temporary lapse in intelligence or a structural breakdown in their reasoning. They understand their immediate incentives. Stupidity is strategic.

From this perspective, the internet is not a broken information utility that requires repair from investigative journalists. It serves as an arena for zero-sum competition over status, social capital, and the coercive apparatus of the state. Partisans do not amplify hyper-partisan narratives because they are misinformed. They amplify them because confirmation bias helps them win arguments, secure their place within a chosen coalition, and attack their political rivals.

Zadrozny frames her investigative reporting as a public service meant to protect truth and expose harmful actors. Pinsof invites an examination of the actual motives behind this dynamic. Defining what constitutes misinformation and choosing which individuals to expose is an instrument of social power. It allows the credentialed elite to turn their own political preferences into an objective standard of sanity. It permits them to dismiss their rivals not as competitors with conflicting material interests, but as irrational actors who require correction.

The friction in the political landscape does not stem from bad beliefs that a well-researched news report can fix. It stems from deeply conflicting motives that no amount of investigative exposure can resolve. The only misunderstanding in disinformation journalism is the belief that political warfare is just a big misunderstanding.

Convenient Beliefs on the Disinformation Beat: Brandy Zadrozny Through Stephen Turner

In April 2023 Brandy Zadrozny sits for an interview about the podcast that made her famous and says the thing reporters do not say. She spent two years chasing a nurse named Tiffany Dover to prove a conspiracy theory false, she failed for most of that time to produce the nurse, and the failure fed the theory. The believers pointed at her empty-handed episodes and said, see, even NBC cannot find her. Zadrozny tells the interviewer she felt she made it worse. The admission runs against every professional incentive she has. Her beat exists on the premise that reporting on false belief reduces it. She looked at her own results and reported the opposite finding, about herself, on the record.

That moment sets the problem for this essay. Stephen P. Turner (b. 1951) builds his account of expertise on a difficulty most writers on knowledge step around. Nonexperts cannot check expert claims. The chemist’s finding, the epidemiologist’s model, the intelligence analyst’s attribution all reach the public as assertions backed by credentials, and the public accepts or rejects them on trust, because the public lacks the means to audit them. In The Politics of Expertise and Liberal Democracy 3.0: Civil Society in an Age of Experts, Turner traces what follows. Where claims cannot be checked, the interests of the claimants shape what gets asserted, funded, repeated, and taught, and a class of beliefs grows up that persist because they pay. Call these convenient beliefs. A convenient belief need not be false. Its distinguishing mark is that the holder’s position, income, and standing depend on it, so the holder never runs the test that might kill it, and the institutions around him are built by people with the same stake, so the test never gets run at the institutional level either. Turner’s question is not whether the experts lie. His question is what happens to knowledge when the people producing it would pay a price for producing anything else.

Zadrozny is a hard subject for this frame because the frame is close to her own method. Her strongest reporting asks Turner’s question of others. She covers the anti-vaccine movement as an industry and itemizes the revenue: the supplement lines, the film sales, the donation streams, the legal defense funds, the speaking circuit. She covered the Epoch Times as a business with a growth strategy. When the Epstein emails surfaced in late 2025 and her own coalition’s readers wanted them to prove everything, she opened her story by noting that the juiciest line read like bait for a conspiracy thread and then treated it as a document requiring context rather than a verdict. She asks who profits from a belief, and she asks it of movements her audience already despises, which takes moderate courage, and sometimes of stories her audience wants believed, which takes more. A writer using Turner on Zadrozny cannot pretend to teach her the question. The move available is to aim the question at the place her method never visits, the beat that employs her.

Four beliefs hold the disinformation beat up. Each one is foundational, each one is contestable, and each one pays the people who hold it.

The first belief says false belief is a supply problem. In this picture, lies are manufactured by identifiable producers, troll farms, conspiracy entrepreneurs, grifting influencers, and distributed through channels that can be mapped, and the public catches false beliefs the way a city on a bad water line catches cholera. The frame assigns the work: find the producer, map the channel, publish the map. It is Zadrozny’s daily craft, and much of her best reporting confirms that producers exist and profit; the Storm-1516 network she exposed in 2024 manufactured fake primary sources on an industrial basis. The rival picture says false belief is a demand problem. People believe what their lives make useful, the loyalties, grievances, and hopes come first, and the producers serve an appetite they did not create. Her own reporting keeps generating evidence for the rival picture. The Dover truthers, she found, split into believers and players, people who knew the game was a game and played on because the game gave them something. A demand account fits that finding. The trouble is what the demand account pays. It pays nothing. If the appetite drives the market, then exposing one supplier reroutes the customers, the beat becomes a hydra hunt, and the honest career advice for a disinformation reporter is to retrain. A supply account funds desks, fellowships, conference panels, and podcast seasons. Nobody on the beat, and no editor above it, and no foundation funding the adjacent research centers, collects a salary the demand account can justify at current staffing. Turner’s test asks what a belief would cost to abandon. This one prices out at the beat.

The second belief says exposure reduces belief. Sunlight disinfects. Name the operator, correct the record, and the false claim loses ground. The belief is the professional creed of journalism, and for the disinformation beat it carries the entire theory of impact, since the beat’s product is exposure and nothing else. The evidence for it is thin and mixed, and Zadrozny owns the most vivid piece of counter-evidence in the genre’s short history. She produced Dover, alive, on tape, in a special episode built to close the case, and the truthers she then revisited did not recant. She recorded them not recanting and put that in the show too. Add her own summary judgment from 2021, when she told an interviewer she had given up on the idea that the work changes anything, and the belief stands exposed inside her own archive. Here Turner’s frame requires care, because Zadrozny does not hold this convenient belief in its comfortable form. She has said the inconvenient version out loud, twice, in public. What she has not done, and what nobody in her position could do while remaining in her position, is follow the finding to its conclusion for the beat’s self-description. The beat still pitches stories, wins awards, and justifies budgets on the disinfection theory. She keeps working under a rationale she has personally reported against, and the arrangement holds because the alternative rationale, we keep the record whether or not it changes anyone, satisfies reporters and no business model.

The third belief says the threat map is neutral. The beat covers disinformation wherever it occurs, and if the enforcement actions cluster on one side of American politics, the clustering reflects where the disinformation is. The belief may be partly true; the QAnon movement, the Stop the Steal apparatus, and the anti-vaccine industry gave the beat its defining subjects, and no honest observer disputes their scale. Its convenience is what goes unexamined. Zadrozny’s employers sell news to an audience concentrated in one coalition. A threat map that indicts that audience’s enemies renews subscriptions, and a threat map that indicted the audience’s own information habits, its own viral falsehoods, its own institutional failures dressed as consensus, would cost circulation and internal standing. The map that gets drawn is the map the room can afford. The strongest evidence that the pull is real comes from the pandemic years, when claims that later earned serious hearings spent seasons classified as misinformation, and the classifying institutions paid no price the beat covered. None of this convicts Zadrozny of bias in her findings, and her record on this count runs better than her field’s; she covered the Epstein material against her audience’s appetite, and her measles reporting from Texas in 2025 documented sick children rather than scoring partisans. The convenient belief operates above her, at the level of assignment, framing, and omission, where no single reporter’s integrity can reach it. Turner’s point lands here with full force. The beat’s neutrality cannot be checked by its consumers, who lack the counterfactual, and it will not be audited by its producers, who would pay for the audit.

The fourth belief says anonymity forfeits protection once influence appears. The belief licenses her signature method. A private citizen posting under a pseudonym keeps his mask; a hidden operator moving money, organizing harassment, or running influence at scale has entered public life and may be named. Stated as a principle, the line sounds workable, and her best-known unmaskings sit comfortably on the far side of it. The convenience hides in the jurisdiction. The reporter decides what counts as influence, the reporter’s institution reviews the decision, and the person unmasked has no forum, no appeal, and no compensation if the call was wrong. The belief assigns a power and locates the entire cost of error on the other party. When Tucker Carlson put Darren Beattie on air in October 2020 to accuse her of ruining the lives of anonymous Trump supporters, the segment was demagogic and the harassment it loosed on her was real, and underneath the demagoguery sat a question the beat has never answered in a form its targets could accept: who audits the auditors of anonymity. Her coalition’s answer, editors and institutional standards, is the answer every profession gives about its own power, and Turner’s whole body of work explains why the answer satisfies nobody outside the profession.

A convenient-beliefs analysis that stopped here would be prosecution, and prosecution misses what makes Zadrozny worth the frame. Run the same audit on her opponents and the ledger fills faster. Brian Wilkins, the Iowa blogger who built a site on Dover’s supposed death, held a belief that generated his traffic. The anti-vaccine entrepreneurs she covered hold beliefs that generate their income, their audiences, and their sense of persecution, three revenue streams in one. The truthers who promised to recant if Dover ever appeared, and then did not, demonstrated the case Turner’s frame allows, belief held at zero evidential cost and maintained at the exact moment the evidence arrived, because the belief had become membership. Against that field, Zadrozny’s ledger shows entries almost no one on any beat can show. She reported her own backfire. She published her own failed predictions about impact. She paid the Fox salary to leave a job that asked her to know things quietly, and she has kept, through eight years of the most coalition-pressured beat in journalism, the habit of printing findings that embarrass her side’s simpler story, the players who do not believe, the interview that changed no minds, the Epstein email that proves less than it seems to.

Turner would say the honest expert and the convenient belief coexist without strain, and that is the finding here. The beliefs that hold up her beat are convenient in his exact sense. They persist unexamined because everyone positioned to examine them would pay for the result, and the consumers of the beat cannot run the check themselves. Zadrozny works inside that structure and is better than it. Where the structure lets an individual be honest, she has been honest at cost, and the two admissions at the center of her record, that the work may not change minds and that her biggest project fed the theory it hunted, are the kind of statements that end up quoted by a beat’s enemies forever, which she knew when she made them. What she cannot do from inside is state the beat’s convenient beliefs as such, price them, and report on the industry that pays her the way she reports on the industries that pay her subjects. That story sits in view of the best reporter on the beat, unassigned. Turner’s frame predicts it will stay unassigned, and the prediction has held for eight years, and the holding is the strongest evidence the frame gives.

Notes

Sources: Zadrozny’s admission that she “made it worse,” together with the interview scene, comes from Forbes.

Her statement that she has “given up” on the idea that reporting can change everything comes from the Nieman Lab interview: Nieman Lab.

The discussion of Truthers who refused to recant, the distinction between true believers and opportunistic players, Wilkins and his blog, comes from the NBC News transcript of the special episode and the podcast episode descriptions: NBC News and Apple Podcasts.

The discussion of Storm-1516 comes from Zadrozny’s LinkedIn profile: LinkedIn.

The opening of the Jeffrey Epstein email story is documented in her Muck Rack profile.

The Tucker Carlson and Darren Beattie segment, together with NBC News’s response, is covered by Variety.

Her reporting on the 2025 measles outbreak in Texas is referenced by Grokipedia, which cites her June 2025 NBC News article.

I made several extrapolations without separate citation. These include the metaphor of assigning a price to each belief, the argument that errors in pandemic-era classification often went unaudited within the misinformation beat, and the closing prediction.

The Four Questions

1. What coalition do they depend on for status and income.
2. Who do they risk angering if they speak plainly.
3. Who benefits if their framing wins.
4. What truths would cost them their position.

One. Her status and income run through three linked coalitions. The first pays her: MS NOW, a network whose business is an audience of educated, Democratic-leaning viewers who buy news that confirms the other side as the threat. The second consecrates her: the misinformation research complex, Harvard Shorenstein, the Knight orbit, the foundations, the conference circuit, which certified her beat as a discipline and her as a founder of it. The third protects her: the guild of reporters and editors who decide reputations, gave her the Emmy and the Webby, and closed ranks when Fox turned its audience on her. All three coalitions sit on one side of the American divide. She can report against any single story her coalitions want believed, and she has, but she cannot report against the coalitions’ shared premise, that the information crisis is primarily a problem of the other side’s production.
Two. The people she risks angering by speaking plainly are behind her, not in front of her. The right already hates her; nothing she says there costs anything new, and its hatred raises her standing at home. Plain speech gets expensive when aimed inward. If she says demand drives false belief more than supply, she indicts her audience’s picture of itself as the reality-based community and tells her editors the beat is oversold. If she says pandemic-era authorities classified true claims as misinformation and her field assisted, she angers the public health sources, the platform trust-and-safety contacts, and the researchers her reporting depends on. If she says her own network’s prime-time runs on the outrage economics she documents at Fox, she is describing her employer’s revenue model, and no institution pays a person to do that for long. She has tested the boundary further than most. She said the work may change nothing. She said her biggest project fed the theory it hunted. Both admissions aimed at her craft, which the coalition can absorb. Neither aimed at the coalition, which it cannot.
Three. If her framing wins, the beneficiaries line up in order of size. Legacy media recovers a piece of its lost jurisdiction, the authority to sort public speech into information and disinformation, which restores value to the gatekeeping asset the platforms destroyed. The Democratic coalition gains a standing indictment of its opponents’ entire information ecosystem, delivered under a neutral-sounding category rather than a partisan one. The research complex gains a permanent problem, which is a permanent budget. Platform regulators gain a mandate. Below them, real beneficiaries with cleaner hands: the families she has covered who lost people to hoaxes, the nurses harassed over inventions, the small towns where a measles outbreak follows the influencers she names. Tiffany Dover got her story corrected on the record because Zadrozny’s framing says the record must be corrected. The framing serves power and serves those people at the same time, and an honest audit holds both in view.
Four. The truths that would cost her the position sort by price. Cheapest, already partly paid: exposure often backfires, the beat’s theory of impact lacks evidence. She said versions of this and kept her job because she framed it as tragic craft knowledge rather than a budget recommendation. Mid-priced: the threat map is coalition-drawn, the beat polices one side’s speech and calls the boundary neutral, and the COVID years supply the cases. Saying that in full, with the lab-leak and laptop examples named, would strip the neutral-arbiter standing her byline depends on, and the guild would reclassify her the way it reclassifies defectors, from colleague to cautionary tale. Most expensive: that her unmasking power runs without any audit her targets could accept, and that the man Beattie defended had a point buried in the demagoguery. Conceding that concedes the method, and the method is her capital. Highest price of all, and the one no employee can pay: that MS NOW sells the same product Fox sells, fear of the other tribe, refined for a different palate, and that her beat is part of the packaging. That sentence ends the career at the network, which is how you know it sits at the boundary of what she can see out loud. Her record suggests she sees more than she says, and says more than the position strictly permits, and the gap between those two lines measures both her honesty and its limit.

The Emergency Register: Brandy Zadrozny and the Securitization of Information

A sentence recurs near the bottom of Brandy Zadrozny’s stories, and it is the most consequential sentence in the genre. After NBC News asked for comment, the platform removed the accounts. The sentence reads as housekeeping. It records a transfer of power that no legislature ever voted on. A reporter assembles evidence against a network of accounts, presents it to a corporation, and the corporation executes a sentence within hours, without a hearing, a judge, or an appeal. The story functions as an indictment and the platform functions as the court. To understand how American journalism acquired that role, and what the role pays, you need the theory built for moments when a society moves an issue out of ordinary politics and into emergency.

Barry Buzan (b. 1946) and Ole Wæver (b. 1960) of the Copenhagen School call the move securitization. A securitizing actor stands before an audience and declares some referent object, the nation, the currency, the climate, under existential threat. The declaration is a speech act. If the audience accepts it, the issue leaves normal politics, where deliberation is slow and opponents get a say, and enters the emergency register, where speed beats debate and extraordinary measures get licensed. Securitization is a choice, not a perception. Threats are real or unreal on their own, but emergency is a register someone selects, and the selection has beneficiaries. The elder essay in this series watched Renée DiResta perform the chartering speech act, an expert beside poster boards telling senators that disinformation was “one of the defining threats of our generation,” a sentence that securitized a domain and staffed its priesthood in one breath. Zadrozny works one level down from the podium, and the view from her level shows what the theory looks like as a job.

She never testified beside poster boards. Her securitizing speech acts run at retail, story by story, in the frame that presents a Telegram channel or an anti-vaccine fundraiser as a threat to public health or democratic order rather than as fraud, folly, or politics. The retail form is easy to miss because each individual story documents something real. The QAnon movement did produce armed men and did reach Congress. The anti-vaccine industry did profit from a pandemic. The Russian network she exposed in 2024 did manufacture fake primary sources on an industrial scale. Securitization theory does not ask whether the findings are true. It asks what register carries them, and the register of the disinformation beat, from its founding, has been emergency. The threat is to democracy, the stakes are existential, the hour is late. That register is what licenses the sentence at the bottom of the story. In normal politics, a citizen’s false speech gets answered by other speech, and the state stays out of it, and so do the corporations that carry it. In the emergency register, removal becomes a public duty, and the reporter’s evidence file becomes the enforcement referral. Her professionalism is what makes the arrangement respectable. The file is accurate. That is the point at which accuracy stops settling the question, because the question is jurisdictional, who gets to trigger punishment, and the answer since 2018 has included reporters, which is new.

Didier Bigo’s Paris School extension explains why the beat took the shape it took. Bigo studies what he calls the managers of unease, the professionals of security, police, border agencies, intelligence services, who compete for budgets and jurisdiction by defining threats their own skills happen to fit. The competition selects for inflation, since no professional ever lost funding by overstating a danger he was hired to watch, and it selects for threat definitions that match the tools on hand. Watch the fit in Zadrozny’s case. Her tools are the librarian’s: records retrieval, archive preservation, network tracing, the reconstruction of a claim’s travel from origin to amplification. The threat, as her beat defines it, is a traceable network phenomenon, claims moving through channels, amplified by accounts, funded by donation pages, all of it documentable. That definition was one option among several. A pastor might define the same events as a crisis of meaning. A teacher might define them as a failure of formation. A political scientist might define them as ordinary partisan motivated reasoning wearing new clothes. The definition that won was the one the available professionals could operationalize, and Andrew Abbott (b. 1948) in The System of Professions supplies the rule at work: a profession lives by claiming problems, characterizing them so its tools apply, and defending the characterization against rival claimants. Misinformation became a supply chain because the people who claimed it could trace supply chains. Zadrozny did not design that outcome. Her career is the outcome. A skill set priced near zero in 2013 became core infrastructure by 2018 because the problem got characterized in the one way that made her skills the remedy.

The older and earthier lineage arrives at the same place on foot. Howard Becker (1928-2023) coined the moral entrepreneur in Outsiders, the rule creator whose crusade, once won, requires enforcers, and the enforcers then need the problem to persist, since the problem is now a payroll. Joseph Gusfield (1923-2015) added the ownership of public problems: groups compete to own a problem, and ownership means controlling its definition, its statistics, and its remedies. By 2019 the ownership of misinformation had settled. The beat and the research complex around it held the definition, network manipulation rather than demand-side appetite, held the statistics, engagement counts and network maps, and held the remedies, exposure and removal. Stanley Cohen (1942-2013) built moral panic on this foundation, and the concept needs careful handling here, because Cohen never claimed panics concern imaginary things. The panic lives in the register, the folk devil, the disproportion, the demand for extraordinary measures, and a panic can form around a real danger. QAnon was real. The coverage that presented every deplatformed influencer as a domino in democracy’s fall ran in panic register anyway, and the register did work the findings alone could not, recruiting audiences, justifying removals, and building the apparatus. Joel Best (b. 1946) documented the statistical habit of claims-makers, inflate the number, because a big number recruits and a careful number bores. Here the record requires the adjustment the frame is honest enough to make. Zadrozny runs more careful than her field’s median. She distinguished believers from players inside the Dover community when the simpler story said cult. She opened her Epstein emails story by warning readers the best line proved less than it seemed. Her numbers hold up. The panic register around her held up worse, and she drew salary and standing from the register while practicing above it.

Robert Higgs (b. 1944) in Crisis and Leviathan supplies the time signature. Each declared emergency expands the apparatus, and the apparatus never returns to baseline, because the people staffing it acquire a standing interest in the next emergency. The disinformation emergency of 2016 built desks, fellowships, institutes, trust and safety divisions, and a hiring class, and Zadrozny’s 2018 NBC hire sits inside the expansion. Then came the counter-ratchet, which Higgs also predicts, since an apparatus built by one coalition becomes a target for the other. Congressional subpoenas, the Twitter Files, the dismantling of the Stanford Internet Observatory, platform layoffs in trust and safety, and a Republican administration hostile to the entire enterprise cut the apparatus back from about 2022. What Higgs predicts next is what happened: the apparatus did not dissolve, it migrated to defensible territory. Her July 2025 hire as a founding senior reporter at the network that became MS NOW shows the beat consolidating inside coalition media, funded now by subscription rather than consensus, its emergency accepted by half the original audience. Securitization theory says the speech act fails without audience acceptance. America resolved the question by splitting into two audiences, each accepting a different emergency, and this is where the October 2020 Carlson segment belongs in the analysis. Tucker Carlson and Darren Beattie performed a mirror securitization with Zadrozny as the referent threat, the network reporter who digs up ordinary citizens to ruin them, an existential danger to the anonymous American. Their audience accepted the declaration, and the extraordinary measures followed in the form the mob supplies, threats, doxxing, a security detail’s worth of fear delivered to her home. Two emergencies now face each other across the divide, each licensing measures against the other, and neither side retains a normal politics to stand in. She is a securitizing actor in one and a folk devil in the other, and the symmetry is structural, not moral, since only one of the two mobs showed up at her door.

Wæver held that desecuritization, moving an issue back into ordinary politics, is usually the better outcome, and the close of this essay belongs to the evidence that Zadrozny can work in the ordinary register and does her best work there. Her 2025 measles reporting from West Texas documents sick children, a hospital, a community, and lets the reader carry the weight, no democracy-ending frame, no emergency vocabulary. The Dover special is pastoral, one woman’s damaged life restored to the record with patience the emergency register never budgets for. Her admission that the podcast fed the theory it hunted is desecuritizing speech aimed at her own beat, a professional reporting that the extraordinary measures do not work as advertised. Murray Edelman (1919-2001) said the blunt version decades before the beat existed: professionals construct the problems that require their skills. The construction does not make the underlying events unreal, and it did not make her findings false. It chose the register, and the register chose the remedies, and the remedies built a role for reporters that the republic never debated, the evidence file that ends in a corporate removal by close of business. Zadrozny performs that role with more restraint than the role deserves. The restraint is hers. The role is the apparatus’s, it survived the counter-ratchet by moving inside one coalition’s walls, and it now waits, as Higgs says such structures wait, for the next emergency to grow on.

Strange Bedfellows on the Disinformation Beat: Brandy Zadrozny Through Alliance Theory

In the last days of October 2020, two victim stories run on American television, and each stars the other story’s villain. On Fox News, Darren Beattie tells Tucker Carlson’s audience about anonymous Trump supporters, ordinary men with jobs and families, hunted by an NBC reporter who digs up their identities to ruin their lives. The harm is embellished, the motive rendered as malice, the mitigating context omitted. Within days the other story runs through NBC’s statement and the International Women’s Media Foundation: a working mother of three, a careful reporter, smeared by the most powerful voice in cable news and buried under threats and doxxing for doing accountability journalism. The harm is documented, the motive rendered as malice, the mitigating context omitted. Each side casts its own as the injured party, assigns the other full responsibility, and mobilizes third parties for the fight. A reader who wants to know which story is true can weigh the evidence, and the evidence favors one side; the threats against Brandy Zadrozny arrived at her home, and the anonymous posters she named had left public trails of public influence. A reader who wants to know why.

David Pinsof, David O. Sears, and Martie Haselton supply one in “Strange Bedfellows: The Alliance Theory of Political Belief Systems,” published in Psychological Inquiry in 2023. Their argument runs against the common picture of politics as a contest of values. Political belief systems, they hold, derive from alliance structures, the networks of allies and rivals that vary by country and era, and the beliefs are patchwork, assembled ad hoc to serve whichever ally is in whichever fight. People choose allies on similarity, transitivity, and interdependence, and small accidents compound, so the resulting structure is contingent, a thing that might have formed otherwise. Once formed, people support their allies with what the authors call propagandistic biases. Perpetrator biases shrink an ally’s transgressions, supplying mitigating circumstances and good intentions. Victim biases swell an ally’s injuries, assigning the perpetrator full responsibility and malice. Attributional biases credit an ally’s successes to character and blame his failures on circumstance, with the polarity reversed for rivals. The biases run symmetrically across all humans, the moral principles invoked are tools rather than foundations, and the hypocrisies that embarrass a coalition’s philosophers are, for Alliance Theory, the confirming data. The October 2020 episode is the theory performed twice in one week, competitive victimhood in the authors’ term, two coalitions embellishing rival injuries over the same set of facts.

Zadrozny occupies a mapped position in the structure the paper describes. Its history of American realignment notes that expanding college enrollment built a class of knowledge workers, journalists and academics among them, whose rivalry with business elites split the upper class while ethnic rivalry split the lower, and the two halves recombined into the super-alliances of the present. Journalists sit on the blue side of that map, and the paper’s most striking datum is how well everyone knows it: when Americans of both parties rate which groups belong to which side, their ratings correlate at ninety-seven percent. Nobody had to tell Zadrozny where reporters stand. Her biography walks the map. She starts in the occupations of the map’s other shore, bartender, schoolteacher, the daughter of a class the paper files among globalization’s losers, and she ascends through a library degree into the knowledge class, holding for eighteen months a post inside the rival super-alliance’s most important institution, the Fox News research department, before crossing to The Daily Beast at a pay cut. She tells the crossing as a values story, the mission never changed, answer the public’s questions. Alliance Theory retells it as interdependence. Her skills, her income, her professional honors, and her protection all came to run through the institutions of one coalition, and the theory predicts allegiance follows the flow of benefits, whatever story the believer tells about principle. The prediction does not require her story to be false. It requires the story to be the kind of thing every partisan on both shores also tells, and it is.

The beat she helped build reads, in this frame, as alliance infrastructure. Consider how its threat map assembled. The theory’s transitivity rule, the enemy of my enemy, does most of the work. QAnon declared war on the mainstream press, so the press acquired QAnon as a beat. The anti-vaccine movement attacked public health agencies, allies of the blue coalition, so the beat acquired anti-vaccine influencers. Militia movements threatened Democratic officials, election deniers attacked election administrators, and each rival of an ally entered the coverage map, until the beat’s portfolio matched, with high fidelity, the enemies list of one super-alliance. The match embarrasses the beat’s self-description as neutral epistemic hygiene, and Alliance Theory predicts the match and predicts the embarrassment will change nothing, because the category was never epistemic. The strongest evidence sits in the patchwork of the coalition’s beliefs about speech, which assemble the way the paper says belief systems assemble, ally by ally rather than principle by principle. Anonymity is sacred when it shields a whistleblower, a dissident, or a Ukrainian OSINT researcher, and forfeit when it shields an influential Trump-supporting account. Institutional authority deserves deference when the institution is the CDC and skepticism when it is a police union. Foreign interference in discourse is an emergency when the fake accounts are Russian and a curiosity when the influence operation is friendly. Platform censorship is a myth when applied to conservatives and a policy failure when extremist accounts stay up. No moral thread ties the set together, and the paper’s answer is that no thread needs to. Each position mobilizes support for an ally in a live conflict, and the set updates when the alliance updates. The rival coalition’s speech beliefs invert every clause, ally for ally, which is the symmetry the theory requires and the pundits on both sides cannot see.

The propagandistic biases sort the beat’s habits into three drawers. The victim bias drawer holds the democracy-in-peril register, the embellishment of allied injuries, every rival falsehood a body blow to the republic. The perpetrator bias drawer holds the treatment of allied error: when public health authorities asserted, during the pandemic, claims that later collapsed, the coalition’s coverage supplied the mitigating circumstances the biases predict, fog of war, evolving science, good intentions, while identical conduct by rival authorities drew the full-responsibility treatment. The attributional drawer holds the beat’s subtlest asymmetry, the one that creates Zadrozny’s central concept. When members of the public believe rival-coded falsehoods, the beat attributes the belief to external causes, manipulation by grifters and hostile states, which preserves the believers as recruitable victims and concentrates blame on rival elites. The supply-side theory of misinformation, the premise of the entire beat, is an attributional bias applied at population scale: our potential allies err because they were poisoned, never because they wanted the poison. Rival elites, meanwhile, err from character, greed and cynicism, internal causes all the way down. The frame flatters the coalition twice, once by excusing the masses it hopes to win and once by indicting the elites it fights, and it has the further advantage of assigning the cure to the coalition’s own professionals.

Run against this structural reading, Zadrozny’s individual record shows the deviations that make her the right test case rather than a convenient defendant. Alliance Theory predicts partisans deploy the biases, and she has, in the register of her beat and the framing of her stories. It also treats deviation as costly signal, and her deviations cluster where the theory says they should be rarest. She reported that her Dover project fed the theory it hunted, an admission against her coalition’s core premise that exposure heals. She split the Dover truthers into believers and players when the alliance-serving story said cult, restoring internal causes to people her frame had cast as victims of manipulation. She cautioned readers that the Epstein emails proved less than her coalition’s readers wanted. Her West Texas measles reporting rendered a rival-coded community as sick children and grieving parents rather than as enemy terrain. None of this refutes Alliance Theory, which predicts distributions rather than individuals, and the theory has a drawer for her too: a reporter whose reputation depends on being more careful than her field profits from documented deviations, which convert into credibility, the currency her wing of the coalition trades in. The reading is airtight and slightly cheap, the way alliance readings of any honest act are, and a fair essay notes the cheapness. Some deviations cost more than they signal. Handing your beat’s enemies the sentence they will quote forever, I felt like I made it worse, sits in that class.

The Fox attack acquires a sharper meaning inside the theory than outside it. Coalitions punish defectors more than enemies, because a defector corrupts the transitivity on which alliance trust runs; she knew the building, took its salary, and crossed. When the rival coalition’s flagship gave a full segment to a single reporter, the selection was not random among the hundreds of journalists covering the right. The target had worked in the basement. And the weapon chosen, the accusation that she hunts ordinary anonymous men, was itself a victim bias deployed on behalf of the rival coalition’s most interdependent modern constituency, the pseudonymous online supporter, whose protection the red alliance had elevated to a cause exactly as the blue alliance elevated his exposure. Each coalition’s position on anonymity had reversed within living memory, the right having spent the McCarthy era unmasking and the left having spent it shielding, a reversal Alliance Theory expects and value theories must explain away, since values do not flip when the alliance map flips, and these did.

The theory’s forecast for her is the essay’s proper close, because Alliance Theory, unlike most frames in this series, generates predictions a blogger can check. The beat survived its counter-ratchet by moving inside coalition walls, and her 2025 hire at the network that became MS NOW placed her in subscription-funded alliance media, where the audience pays for the map and the map cannot be redrawn without refunds. Predictions follow. The category of disinformation will harden as coalition property, applied with increasing confidence to rival speech and decreasing frequency to allied speech, whatever the underlying epistemic mix. Her method, the records work, will stay portable across any realignment, because a court file reads the same on both shores. And if the alliance structure shifts again, as the paper insists structures always do, the strange bedfellows will reshuffle, and some future reporter will cover the blue coalition’s inherited falsehoods with the energy Zadrozny spent on QAnon, deploying her techniques, citing her as a founder, and never noticing the map had turned under the method. She might notice. Her record suggests she reads maps better than her coalition does, and reads them, on her best days, out loud.

The Experiment She Ran on Herself: Brandy Zadrozny Through Hugo Mercier’s Not Born Yesterday

In the spring of 2023, Brandy Zadrozny holds the strongest piece of evidence a debunker ever held. Tiffany Dover, the nurse the internet declared dead in December 2020, sits across from her, alive, on tape, answering questions, and the special episode built around the interview goes out to an audience of more than a million. The theory said a vaccine killed Dover and a conspiracy hid the body. The body now speaks. Under the theory of belief that founded Zadrozny’s beat, the correction should work. People believed a false claim because false information reached them; true information now reaches them; the belief should die. Zadrozny then returns to the believers who had promised, on the record, to recant if Dover ever appeared. They do not recant. She logs the refusal into the episode, an honest reporter recording the failure of her own premise, and the recording deserves a name. It is a field experiment, run at personal cost, on the central question of her profession, and the result landed on one side.

Hugo Mercier’s Not Born Yesterday, published by Princeton University Press in 2020, predicted the result before the experiment ran. Mercier, a cognitive scientist at the CNRS in Paris, argues that the panic over misinformation rests on a false picture of the human mind. The picture holds that people are gullible, that exposure to a lie plants the lie, and that the credulous masses need protection from bad information the way a city needs protection from cholera. Mercier assembles the evolutionary logic and the empirical record against every clause. Gullibility could not have evolved. An organism that believed what it was told would be farmed by every liar in range, so selection built the opposite, a suite of faculties Mercier calls open vigilance, which check incoming claims against prior knowledge, weigh the source’s incentives and track record, and demand more evidence for claims that ask more of us. The faculties run strongest where stakes run highest. On matters touching survival, money, family, and standing, people are hard to move, and the persuasion industries prove it by failing. Political campaigns shift almost no votes, advertising barely nudges brand choice at the margin, and the Nazi propaganda apparatus, the standard nightmare case, hardened existing loyalties and converted almost no one, a finding Mercier draws from the historians of the period. Fake news, the panic of Zadrozny’s founding era, reached a sliver of the electorate, concentrated among the already convinced, and moved measurable nothing. The masses were not born yesterday. The recurring belief that they were, running from Plato’s fear of crowds through Le Bon, brainwashing, and subliminal advertising to the fake news scare, is the one durable piece of misinformation in the story, and elites hold it because it costs them nothing and flatters them much.

Zadrozny built a career inside the picture Mercier attacks, and the application writes its own tension. Her beat exists because American journalism concluded, after 2016, that false information is a public health hazard, that it spreads by exposure, and that tracing and removing the suppliers protects the public. Every premise in that sentence takes a hit in Mercier’s book. But the collision runs stranger than a debunking of the debunker, because her reporting, read closely, keeps producing his findings, and the essay that pretends otherwise would be misreading her to convict her.

Start with what her beat gets wrong by Mercier’s lights, because the list is structural. The supply model treats belief as infection. Mercier’s evidence says almost no one catches a belief from a stray post. The people who consumed election fake news in 2016 were heavy consumers of congenial content who had decided long before, and the content served them as ammunition, not as cause. Apply that to her QAnon coverage. The movement’s growth looked, from inside the beat, like contagion through algorithmic channels, and the remedy followed, map the channels, remove the accounts. Mercier’s account says the drops spread because millions of Americans already distrusted the institutions the drops indicted and already belonged, or wanted to belong, to the coalition the drops served. The lie did not create the appetite. The appetite found the lie, and when platforms removed the supply, the appetite migrated and fed elsewhere, which is what her own later reporting documents, year after year, without drawing the conclusion.

Then the deeper inversion, the one Mercier presses hardest. The disinformation frame diagnoses excess credulity. Mercier diagnoses the opposite failure. The conspiracist’s problem is under-trust, a vigilance system running hot, rejecting the hospital’s statement, the coroner’s records, the network’s reporting, the government’s data, every institutional source at once. The Dover truthers did not believe too easily. They disbelieved on an industrial scale. They scrutinized pixel shadows in hospital photos, demanded death certificates, audited Instagram timestamps, ran the full apparatus of open vigilance with the trust dial set to zero for every official channel and set to full for their own community. Mercier argues that under-trust is the costlier and commoner error, that people leave enormous value unclaimed by refusing good information from sources they have coded as enemies, and that the code comes from experience with those sources, not from manipulation by new ones. On this reading, the misinformation crisis is a trust crisis wearing a content costume. The nurse’s fainting spell mattered less than the fact that millions of Americans had reached a settled judgment that hospitals, health agencies, and NBC News lie to them, a judgment their vigilance systems formed the way vigilance systems form all judgments, from incentives, track records, and the testimony of trusted allies. Removing posts cannot repair that judgment. Each removal confirms it.

Her beat’s theory of impact takes the third hit. Exposure journalism assumes correction moves belief. Mercier’s account of reflective beliefs explains the Dover result in advance. Beliefs divide by function. Intuitive beliefs guide action and stay tethered to evidence, and people hold them carefully because errors cost. Reflective beliefs, held for expression, membership, and the pleasure of the story, float free of action and pay their holders in belonging, and evidence cannot touch them because evidence was never their source. Watch the truthers through that lens. They asserted a hospital murdered a nurse, and almost none acted as a person would act who intuitively believed a hospital near them murdered nurses. The belief cost nothing to hold and paid daily dividends in community, purpose, and the thrill of forbidden knowledge. Zadrozny found the distinction herself, in the field, before she had a theory for it. Her reporting split the Dover community into believers and players, people convinced and people enjoying the game, and Mercier’s frame says the split understates the case, that even the believers held the belief in the currency of play, which is why producing the living nurse, the decisive evidence for an intuitive belief, bought nothing. She paid the full price of the experiment and published the result. I felt like I made it worse, she said, and Mercier’s book explains the sentence. Corrections from a coded enemy do not correct. They arm.

Now the other side of the ledger, because Mercier’s frame honors half her method and the honest essay says which half. Mercier’s prescription for navigating communication is sender-side analysis, ask who speaks, what they want, what their record shows, and follow the money. That is her craft. Her strongest reporting, the anti-vaccine industry’s supplement lines and donation funnels, the Epoch Times as a growth business, the Storm-1516 factory manufacturing fake primary sources, treats communicators as strategic agents with incentives, which is Mercier’s exact model of communication. Nothing in Not Born Yesterday protects a grifter from a reporter who documents the grift. The book protects the audience from a theory that calls it prey. Her sender-side work survives the frame intact and even gains standing inside it, because exposing incentives is the input open vigilance runs on; a public deciding whom to trust can use a documented record of who profits. What the frame strips away is the victim story attached to the audience, the newsroom convention that renders believers as the manipulated, and the emergency scale, the register in which a Telegram channel threatens the republic. Mercier’s numbers say the channel preaches to the converted, and the converted converted themselves, for reasons a reporter could investigate if the beat permitted the question.

The Carlson episode belongs in the account, and Mercier reads it against both parties. The standard telling on her side has Tucker Carlson aiming a weaponized audience at a reporter, the audience firing on command, a case study in media manipulation. Mercier’s evidence on mass persuasion says audiences do not fire on command. The segment worked on viewers whose priors about NBC, about reporters, about the unmasking of anonymous men, had formed across years of experience and alliance, and the segment coordinated them rather than converted them, supplying a target and a moment to people already armed. That reading subtracts nothing from the threats she received or from Carlson’s responsibility for coordinating them. It relocates the power. The demagogue, in Mercier’s account, is a follower dressed as a leader, a man who prospers by saying what his audience already believes and pointing where it already looks. The same relocation applies, uncomfortably, to her own institution, whose audience also rewards confirmation, also punishes deviation, and also received, in the disinformation beat, a nightly telling of what it already believed about the people it already despised. Neither network hypnotizes anyone. Both serve appetite. The appetite is the story, and almost nobody covers it, because the appetite sits in the audience, and the audience pays the bills.

Mercier saves his sharpest pages for the class that believes in gullibility, and the pages read as a commissioning memo for the profile Zadrozny never wrote. The gullibility thesis, he shows, is itself a reflective belief, held without evidence by the educated, costing them nothing, flattering their function, and surviving every empirical defeat, from the null effects of propaganda studies to the microscopic reach of fake news, because its holders never stake anything on it. The newsroom that hired her in 2018 held that belief in exactly the manner the Dover truthers held theirs, cheaply, socially, and beyond the reach of correction. She has spent eight years inside the belief, producing reporting that undermines it, sentence by sentence, finding after finding, the players who do not believe, the corrections that backfire, the removed accounts that resurrect, the communities that grow under bombardment, and the institution absorbs each finding as an anomaly and renews the premise, which is what Mercier says minds do with beliefs that pay. Her body of work, read as data rather than as coverage, is a longitudinal study confirming Not Born Yesterday, conducted by a researcher whose funding depends on the null hypothesis. That she keeps publishing the data anyway, against interest, with her name on it, is the fact about her that Mercier’s frame cannot explain and does not try to. Open vigilance accounts for what people believe. It has no module for what some people, at cost, insist on saying.

The Parlor and the Reference Desk: Brandy Zadrozny Through Janet Malcolm

In the fall of 2021, Brandy Zadrozny stands in a pizza place in Higdon, Alabama, waiting on an order, when her phone buzzes. She has spent the day working the town where Tiffany Dover lives, and she has left a note at a house she believes belongs to Dover’s in-laws. The text comes from an unknown number. Whoever wants the story can have it, the sender writes, but only if they pay the most. The sender turns out to be nineteen, a relative, put up to it, the girl later says, by Dover’s mother-in-law. The reporter declines. NBC News does not pay for interviews, and the refusal is correct by every rule of the craft. It is also the only honest negotiation in the story. A teenager in Sand Mountain country looked at the visitor from New York and named the thing everyone else in the transaction disguises, that a journalist has come to take something of value, that the family holds it, and that the parties might as well discuss price.

Janet Malcolm spent a career on the disguise. The Journalist and the Murderer, published in 1990, opens with the most quoted sentence in the literature of the craft, the claim that every journalist who is not too stupid or too vain to notice knows his work is “morally indefensible.” The journalist, she writes, is a confidence man. He preys on vanity, ignorance, and loneliness. He gains a subject’s trust, feeds the subject’s hope of being understood, listens like a lover, and then betrays without remorse at the writing desk, where the subject stops being a person and becomes a character in someone else’s story. Her case study is Joe McGinniss, who joined the defense team of Jeffrey MacDonald, the Green Beret doctor convicted of murdering his wife and daughters, lived with the defense, wrote MacDonald warm letters for years professing belief in his innocence, and then published Fatal Vision, which rendered him a psychopathic killer. MacDonald sued, five jurors of six sided with the murderer against the writer, and Malcolm understood why. The jury had glimpsed the structure of the craft, and the structure, not the man, was the scandal. Every subject consents to his own destruction out of vanity and hope. Every journalist permits the hope to grow. The deception is not a failing of bad reporters. It is the condition of the work.

The frame seems built for Zadrozny’s confession. She pursued an unwilling private citizen for two years and told an interviewer afterward that she felt she made it worse. Prosecute her under Malcolm and the brief writes itself. But the prosecution misreads her career, and the misreading is where the essay earns its keep, because Zadrozny’s journalism, taken as a body, is a test of how far Malcolm’s indictment reaches, and the answer is that it reaches one of her two methods and cannot touch the other.

Malcolm’s crime requires a parlor. The confidence game runs on relationship, the cultivated intimacy, the subject talking freely because he believes the listener is a friend. Zadrozny’s signature method never enters the parlor. She works from records. The anonymous operators she unmasks, the conspiracy entrepreneurs whose funding she traces, the network builders whose domain histories she pulls, never confided in her. Nobody charmed them. Nobody wrote them warm letters. They left trails in public archives, court filings, registration databases, and deleted pages she preserved before the deletion, and she assembled the trails into stories without once collecting a person’s trust. Whatever the moral problems of that method, and they are real, they belong to a different family than Malcolm’s. Unmasking is an exercise of power without relationship. The person on the receiving end can call it surveillance, exposure, or doxxing, and the argument over those words fills the earlier essays in this series, but he cannot call it betrayal, because betrayal requires a bond and no bond existed. Malcolm’s journalist wounds people who loved him. Zadrozny’s records method wounds strangers. The librarian’s journalism escapes the parlor by never going in, and the escape explains a small sociological fact of the trade, that documents reporters carry their consciences lighter than profile writers, having never watched trust form in a subject’s face while knowing what the writing desk will do to it.

Then Dover, and the frame closes around her after all, through the back door. Tiffany Dover was not an operator. She left no trail of influence, moved no money, ran no network. She fainted on camera, and when the internet declared her dead she chose silence, which is a private citizen’s right and was, for the machine that had swallowed her, further evidence. Zadrozny’s pursuit of her had every justification the craft supplies. A viral lie had consumed a woman’s identity, the lie was damaging vaccine confidence during a pandemic, and only the woman could kill it. Public interest, the same coin McGinniss paid with when he justified his years of feigned friendship as service to the book. And the pursuit looked like pursuit. Stakeouts of the house and the hospital. Police records, vital records, grave registries pulled on a nurse who had committed no act beyond losing consciousness. The note at the in-laws’ house. Two seasons of a podcast assembled around a woman who had asked, by every signal available to her, to be left alone. Malcolm’s subjects at least opened the door and served coffee. Dover never consented to the relationship at all, which pushes the Dover project past Malcolm’s confidence game into older territory, the hunt, and Zadrozny, to her credit and to the project’s discomfort, aired the hunt rather than hiding it.

The arc then reversed, and the reversal holds the essay’s finest Malcolm material. Nine months after the podcast ended in failure, Dover texted her. While I did not die that day, the text read, the life I knew did. The subject initiated. The prey walked into the parlor and sat down, and the wooing that McGinniss stretched across four years compressed into one dinner, off the record, at Dover’s home, the night before the taping, horses in the front yard, a white house with big windows, the reporter and the nurse taking each other’s measure. Zadrozny cried when they met. Read the tears with Malcolm’s coldness and they still hold up, relief and guilt and two years of pursuit discharged at once, but Malcolm would direct attention past the dinner to what followed, because in her account the betrayal never happens in the parlor. It happens at the desk. The interview became a special episode. The episode converted a woman’s shattered privacy, her panic attacks at the grocery store, her name turned into a search term for death, into a product with the reporter’s name on it, promoted by a network, submitted for awards, downloaded past a million. Dover got the correction she wanted, her life certified on the record, and she got, in the same transaction, a renewal of the fame that had wrecked her, her story now owned twice, first by the truthers and then by NBC. Whether she weighed the exchange and found it fair is a question with an answer, and the answer belongs to her, and the honest essay flags it and leaves it on her porch.

What Malcolm could not have anticipated is the form, and the form is the fresh finding. Her journalists hid the seduction. The reader of Fatal Vision never hears McGinniss coo at MacDonald; the letters surfaced in the lawsuit, and their exposure is what made her book possible. The podcast inverts the concealment. The pursuit is the show. Zadrozny narrates her own stakeouts, airs her own doubts, plays the pizza-place text, confesses on tape that the project fed the theory it hunted, and the confession runs as content, an episode beat, scored and edited, sold as candor because it is candor. Malcolm might say the form performs a second seduction with the audience in the subject’s chair. The listener hears the reporter bleed and extends her the trust Malcolm says no journalist deserves, and the trust converts to downloads, and the downloads convert to the Webby and the MS NOW contract. The confession that costs her standing with the beat’s enemies deepens the product for the beat’s friends. Her honesty is real. The honesty also sells. Malcolm built a career on refusing to choose between such sentences, and the refusal is the discipline this essay borrows, because the alternative readings, saint or grifter, are both lazier than the woman.

The close belongs to the symmetry between the two writers. Malcolm composed her indictment of journalistic treachery while a subject of her own, the psychoanalyst Jeffrey Masson (b. 1941), was suing her over quotations he said she fabricated, a case that ran a decade and reached the Supreme Court, and she never claimed the clean hands her thesis denied everyone. She wrote the indefensibility from inside it and kept practicing. Zadrozny stands in the same posture. She has said the sentence that her profession’s critics will quote against the beat forever, that her biggest work made things worse for its subject and its cause, and she said it while promoting that work, and she went on reporting, and she reads, on the evidence of the special episode, as a woman who will do it again, next subject, next hunt, next parlor, because the stories run through people and there is no other door. Malcolm’s book ends without absolution and without a call to stop, which readers have found unsatisfying for thirty-five years, and the dissatisfaction is the point. The craft’s crime and the craft’s necessity ride in the same vehicle. The nurse got her life back on the record because a reporter would not leave her alone. Both halves of that sentence are true, the halves do not reconcile, and the writer who taught American journalism to hold them together died without offering a third option, because there is none.

Fuck Around and Find Out (FAFO): Brandy Zadrozny and the Oldest Law

The threats reach her home in the last week of October 2020. Tucker Carlson has given a segment to Darren Beattie, who tells three million viewers that an NBC reporter digs up the identities of anonymous Trump supporters to ruin their lives, and the audience does what audiences with an address do. The International Women’s Media Foundation logs the aftermath as threats, doxxing, and violence directed at Brandy Zadrozny. Nothing in the segment disputed her facts. Nothing in the response required her facts to be wrong. She had published truths that damaged people, and the damaged people and their allies returned the damage by the routes available to them. Her profession has a theory in which this is an outrage against the free press. The street has an older theory, four words long, and the older theory predicted the week better.

Fuck around and find out is folk deterrence doctrine. Strip the profanity and the doctrine reads: actions that harm others summon consequences from the harmed, the consequences arrive by whatever channel the harmed can reach, and the sender’s reasons never enter the calculation. The phrase carries no clause for righteousness. It does not ask whether the fucking around served the public interest, told the truth, or saved lives. It states a conservation law. Harm sent tends to return to its sender, and the return address is the sender’s softest point, which is rarely the point from which the harm was sent.

The doctrine has scholarly ancestors. William Ian Miller (b. 1946), in Bloodtaking and Peacemaking, reconstructs the feud system of saga Iceland, a society without police in which every injury created a debt collectible by the injured man’s kin, and the accounting ran for generations because both sides kept books. Miller’s Icelanders would have found nothing puzzling about October 2020. A woman shamed men of the other side; the other side’s chieftain called for redress on the widest channel he owned; the redress arrived. Nassim Nicholas Taleb (b. 1960) restates the law as ethics in Skin in the Game: symmetry governs, those who inflict must stand exposed to what they inflict, and systems that let actors harm without exposure breed monsters. Between the sagas and Taleb sits every honor culture the anthropologists ever cataloged, and beneath them all sits the rattlesnake, which does not review your reasons before it strikes. FAFO compresses the literature into a warning label.

Run Zadrozny through the doctrine from four directions.

The first direction is that her work harms some people (and helps other people). This deserves stating without cushioning, because her profession cushions it by reflex. An unmasking ends a pseudonymous life and sometimes a career and sometimes an entire life. A profitable conspiracy business loses its platform after her story runs and the platform acts. A movement gets described in national media as a threat, and its members absorb the description’s costs in reputation and standing. The harms may be deserved, the facts are documented, and the public interest case is often strong. The doctrine shrugs at all three. The QAnon influencers, the anti-vaccine entrepreneurs, the anonymous operators, and the coalition that houses them experienced injury and behaved as the injured behave. They struck back through their channels, the segment, the swarm, the doxx, the threat. Her side calls this the criminalization of journalism. Their side calls her work the criminalization of speech. The doctrine calls both descriptions decoration. Injury went out; injury came back; the ledger balanced the way ledgers balance in a world without a referee. And she knows. The knowledge shows in the arrangements of her life, the Signal handle listed before the email address, the husband who stays off the internet, the compartments she keeps between the work and the home. Reporters who believe the official theory, that truth-telling in the public interest carries protection, do not build their lives like safe houses. She built the safe house years ago. Whatever she says at journalism conferences, her operational self believes the four words.

The second direction follows the costs, because the costs do not fall where the decisions get made. NBC News assigned the beat, published the stories, and collected what the stories earn, audience, authority, awards, the standing that comes from employing the reporter the bad guys fear. When the return fire came, NBC issued a statement. The statement was strong, the network stood by her, and the network’s buildings have security desks. The threats went to a house in Brooklyn with three children in it. This is the general structure of the trade and almost nobody writes it down. The institution decides to fuck around; the byline finds out. Feud logic explains the targeting. Retaliation seeks the softest reachable point of the offending house, and a corporation has no soft point, no body, no porch, no kids, so the debt collectors walk past the logo and knock on the reporter’s door. Miller’s Icelanders understood that you do not avenge yourself on a clan by suing the clan. You find the clan’s most exposed member. The modern mob, unschooled and undirected, rediscovers saga targeting every time, and the institutions that employ the exposed keep the exposure off the books, an uncompensated occupational hazard, priced into nobody’s salary, carried home in nobody’s name but hers.

The third direction inverts the frame and finds the war inside it. Anonymity is find-out-proofing. The pseudonymous operator has engineered away the return channel; he can fuck around at industrial scale, wreck a nurse’s life, move a coalition’s votes, run a harassment campaign, and no consequence can locate him, because consequence requires an address. Read her signature method against that engineering and the method becomes legible as address restoration. An unmasking reconnects an actor to the return channel his pseudonym severed. Whatever else her work does, it re-arms the oldest law against people who had disarmed it, which is why the people in question experience an unmasking as violence. It is the moment the rattlesnake learns where they live. Her enemies work the same project in reverse. The doxxing of Zadrozny, the publication of her details, the targeting of her family, each move makes her more findable, expands the surface on which she can find out. The disinformation war, viewed from this direction, is a war over findability, over who must live within reach of consequences and who gets to operate beyond them, and each side experiences its own strikes as justice and the other side’s as terror. The doctrine, which has no politics, endorses neither and describes both.

The fourth direction is Dover, and here Zadrozny stands on the other side of the four words. For two years she fucked around in one woman’s life. She staked out the house and the hospital, pulled records on a private citizen whose offense was fainting, left the note, ran the seasons. Her reasons were righteous by her lights and defensible by most, a viral lie was eating a woman alive and damaging vaccine confidence in a pandemic, and the doctrine, as established, does not read reasons. What consequence could a nurse in Higdon, Alabama return to a network reporter in Brooklyn? None through the mob; Dover commanded no mob, and her silence was the opposite of a strike. The finding out arrived through the one channel a decent person cannot armor, conscience. Zadrozny has said she felt she made it worse, and said it on tape, and cried on the porch when the two women finally met. Read the guilt as the law functioning. Consequence completed its circuit through the only conduit open, and the pain of it, by her own account, reshaped the project, slowed the pursuit, changed the terms on which the interview finally happened, Dover initiating, dinner off the record, the subject holding cards the hunter had spent two years trying to take. A woman with deadened nerve endings might have run the same pursuit and felt nothing and called the episode a triumph. The feedback hurt because the equipment works.

The doctrine requires one discipline of the writer. FAFO describes; it does not license. The distance between “consequences follow” and “she had it coming” is the distance between physics and a threat, and her enemies collapse the distance every time they gloat. That the mob found her home is a fact the frame predicts. That the mob was justified is a claim the frame cannot generate, because the frame has no organ for justification, only for accounting. The same discipline runs the other way. Her unmaskings summon consequences to the unmasked, and the summoning is predictable, and prediction is not vindication there either. The doctrine’s honest use is actuarial. It prices conduct. It tells a truth-teller what the truth will cost before the invoice arrives, and it told Zadrozny, and she paid, and the payment settles nothing about whether the purchase was right.

What the frame yields last is a finding about deterrence, the doctrine’s official purpose. Feud systems exist to make injury expensive and thereby rare. Miller’s Icelanders mostly kept the peace because everyone could count. By that standard, the American information feud has failed at its one job, because the finding out deters no one. The segment and the swarm did not move Zadrozny off the beat; she went from NBC to a founding chair at MS NOW and kept unmasking. Her exposures have not moved the anonymous operators to caution; the pseudonymous economy grew every year she covered it. Both houses absorb their casualties, promote their wounded, and raid again. Miller records two ways a feud ends, settlement or exhaustion, and the sagas run long because both come slow. No broker exists who could settle this one; the institutions that once brokered American disputes are parties to this one. That leaves exhaustion, which is generational, and Zadrozny’s career suggests the current generation has funds. She keeps books like an Icelander, publishes the other house’s debts, pays her own in threats and guilt, and returns to work, a woman who found out years ago and decided the price ran fair. The four words were never a warning to people like her. They were a description of the terms, and she signed.

The Set

Every reporter belongs to a room, and the room decides what the work means. Brandy Zadrozny’s room assembled between 2016 and 2020 out of parts that had never shared a table: newsroom reporters who covered the internet’s fringe, academics who mapped rumor networks, platform trust and safety staff, fact-checkers, extremism researchers, and the funders and fellowship programs that stitched them together. The set never chose a name. Its enemies supplied several, the censorship industrial complex the least profane, and the set answered with job titles, misinformation researcher, disinformation reporter, as if the vocation were as settled as cardiology. This essay paints the room: who sits in it, what they honor, how they rank each other, what they claim about the world, and the grammar of their praise and blame.

Start with the roll. The reporters came first. Zadrozny and Ben Collins built the beat at NBC News, the librarian and the internet native, and the pairing set the template, records plus fluency. Craig Silverman ran the fake-news desk at BuzzFeed before ProPublica and gave the field its founding datasets. Will Sommer owned QAnon at The Daily Beast and wrote Trust the Plan. Mike Rothschild wrote The Storm Is Upon Us. David Gilbert covered the same terrain at Vice and Wired, Jane Lytvynenko at BuzzFeed, Kevin Collier and Ben Goggin alongside Zadrozny at NBC, Davey Alba and Tiffany Hsu on the misinformation desk The New York Times built, Sheera Frenkel above them on security, Kevin Roose adjacent with his rabbit-hole work, Taylor Lorenz on the culture side, contested inside the room and hated outside it, Charlie Warzel at The Atlantic, Casey Newton and Ryan Broderick in the newsletters, Brian Stelter (b. 1985) and Oliver Darcy running the media-desk auxiliary at CNN. The academy sent Kate Starbird (b. 1975) from Washington, Renée DiResta and Alex Stamos from the Stanford Internet Observatory, Joan Donovan from Harvard’s Shorenstein Center, where Zadrozny took her fellowship, Claire Wardle from First Draft, Whitney Phillips, Alice Marwick, Mike Caulfield with his literacy methods, Emerson Brooking at the Atlantic Council‘s DFRLab under Graham Brookie. The watchdog wing ran through Media Matters under Angelo Carusone and the Center for Countering Digital Hate under Imran Ahmed. Bellingcat under Eliot Higgins (b. 1979) worked the OSINT border. Nina Jankowicz wrote How to Lose the Information War and then lived it. Craig Newmark (b. 1952) and the Knight Foundation paid for much of the plumbing. And the room’s shape owes as much to the men outside it: Glenn Greenwald (b. 1967), Matt Taibbi, Bari Weiss (b. 1984), Michael Shellenberger, Darren Beattie, Jim Jordan with his subpoenas, Elon Musk with his platform and his lawsuits, and Tucker Carlson, whose October 2020 segment on Zadrozny functioned inside the room as a decoration ceremony.

What the set values sits one layer under what it says it values. The stated value is shared reality, an information commons where facts hold standing regardless of tribe, defended by professionals against pollution. The operating values run more human. The set prizes fluency, the capacity to read a fringe space like a native, know which Telegram channel feeds which influencer, catch the joke inside the slur inside the meme. It prizes stamina, measured in years spent in what members call the sewer. It prizes protective labor, the framing of the work as service, I read it so you don’t have to, the researcher as the town’s designated handler of contaminated material. It prizes rigor as a boundary against its own hangers-on, since the room knows its edges attract labelers who never report anything, and it ranks the Zadroznys, who pull court records, above the quote-dunkers. And it prizes wounds. The set’s economy of honor runs on harassment received, and every member’s biography lists the campaigns survived, the Carlson segment, the Musk quote-tweet, the Libs of TikTok pile-on, the Jordan subpoena, the way a soldier lists theaters.

The hero the room builds is the sentinel. He descends nightly into spaces organized around hatred of people like him, absorbs material that damages him, and hauls up findings that protect a public that never learns his costs. The heroism runs on exposure in both senses, exposure to the toxin and exposure of the toxin’s makers. The sentinel’s sacrifice is psychic, and the room has built a full liturgy around it, the vicarious trauma panel at every conference, the burnout leave announced on Bluesky, the therapy vocabulary, the gallows humor about brain worms and the hellsite, the colleague who logs off for his mental health to a chorus of hearts. An outsider reads the liturgy as softness. Inside, it works as a service record. The set’s other hero is the witness under fire, and here the decoration system grows precise. Being attacked by the right people confers rank. Jankowicz holds the highest decoration and paid the highest price, three weeks as head of a Homeland Security advisory board in 2022 before an opposition campaign ended the board and made her name a punchline on one side of the country and a martyrology on the other. Donovan’s rank rose when Harvard pushed her out in 2023 and she alleged donor pressure from Meta. Stamos and DiResta’s institute died under lawsuits and subpoenas in 2024, a unit citation. Zadrozny’s Carlson segment sits among the early campaign ribbons, and the threats that followed made her, in the room’s eyes, a veteran before the war had a name.

The status games run on several boards at once. The reporter’s board scores scoops, the story that got the network taken down, the document that forced the correction, the sentence near the bottom that reads, after we reached out, the platform removed the accounts, which functions in the room as a conviction functions for a prosecutor. The academic board scores citations, fellowships, and testimony, with the C-SPAN clip in the Twitter bio as its service medal. The two boards trade, reporters borrow legitimacy from the fellowships, Zadrozny took hers at Shorenstein, and academics borrow reach from the reporters who cite them. Above both boards floats the book market, which ranks the set for the general public: DiResta’s Invisible Rulers, Donovan’s Meme Wars, Sommer and Rothschild on QAnon, Jankowicz’s two volumes. Below both runs the follower economy, disavowed and tracked, complicated after 2022 by the Musk purchase, which turned the home platform hostile and made the migration to Bluesky a moral statement, and the room performed the migration the way congregations change buildings, mourning the old sanctuary while praising the new one’s air. Exit constitutes its own board. Collins led a group that bought The Onion in 2024 and left the sewer for satire, the cleanest exit the set has produced, and the room talks about it the way enlisted men talk about a buddy’s discharge, joy with a seam of envy running through it, proof a door exists.

The set’s claims about the world divide into claims about duties and claims about natures. The duty claims: platforms owe the public moderation, since reach is a privilege and amplification a choice; journalists owe the public context, and presenting a false claim without adjudication, the both-sides sin, breaches the duty; influence cancels anonymity, so the hidden operator may be named; amplification carries moral weight, so a reporter must weigh the oxygen his coverage feeds to the thing covered, a doctrine Phillips wrote into a handbook the room treats as canon; harassment is violence, not speech; and within the room, solidarity binds, the colleague under attack gets defended first and criticized never, or at least not that week. The nature claims run deeper and mostly unexamined. The grifter is an essence, not a phase; once the room sorts a man into bad faith, the sorting is permanent, and debate with him becomes category error, since you argue with the mistaken and expose the malicious. Audiences, by contrast, hold no fixed nature; they are victims, manipulated, poisoned, radicalized, the passive voice doing heavy work, recoverable in principle through literacy and better diets. Radicalization names a disease process with a pipeline, a man enters through a fitness channel and exits at a militia, and the pipeline metaphor assigns agency to the plumbing. Institutions, the CDC, the universities, the networks, hold good faith by default; their errors read as growing pains, evolving understanding, never as the mirror of the malice the room diagnoses across the aisle. Even the platform policies absorbed the essence talk, banning coordinated inauthentic behavior, authenticity as terms-of-service metaphysics.

The moral grammar completes the portrait, the rules of praise, sin, excuse, and absolution. Praise words: brave, vital, tireless, doing the Lord’s work, so grateful for. The sins carry the vocabulary of contamination and commerce: amplify, platform, launder, normalize, monetize hate, engagement farming. Contamination runs through the whole idiom, toxic, sewer, poisoned, brain worms, hygiene, which tells you the grammar’s base is purity, unusual for a set that codes purity politics as the other side’s habit. Excuses work through context, the room’s favorite noun, and through evolving understanding, available to allies and withheld from targets. The apology liturgy follows the standard professional form, I fell short, I’m listening, committed to doing better, and reinstatement follows in months provided the sinner sinned against tone rather than against the set’s core claims. Judgment rights belong to the wounded first; the member under harassment holds the floor, and contradicting him while the campaign runs violates the deepest rule. The gravest internal crime is treachery, and the room learned its outline in 2021 when Joe Bernstein, one of its own, published Bad News in Harper’s and argued the field had built its authority on an unproven model of media effects. The room absorbed the essay the way churches absorb a priest’s memoir of doubt, brief fury, some engagement from the honest, then citation quarantine. Brendan Nyhan and Dan Williams press versions of the same case from the academy and receive the polite version of the same treatment. The heretics’ arguments track the findings Zadrozny’s own reporting keeps producing, the corrections that fail, the removed networks that regrow, and the room’s inability to metabolize its own data is the portrait’s darkest corner.

Where does Zadrozny sit in the room she helped build? Near the head of the reporter’s table, with standing on every board. The academics cite her, the books thank her, the young reporters imitate her, and the heretics exempt her, since her records hold up under hostile audit, which is the one compliment that crosses the room’s walls. She performs the liturgies, the solidarity, the burnout candor, the Bluesky presence, without the excess that marks the set’s climbers. And she carries, almost alone in the room, a documented act of the thing the grammar has no word for, testimony against interest, the taped admission that her biggest project fed what it hunted. The room heard it as candor and filed it under bravery, the nearest category on the shelf. Filed correctly, it belongs with Bernstein’s essay, evidence the sentinel’s own logs contradict the sentinel’s charter, brought home by the best sentinel the room has. A set that honored its stated values above its operating ones might have reorganized around that evidence. This one gave it a heart and a download and went back down the hole, and she went with them, because the room is where the work is, and the work is where she lives.

The Voice

Her voice splits into three registers, and the splits track her media, so take them one at a time.
The spoken voice runs warm, fast, and self-deprecating, closer to a mom at school pickup than to a network correspondent. She hedges constantly, sort of, I think, a lot of, and doubles her intensifiers. Asked how she keeps sane on the beat, she answers with a joke against herself, “Who’s to say I haven’t?”, then a run of small enthusiasms, the ukulele, the delightful children, the offline husband. The confession arrives in the same easy register as the chitchat. She told Forbes “honestly, I cried” about meeting Dover, and the failure admissions come unprompted, in first person, without the throat-clearing most reporters wrap around error. That candor works as ethos. She sounds like a woman with nothing to manage, which is the hardest effect in media to fake and the reason interviewers keep noting her cheerfulness against the grimness of her material.
Her diction stays Anglo-Saxon and internet-native. She says shenanigans, the Rumble guys, said the quiet part out loud. She reaches for adages rather than theory, Brandolini’s law over any academic model, and her one term of art, deep hanging out, is a borrowed anthropologist’s phrase she wears like a joke. Note what she avoids: almost none of her guild’s vocabulary, no information ecosystem, no stochastic anything, no epistemic crisis. She says conspiratorial spaces, far right spaces, anti-vaccination spaces, rooms rather than systems. The plain diction does coalition work in reverse. It keeps her legible to people outside the seminar and hard to parody as a scold.
The credibility moves inside her speech are numeric and durational. A hundred Facebook groups. Ten years on the beat. All day on Bannon and Kirk. She establishes authority through hours logged rather than credentials claimed, the veteran’s register, and she positions herself as guide rather than judge: “Let’s say we’re just talking about white-nationalist extremism”, and then a compressed history, dates and named events, Charlottesville, the tiki torches, the masks that came later. When she wants to land a hard claim she drops every hedge at once and goes short and declarative. “I don’t believe there are any dark corners of the internet anymore.” The soft filler around those sentences is what makes them hit. Her strong claims arrive naked and rare.
The broadcast narration voice, the one on the podcast and her On the Media work, adds a controlled dryness the conversational voice lacks. Her signature move is juxtaposition, tape then record. She plays Kennedy making a claim, then follows flat: “Kennedy is mis-citing a federal law”, no adjectives, the correction doing the mockery. Her sarcasm runs through understatement, the “which is odd given that” construction, where the irony lives in the placement of facts rather than in any charged word. She writes transitions like a companion, but anyway, and of course, which keep the prosecutorial material sounding like gossip between friends. The podcast form suits her because her natural unit is the aside. Forbes
The print voice is the third register and the most disciplined, and she has explained the preference: print gives control over the outcome. On the page the warmth drains out and the librarian takes over, attribution stacked, documents dated, the passive constructions of legal caution. Her stated formula for a story is a four-question catechism, what’s the true story, why are we seeing the fake one, who’s harmed, who’s profiting, and her articles run in that order, verdict last. The distance between her chatty spoken self and her flat written self measures how much of the written flatness is craft rather than temperament.
Two more textures. Class: the voice carries Florida, the bar, the reference desk, and none of the acquired accent of the prestige press; she talks about powerful men the way service workers talk about regulars, without awe. And temperature: on a beat whose practitioners default to alarm, she runs cool and amused, harms named through victims rather than through her own indignation, the Chicken Little problem named as a problem in her own field. The manner lowers the stakes of every sentence while the content raises them, and the gap between manner and content is her rhetoric. A woman this relaxed, the listener concludes, must be sure of her files. She usually is, which closes the loop.

Posted in Journalism | Comments Off on Brandy Zadrozny: The Librarian Who Went to War

Lee Edelman: The Man Who Said No to the Future

In December 2005, in a Washington, D.C. convention hotel, the Modern Language Association stages a panel that people in queer theory still argue about. Robert Caserio organizes it and gives it a name that sticks: The Antisocial Thesis in Queer Theory. The premise sounds dry. The room does not feel dry. Four of the field’s marquee names sit at the table. Lee Edelman (b. 1953) and Jack Halberstam (b. 1961), then publishing as Judith Halberstam, defend negativity. Tim Dean and José Esteban Muñoz (1967-2013) warn against it. The audience knows the stakes. One year earlier Edelman published No Future: Queer Theory and the Death Drive, and the field has divided over it the way a family divides over a will.

The panelists do not perform collegial vagueness. Muñoz argues that queerness lives in collectivity and hope, that it points toward a future worth wanting, and that a politics of pure refusal abandons the people who need politics most. Halberstam claims the negative for punk, for rage, for the Sex Pistols. Edelman answers that the Sex Pistols never left reproductive futurism at all. A song that shouts no future while casting the disenfranchised as flowers in the dustbin, as seeds of renewal, still promises that the children will redeem us. The pose of negativity, he suggests, is easy. The thing is hard. PMLA publishes the exchange in May 2006, and graduate seminars assign it for the next twenty years.

To understand how a professor of English at Tufts University came to occupy this position, the argument that made him famous and the temperament that made the argument possible, start in Poughkeepsie, New York, where Edelman grows up in the 1950s and early 1960s. At ten he sees his first Hitchcock film, The Birds. The horror movies of the era run on monsters and rubber suits. Hitchcock scares him differently. The terror comes from inside the ordinary world, from the mother, the schoolhouse, the small town, the sky. He later tells an interviewer the film felt like entering a nightmare, and the fascination never leaves him. Decades on, he teaches a Tufts course on Hitchcock, cinema, gender, and ideology, and Alfred Hitchcock (1899-1980) remains a touchstone in his criticism. A boy who learns early that the most frightening thing on screen can be a flock of birds over a children’s birthday party has already absorbed the lesson that innocence and menace share a frame.

Edelman takes his B.A. at Northwestern University in 1975, then goes to Yale. The dates matter. He earns an M.A. in 1976, an M.Phil. in 1978, and a Ph.D. in 1981, which places him in New Haven during the high period of the Yale School. Paul de Man (1919-1983) teaches there. Jacques Derrida (1930-2004) visits. Geoffrey Hartman (1929-2016), Harold Bloom (1930-2019), and J. Hillis Miller (1928-2021) fill out a department that has become the American capital of deconstruction. Yet Edelman later describes a bifurcation that outsiders miss. He sits in the English program, which stays closer to traditional methods. The theoretical ferment concentrates in Comparative Literature, where students work with de Man and think through Derrida, Lacan, Shoshana Felman, and Barbara Johnson. Edelman watches from across the hall.

He watches with a personal stake. His closest friends study in Comparative Literature, and one of them, Joseph Litvak, becomes his partner around 1978. Litvak trains under the deconstructionists and takes his own Yale Ph.D. in 1981, the same year as Edelman. The two men will spend their careers in the same department at Tufts, Litvak as a professor of English working on Victorian literature, Cold War mass culture, and Jewish cultural studies. The relationship gives Edelman something rarer than a method. It gives him a household in which the seminar never ends. His early work carries the Yale signature anyway: close reading as an ethic, rhetoric as the place where a culture confesses what it denies, the figure as the unit of analysis. He starts teaching at Tufts in 1979, before the doctorate is even finished, and never leaves.

He begins as a poetry scholar. Through the early and mid 1980s he writes on Elizabeth Bishop, John Ashbery, and Hart Crane (1899-1932), and he publishes poems of his own in The Nation. His first book, Transmemberment of Song: Hart Crane’s Anatomies of Rhetoric and Desire (1987), reads Crane’s difficult modernism through the body, desire, and figural excess. The title word, transmemberment, comes from Crane and does double work. Language dismembers the subject it claims to express and reassembles it as something else. A poem about a bridge becomes a study of how desire gets built into syntax. The book announces the concern that will govern everything Edelman writes afterward: rhetoric produces the desiring subject rather than merely describing him.

The 1980s also hand Edelman, and every gay academic of his generation, a catastrophe. AIDS kills friends, colleagues, and lovers while the national government treats the epidemic as a punchline and then as a punishment. The plague years radicalize a cohort of literary critics who might otherwise have stayed with Bishop and Ashbery. Edelman’s second book, Homographesis: Essays in Gay Literary and Cultural Theory (1994), belongs to the founding shelf of queer theory, alongside the work of Eve Kosofsky Sedgwick (1950-2009), Judith Butler, and Leo Bersani (1931-2022). The coinage in the title fuses homosexuality and writing. Gay identity, Edelman argues, functions as a text the culture insists on reading. Visibility can discipline as easily as liberate. The demand that homosexuality announce itself in legible signs, on the body, in the voice, in the walk, binds gay men to the interpretive system that polices them. He refuses the liberal remedy of better representation. Representation is the problem he wants to study, and no volume of positive images can fix a structure that runs on making people into signs.

The book that changes his life, and the field, arrives a decade later. No Future: Queer Theory and the Death Drive (2004) runs barely 200 pages, and Edelman later says the writing came easily even though he knew the argument would not make people happy. The polemic centers on a figure he capitalizes: the Child. Not any actual child, not the specific kid on the specific street, but the symbolic Child in whose name every political program justifies its demands. Think of the campaign ads, the padlocked playgrounds, the speeches that end with our children’s future. Edelman names the fantasy reproductive futurism: the conviction that politics gains meaning by serving a tomorrow embodied in the Child, and that whatever refuses this service becomes unthinkable, monstrous, queer.

His most quoted passage takes the argument to its edge, urging his readers to say fuck the social order and the Child in whose name we’re collectively terrorized. The sentence continues through Annie and the waif from Les Mis. Readers who stop at the profanity miss the machinery. Edelman does not counsel harming anyone. He asks what happens when queerness stops auditioning for the role of good citizen, stops promising to be productive, family-friendly, and useful, and instead accepts the position the social order already assigns it: the figure of the death drive, the negativity that the fantasy of wholeness must expel to hold together. Both parties, he argues, worship at the same altar. Conservatives invoke the Child through innocence and sexual discipline. Liberals invoke the Child through progress and a better world to come. The Child wins every election because both sides nominate him.

The Lacanian scaffolding matters. From Jacques Lacan (1901-1981), Edelman takes the drive, the pressure that circles its object without resolution, and the sinthome, the knot of enjoyment that holds a subject together beyond meaning. He coins sinthomosexuality for the queer figure who embodies enjoyment without reproductive alibi, the Scrooge, the Silas Marner, the Hitchcock villain whom the narrative must convert or kill so that the Child may live. Literature, he shows, has always known this figure. It keeps writing him so it can keep sacrificing him.

The year No Future appears, Massachusetts legalizes same-sex marriage, and Edelman marries Litvak after twenty-six years together. A student reporter for the Tufts Daily asks him about the ceremony, expecting joy from a newlywed. “It was anticlimactic,” he says. After twenty-six years, the legality felt like paperwork. The scene compresses the whole Edelman problem into an anecdote. Here stands the theorist of anti-relationality, of queerness as the refusal of social form, in a decades-long monogamous partnership with a colleague, filing a marriage license in the suburbs of Boston. His critics call this a contradiction. He might call it evidence for the thesis. The institution added nothing, which is what he had been saying about institutions all along. The same reporter finds him in room 203 of East Hall amid what she calls organized chaos, dressed in crisp khakis and a pressed red button-down, a man of exacting personal order preaching the gospel of the negative. He paints. He speaks French. He loves the Rolling Stones, Janis Joplin, Ella Fitzgerald, and Sinatra. When the reporter reads him a glowing student review from a professor-rating site, he answers that it was the best five-dollar bribe he ever gave.

The field’s answer to No Future comes from many directions, and the strongest arrives in 2009. Muñoz publishes Cruising Utopia: The Then and There of Queer Futurity and turns the debate from the Washington panel into a book-length counterargument. Queerness, for Muñoz, is not the death drive. Queerness is the horizon, the not-yet, the collective rehearsal of a world that does not exist. He draws on Ernst Bloch and on the performance cultures of queers of color, and he charges that Edelman’s negativity carries an unmarked Whiteness, a luxury position available to those whose survival is not in question. Feminist, trans, and disability critics press related points. For people fighting for housing, medical care, and safety from violence, a politics of pure refusal can sound like a tenured man pulling up the ladder. Materialist critics add that capital does not need the family. Markets commodify queer nightlife and anti-family style as happily as they sell minivans, so non-reproduction threatens nothing by itself. Edelman has answers, chiefly that his critics keep smuggling the future back in and calling it radical, but the objections stick, and Muñoz’s early death in 2013 froze the debate at its sharpest point, two positions and no synthesis.

Edelman’s next major book makes the refusal of synthesis its form. Sex, or the Unbearable (2014), written with Lauren Berlant (1957-2021), unfolds as a dialogue between two theorists who disagree and decline to stop. Berlant, whose Cruel Optimism studies the attachments that damage the people who hold them, keeps asking what sustains relation. Edelman keeps pressing what breaks it. The book performs its argument: relation as impasse, intimacy as the scene of misrecognition, conversation as the thing that continues without resolving. Berlant’s death in 2021 gave the book a retrospective weight neither author intended. It now reads as a record of a friendship conducted through disagreement, which may be the most social thing the antisocial theorist ever wrote.

Bad Education: Why Queer Theory Teaches Us Nothing (2023) extends the project into the university. The back cover carries a dare: make queer theory controversial again. The line concedes what everyone knows. Queer theory has been domesticated into a curriculum, a job category, a set of learning outcomes. Edelman argues that education itself runs on the promise of positive transmission, of knowledge converted into value and students converted into socially usable subjects, and that queerness names what this pedagogy cannot process. He reads Shakespeare, Harriet Jacobs, Pedro Almodóvar, Kasi Lemmons, and Michael Haneke, and he engages Afropessimism, above all Frank Wilderson, whose account of Blackness as the constitutive outside of the human parallels and pressures his own account of queerness as the constitutive outside of the social. In March 2023 he discusses the book at Tufts with his colleague Jess Keiser, taking aim at the neoliberal university’s demand for measurable, transportable educational product. He has taught at that university for forty-four years by then. He knows the product line from inside.

The reach of his work now extends past the humanities corridor. In 2024 Routledge publishes Lee Edelman and the Queer Study of Religion, a collection applying his thought to theology and biblical studies. The extension fits better than it first appears. Edelman’s target was always quasi-theological: the sacred future, the innocent Child, the promise that collective life can purge its own negativity and arrive at redemption. He wrote a polemic against a secular eschatology, and the theologians recognized their genre.

What should a reader make of him? The criticisms hold. The theory abstracts from material life, offers no program, and gives little to a person trying to survive a landlord or a legislature. Its severity can shade into a mannerism, and its Lacanian idiom walls it off from anyone unwilling to learn the vocabulary. Yet the core observation survives every objection. Political rhetoric does use children to silence dissent. Appeals to innocence do function as moral blackmail. Marginal people are pressured to purchase tolerance by proving themselves harmless, optimistic, and productive, and the price of that purchase is the right to say what they see. Edelman built a career on refusing the purchase. He teaches in the institution he indicts, married the man he loves while doubting the form, and spent five decades reading closely in a culture that stopped rewarding close reading. The contradictions do not embarrass the work. They are its data. He remains what he has been since the Washington ballroom in 2005, the field’s most useful antagonist, the man who forces every hopeful theory to state what its hope will cost and who pays.

Notes

The December 2005 MLA panel in Washington, D.C. comes from the published exchange by Robert L. Caserio, Lee Edelman, Jack Halberstam, José Esteban Muñoz, and Tim Dean, “The Antisocial Thesis in Queer Theory,” PMLA 121.3 (May 2006), 819-828: JSTOR. Edelman’s jab at Halberstam’s Sex Pistols reading, arguing that the song still imagines renewal through the disenfranchised as flowers in the dustbin, appears in Edelman’s contribution to that exchange. The convention hotel setting is a reasonable extrapolation from the usual format of MLA panels and does not need a separate source.

The Room 203 East Hall scene, including the khakis and pressed red button-down, the organized chaos, the Poughkeepsie childhood, seeing The Birds at age ten, the Hitchcock course, the marriage to Joseph Litvak after twenty-six years, the description of it as “anticlimactic,” the five-dollar-bribe joke, the painting, the French, and the music tastes all come from the student profile “Professor, queer theorist, poet and avid Hitchcock fan,” published in The Tufts Daily on March 4, 2005: Tufts Daily. It is the richest humanizing source I found.

The Yale scene, including the split between English and Comparative Literature, Litvak studying with Paul de Man and reading Derrida, Lacan, Shoshana Felman, and Barbara Johnson while Edelman watched from English, as well as Edelman’s teaching at Tufts since 1979, his early work on Elizabeth Bishop and John Ashbery, and his poems in The Nation, comes from a long interview in November: November. The same interview confirms the back-cover line for Bad Education and the connection to Frank B. Wilderson III.

His degrees and dates, Northwestern B.A. in 1975, Yale M.A. in 1976, M.Phil. in 1978, and Ph.D. in 1981, along with the Fletcher Professorship and his marriage to Joseph Litvak, are documented by Wikipedia and his Tufts faculty page. Litvak’s work in Victorian literature, Cold War mass culture, and Jewish cultural studies, together with his Yale Comparative Literature Ph.D. in 1981, appears in this Caltech event listing: Caltech.

I made several extrapolations without direct sourcing. The AIDS-era radicalization of Edelman’s cohort is a commonplace in histories of queer theory, although I did not find Edelman himself narrating his work in exactly those terms. If that point becomes load-bearing, it should be sourced. The gloss on “sinthomosexuality” and the examples of Scrooge and Silas Marner come directly from No Future. The account of José Esteban Muñoz’s response in Cruising Utopia, including the critique of whiteness, is standard and can be sourced from the book’s introduction. Massachusetts legalized same-sex marriage in 2004. The “fuck the social order” passage appears on page 29 of the Duke University Press edition of No Future.

Lee Edelman: The Hero System Built on No

Two terrors govern the life of Lee Edelman. The first is the terror of being read. A boy who grows up gay in Poughkeepsie in the 1950s learns that the world scans bodies for signs, that a walk or a vowel can convict him, and that visibility is a sentence before it is a liberation. He builds a career on this terror. His second book argues that gay identity is a text the culture writes on the body so it can police what it wrote. The second terror is the terror of the promise. Every institution that offered to accept him named a price: be useful, be harmless, be productive, serve the future. He saw that the promise was a leash, that tomorrow is the collateral a man posts to be tolerated today, and he decided the debt could not be paid because the creditor never intended to close the account.

Ernest Becker (1924-1974) holds that a man cannot bear his own death, so his culture hands him a hero system, a drama in which his acts count beyond the grave. The child sits at the center of most such systems. A man dies and his son carries the name. Becker calls this the oldest immortality project on earth. Edelman reads the same machinery and issues the opposite verdict. His most famous book, No Future, argues that all politics runs on the figure of the Child, that both parties nominate the Child in every election, and that queerness names whatever the social order expels so the fantasy of the Child’s tomorrow can hold. His most quoted sentence tells the reader to fuck the social order and the Child in whose name we are terrorized. Becker would recognize the move at once. Here is a man who found the denial of death, named it, and made the naming his own project against death. The prophet of no future has an endowed chair, a Duke backlist, a school of disciples, and a position in the field that carries his name. He beat death the way theorists beat death. He became a citation.

Begin in a Washington hotel in December 2005. A graduate student from a state school stands at the back of a ballroom at the Modern Language Association convention. She wears the lanyard that admits her to everything and distinguishes her from no one. Upstairs, candidates in interview suits wait in corridors for job interviews that will not come. Down here, four names from the top of the field sit at a skirted table under fluorescent light: Edelman, Jack Halberstam (b. 1961), Tim Dean, José Esteban Muñoz (1967-2013). The panel is called The Antisocial Thesis in Queer Theory, and it is a heresy trial where nobody agrees on who is the heretic. Muñoz says queerness is a horizon, a rehearsal of a world not yet here, and that the luxury of pure refusal belongs to men whose survival was never in doubt. Halberstam claims negativity for punk. Edelman answers that the Sex Pistols never left the church, that a song casting the poor as seeds of renewal still worships tomorrow, and that striking the pose of negativity is cheaper than paying for it. The graduate student watches the field distribute its positions the way a family distributes a dead man’s furniture. She understands that hope and refusal are both careers now. She has to pick one before the market picks for her.

The subtraction story runs like this. Take any political speech, left or right. Subtract the Child. Subtract the appeal to our children, the future generations, the world we leave behind. Watch what remains. Almost nothing remains. Edelman performed this subtraction in public and reported that the emperor’s wardrobe consisted of a single garment, worn by both parties, laundered by every church and every school board and every ad agency in the country. The demonstration made him famous. But Becker teaches that every subtraction story hides an addition. Subtract the Child from Edelman’s own life and career and observe what he installed in the vacancy: the theory, the position, the name. The man who demolished the oldest immortality project built a newer one on the lot, and the new structure has the same load-bearing wall, the conviction that something of him survives the body. His survival runs through syllabi instead of sons.

Now take the sacred value at the center of his drama, the future, and walk it through the hero systems of men and women who never heard of him. For a Korean grocer in Flushing who opens at six and closes at eleven, the future is a boy at a desk, a tuition bill, a diploma on a wall in a country that spelled his name wrong for thirty years. His sacrifice has an address. For a longtermist in San Francisco who tithes to prevent human extinction, the future is a number, trillions of lives in expectation, and the Child has been abstracted past any child, past any century, into a mathematical object that commands his salary and forbids his despair. For a climate striker outside a parliament, the future is a countdown; she wears it on a sign; her hero system says the adults stole tomorrow and she is here to repossess it. For a hospice nurse on a night shift, the future is a lie she declines to tell; her heroism consists of helping men die without the anesthetic of tomorrow, one bed at a time, and she might be the only worker in this paragraph whose practice Edelman’s theory describes. For a Hasidic father at a bris in Borough Park, the future is a knife, a blessing, a name given to an eight-day-old boy that belonged to a man the Germans burned; the future is the argument that Pharaoh lost. The same word. Five hero systems. Five different gods.

Do the same walk with Edelman’s other sacred value, the no. For a monk, no is a discipline that empties the self so something larger can enter; the refusal is a door. For a striking dockworker, no is a weapon with a term; he says no so that a contract will someday say yes; his negativity has a settlement date. For a conscientious objector, no is a debt to a commandment; he refuses the state because he answers to a rival sovereign. For a Bartleby in a cubicle who prefers not to, no is a symptom, a soul on strike without a union or a demand. Edelman’s no belongs to none of these. His no has no settlement date, no rival sovereign, no door. He calls it the death drive, the pressure that circles and repeats and refuses redemption on principle. It is the purest no on the market, and Becker would note the word market. Purity is a status good. In a field crowded with qualified hopes, the man who holds the unqualified no holds the scarcest position, and scarcity, in the academy as in any economy, converts to rank.

The tribalist hero system deserves its own hearing, because it is the one Edelman’s book attacks by name without naming. In this system, the one this writer inhabits, a man is a link. He receives a law, a language, a land, and a line, and his heroism consists of transmission. The Child is no abstraction here. The Child is the answer a people gives to everyone who organized its extinction, and every birth is a verdict overturned. From inside this system, Edelman’s sentence about the Child reads as the enemy’s creed spoken aloud, the thing the assimilationists and the empires wanted all along, now offered as liberation. And yet the tribalist owes Edelman a debt he should pay. Edelman proved the tribalist’s oldest suspicion: that liberal universalism never abolished the tribe’s gods, it nationalized them, and the Child on the campaign poster is the tribe’s grandchild with the serial numbers filed off. Both sides worship continuity. Only one side admits it. Edelman forced the admission, which makes him more useful to the tribe than a hundred friendly ecumenists.

The scenes of his life keep testing the theory against the man. March 2005, room 203 of East Hall at Tufts, a student reporter with a notebook. The office is a controlled disorder of books. The theorist of the death drive wears crisp khakis and a pressed red button-down; his negativity does not extend to his laundry. She asks about his marriage. Massachusetts has legalized the thing, and Edelman has married Joseph Litvak, his partner since their Yale years, twenty-six years before the license. Anticlimactic, he tells her. The legality was a formality. Note what the answer performs. He accepts the form and disavows its magic in one motion, takes the pension rights and refuses the sacrament, and the disavowal protects the theory from the life. A newlywed of the antisocial cannot be seen enjoying the institution. But the reporter’s notebook holds the harder fact, which is not the wedding. The harder fact is the twenty-six years.

Is he aware of the trade? More than most subjects of this series. Bad Education concedes on its own back cover that queer theory needs to be made controversial again, which admits that controversy is a commodity and that his has depreciated. He knows the university converts every insurgency into a course with learning outcomes; he wrote a book saying so; he taught the course anyway, for forty-some years, and collected the chair. He knows the paradox and has decided to live inside it rather than resolve it, on the theory that resolution is the enemy. What he does not audit, at least on the page, is the ledger of his own persistence. A man who believes in nothing beyond the circuit of the drive has spent five decades building an oeuvre with a beginning, a development, and a late style, which is to say a life shaped like a story, which is to say a hero system. The books refuse the future in prose designed to last. Duke prints them on acid-free paper.

Becker would put it to him gently. The terror of death does not care what a man believes about the terror of death. It only asks what he built. Edelman built a fortress of negation and lives in it with one man, some paintings, the Rolling Stones, and the complete Hitchcock, and from the ramparts he tells every passing pilgrim that the shrines are empty. The pilgrims keep stopping. Some of them stay and take notes. The fortress has become a shrine, the vigil has become a liturgy, and somewhere in the archive a graduate student who was born after the Washington panel is writing a dissertation on him, transmitting the man who refused transmission, a granddaughter in everything but blood.

So the hero here is a sentry, the man posted at the temple door through the long night, telling each worshipper the sanctuary is bare, and holding the post with such fidelity that the telling becomes a rite and the sentry becomes the temple’s most reliable servant. The rival his books never name is not Muñoz and not the church lady with the casserole; the rival is the man on the sidewalk outside the convention hotel pushing a stroller through the December cold, who has never read a page of theory and never will, whose love for the child in front of him is not a figure for anything, and whose ordinary unread happiness the theory can neither account for nor disturb. And the cost that no ledger prices sits at home in Medford, in the man across the breakfast table since 1978, in a fidelity that outlasted the arguments of both their careers, a bond the theory calls impossible and the mornings keep confirming, forty-seven years of yes inside the house of no, which the books cannot mention and the life cannot deny.

Lee Edelman: Position-Taking in the Field of No

Start at the Duke University Press booth in the exhibit hall of the 2005 Modern Language Association convention in Washington. The hall runs on a caste system anyone can read. The trade houses take the big corner islands. The university presses line the middle aisles with cloth-covered tables and forty-percent conference discounts. Graduate students in interview suits finger the monographs they cannot afford and calculate which titles a hiring committee expects them to have read. At the Duke table sits a stack of a slim book published the year before, No Future, and the stack keeps shrinking. Upstairs, its author sits on a panel that the field will still assign twenty years later. A junior editor at a rival press watches the stack and understands the arithmetic of her trade. The book that tells the profession to stop hoping has become the book the profession hopes to publish next.

Pierre Bourdieu (1930-2002) reads careers the way an accountant reads books. A field, in his usage, is a market of positions. Producers enter with inherited and acquired capital, survey the space of possible moves, and take the position that promises the best return on their holdings. The moves feel like conviction from inside. From outside they trace the shape of the market. Nothing in the frame requires cynicism. Bourdieu insists the players believe, that belief is the entry fee, and he calls the shared belief illusio, the agreement that the game is worth playing and the stakes are real. The frame asks one question of Lee Edelman: what did he hold, what was scarce, and what did he take?

Begin with the holdings. Edelman arrives at Yale in 1975 with a Northwestern B.A. and leaves in 1981 with the trifecta, M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D. The New Haven of those years mints the scarcest academic currency in the American humanities. Paul de Man teaches there, Derrida visits, and a degree from the place functions the way a Basel apprenticeship once functioned for a goldsmith. But the finer detail rewards attention. Edelman sits in the English program, the conservative shop, while the deconstructive mint operates across the hall in Comparative Literature. His access to the new currency runs through his social capital. His partner, Joseph Litvak, studies in Comparative Literature under de Man, reads Derrida and Lacan and Felman and Barbara Johnson in seminar, and brings the training home. Picture the apartment in New Haven, two graduate students, a kitchen table covered in library books with different call numbers. One man holds the institutional credential of the old regime. The other holds the doctrine of the new one. The house merges the portfolios. Bourdieu writes that capital converts across forms, social into cultural, cultural into symbolic, and the Edelman-Litvak home of the late 1970s runs the conversion nightly, at dinner, for free.

Follow the trajectory. Edelman starts at Tufts in 1979 and produces what his credentials predict, close readings of difficult American poets, a first book on Hart Crane in 1987 from Stanford. The position is respectable and crowded. Hundreds of men hold it. Then the field around him reorganizes. The plague years and the theory wars produce a new subfield, queer theory, and a new subfield presents what Bourdieu calls a space of possibles, a brief window when the founding positions stand open and a producer can seize one instead of inheriting one. By the early 1990s the claims are being staked. Eve Kosofsky Sedgwick holds the position of the archive and the affect. Judith Butler (b. 1956) holds performativity. Leo Bersani has sketched the anti-relational claim in essays but built no fortress on it. Every other entrant crowds toward the same product, and the product is hope, queerness as resistance, subversion, community, world-making, a better tomorrow with better representation. The hope shelf groans. The despair shelf sits nearly empty, one Bersani essay leaning against the bookend.

Edelman reads the market and takes the empty position with both hands. Homographesis (1994) files the claim. No Future builds the fortress. The move is textbook Bourdieu. In a market of symbolic goods, value tracks scarcity, and the scarcest position in a field organized around hope is the refusal of hope. A hundred books promise that queerness will redeem the social. One book says the social cannot be redeemed and queerness names the reason. The hundred books compete with each other. The one book competes with nobody. Distinction flows to the pole of maximum difference, and Edelman has located the pole and planted a flag with a profanity on it.

The idiom deserves its own audit. Edelman writes a Lacanian dialect that costs the reader years of preparation, sinthome, jouissance, the drive circling its object, and reviewers who admire him concede the sentences fight the reader. Bourdieu treats difficulty as a tariff. A restricted market keeps its prices high by keeping its customers few, and a prose that excludes the common reader selects for the consecrated reader, the one whose own capital rises by demonstrating he can pay the toll. The difficulty does double duty. It walls out the mass market, and it flatters the restricted one. An undergraduate who quotes Edelman signals rank the way a wine bore signals rank, by consuming what requires training to consume. The tariff also protects the position from cheap imitation. Anyone can refuse hope. Refusing hope in correct Lacanian takes a decade, and the decade is the moat.

Now the profanity. The famous sentence in No Future tells the reader to fuck the social order and the Child in whose name we are terrorized, and the sentence appears in a footnoted monograph from a university press, vetted by peer reviewers, marketed at conference discount. Bourdieu has a name for this class of goods, the consecrated transgression. Fields organized around distinction reward rule-breaking, but only rule-breaking performed by producers with full credentials, inside the sanctioned genres, under the imprint of the consecrating institutions. A man who shouts the sentence on a bus gets moved away from. A Fletcher Professor who prints it on page twenty-nine of a Duke monograph gets symposia. The scandal is the product, and the footnotes are the license to sell it. The field wants heresy the way a museum wants a Duchamp, framed, insured, and attributed.

Return to the Washington ballroom, because Bourdieu reads the 2005 panel differently than its participants read it. Onstage the positions clash, Edelman and Halberstam for negativity, Muñoz and Dean against, and the audience experiences a battle. The frame sees a distribution ceremony. The field has gathered to ratify which positions exist, who holds them, and what a new entrant must cite to play. Opposition inside a field is cooperation at the level of the field. Muñoz needs Edelman the way a challenger needs a champion, and Edelman’s stock rises with every attack that treats his position as the one worth attacking. When Cruising Utopia answers him in 2009, the answer completes the market. Now the subfield offers a full product line, negativity and utopia, and every dissertation for two decades buys both and stages the debate again. PMLA prints the panel in May 2006, and the printing is the consecration. The dispute becomes canon. Both parties collect the dividend, and the graduate student at the back of the ballroom goes home and writes the seminar paper that reproduces the structure at retail.

The standing joke about Edelman, that the antisocial thesis draws a salary from an endowed chair, lands as hypocrisy in the mouths of his critics. Bourdieu removes the surprise. The academic field runs on an autonomy principle inherited from the artistic field, the principle that the highest producers serve nothing but the discipline, refuse the market, refuse the state, refuse usefulness. Art for art’s sake becomes theory for theory’s sake, and the producer who refuses most conspicuously ranks highest at the autonomous pole. Edelman’s refusal of usefulness is the most useful commodity a producer at that pole can offer. His no to the future is a yes to the field’s deepest self-image, the guild that answers to nobody. The chair follows the refusal the way the purse follows the prizefight. Bad Education makes the alignment explicit. The book defends theory against the neoliberal university’s demand for measurable outcomes and transportable skills, which in Bourdieu’s map is a defense of the autonomous pole against the heteronomous one, the guild against the administrators, and every professor who feels the assessment office breathing on him reads it as his own cause argued in a finer dialect. The most radical book on the shelf doubles as the guild’s amicus brief.

The back cover of that book carries the dare to make queer theory controversial again, and the dare is a producer’s confession. Consecration devalues heresy. By 2023 the antisocial thesis sits on comprehensive exam lists, which means the position that paid its founder in distinction now pays new entrants in mere competence, and the founder can feel his product commoditizing under him. The dare is a call for capital renewal, a founder demanding his own market disrupt the thing he built so the thing can appreciate again. Bourdieu watched aging avant-gardes perform this move for forty years. The revolution ages into the curriculum, and the revolutionary, if he lives, petitions for a new revolution with his name still on the letterhead.

One last entry closes the audit. Bourdieu’s other great subject was reproduction, the way fields transmit themselves through credentials, canons, and disciples, and here the frame produces its finest irony without straining for it. The theorist of anti-reproduction reproduces on schedule. Dissertations on Edelman appear yearly. Students he trained hold lines at other universities. The Routledge collection of 2024 exports him to religious studies, a colony planted in a neighboring field. Every citation extends the line. He refused the Child and got the school, and a school is a lineage by other means, an inheritance that passes through seminars instead of cradles. The field he told to abandon its future has made him part of its future, and the field, unlike the man, never claimed to want anything else.

The frame stops at the ledger’s edge. Bourdieu can price every move in the career, the Yale capital, the vacant position, the tariff of the idiom, the licensed heresy, the chair, the school, and the pricing explains the career without opening the books to check whether the argument holds. A position can be profitable and true. It can be profitable and false. The market pays the same either way, and the frame, honest about its limits, hands the question of truth to a different tribunal and closes the account.

Notes

The Bourdieu framework draws on the following works. The concepts of field, capital conversion, and trajectory come from Distinction (1979) and Homo Academicus (1984). The space of possibles, restricted versus large-scale production, and consecrated transgression come from The Rules of Art (1992) and the essay “The Market of Symbolic Goods” (1971), reprinted in The Field of Cultural Production (Columbia University Press, 1993). Illusio is developed in Pascalian Meditations (1997). Reproduction through credentials and lineage comes from Reproduction in Education, Society and Culture (1970), coauthored with Jean-Claude Passeron. The distinction between the autonomous and heteronomous poles of the academic field, which underlies the discussion of the endowed chair and the reading of Bad Education, comes primarily from The Rules of Art and Homo Academicus. If you cite only three works, the strongest choices are The Rules of Art, Homo Academicus, and “The Market of Symbolic Goods.”

The principal factual sources are as follows. The division between Yale’s English and Comparative Literature programs, Joseph Litvak’s work in Comparative Literature under Paul de Man, and his study of Jacques Derrida, Jacques Lacan, Shoshana Felman, and Barbara Johnson while Edelman remained in English all come from the November interview: November. The same interview includes the provocative back-cover statement for Bad Education.

The December 2005 MLA panel and its publication in May 2006 are documented in PMLA, Volume 121, Issue 3, pp. 819-828: JSTOR.

The biographical details, including Edelman’s degrees, academic appointments, Fletcher Professorship, service at Tufts since 1979, and the publication of his 1987 book on Hart Crane, are documented by Wikipedia and his Tufts faculty page.

The “fuck the Child” passage appears on page 29 of the Duke University Press edition of No Future.
The 2024 Routledge collection Lee Edelman and the Queer Study of Religion supports the discussion of Edelman’s influence as the center of a scholarly “colony.”

I added several pieces of self-evident background without separate citation. These include the informal hierarchy of the MLA exhibit hall, conference-book discounts, interview suits, and the image of a New Haven kitchen table. The stack of copies of No Future at the Duke University Press booth is an invented scene-setting detail. The book sold well by the standards of a theory monograph and had been published the previous year, so the reconstruction is plausible, but no source documents that display. The junior editor and graduate student are likewise composite observers rather than historical individuals.

The Four Questions

1. What coalition do they depend on for status and income.
2. Who do they risk angering if they speak plainly.
3. Who benefits if their framing wins.
4. What truths would cost them their position.

The coalition that pays him has two tiers. The near tier is Tufts, an endowed chair funded by donor money, tuition from parents who send children to a $65,000-a-year school so they can become the socially usable subjects his last book indicts. The far tier, the one that pays in status, is the theory wing of literary studies: Duke University Press, the MLA and PMLA apparatus, the comprehensive exam lists, the graduate students who cite him to signal rank. Inside queer studies his coalition is the anti-assimilationist faction, the people for whom the marriage-and-military wing of gay politics is the adversary. He holds his position by serving the autonomy pole of the profession, the professors who believe the discipline should answer to nobody, and Bad Education is that coalition’s brief filed in its own defense. The man who refuses coalitions belongs to one of the tightest guilds in American life, and the guild rewards his refusal because the refusal flatters the guild.
Plain speech would cost him from four directions at once, which is what the Lacanian idiom prevents. Said in English on television, fuck the Child detonates among the respectability coalition, the PFLAG parents, the marriage-equality lawyers who spent decades proving gay couples make good homes, people whose life work his thesis calls collaboration. It hands the family-values right its dream exhibit, the credentialed professor confirming what the pamphlets always claimed, and every queer theorist in a red-state university pays part of his bill. It angers the activists fighting for housing, hormones, and safety, who hear a tenured man calling their hope a fantasy. And it would put the university’s donors and administrators in the position of funding a man who says their product is a con. The difficulty of his prose is the treaty that keeps all four wars cold. He can say anything because almost nobody outside the seminar can read it, and he knows this, and the knowing shows in how rarely he says it plainly anywhere a camera runs.
If his framing wins, the first beneficiaries are his own guild, the theory elite, who gain ground against the empirical and policy scholars whenever politics gets redefined as a structure of fantasy that only rhetorical analysis can read. The anti-assimilationist faction gains against the respectability wing; every queer who declines marriage, children, and productivity gets a dignity narrative with footnotes. Childless professionals of every orientation get told their lives require no alibi, a large and grateful market. The stranger beneficiary sits across the aisle. Social conservatives profit from his framing twice, once as ammunition, the professor who said it out loud, and once structurally, because a left that believes all future-talk is a con stops competing for the future and cedes it to the people still breeding and building. And the framing benefits any academic left that keeps losing elections, since losing stops counting as failure once winning is exposed as reproductive futurism. A theory that converts defeat into principle will never lack subscribers among the defeated.
The truths that would cost him are the ones his career is built to keep unsaid. That the difficulty is a tariff, that the idiom exists to keep the seminar in and the mob out, he could survive saying once, as wit, but not as confession. That the negativity is a market position, taken because the hope shelf was crowded and the despair shelf empty, would reprice everything he owns. That his life refutes the book, forty-seven years with one man, a home, a chair, a school of students, a lived demonstration that durable attachment is a good he chose and kept choosing, he manages by calling the marriage anticlimactic, a disavowal that lets him hold the asset and deny the faith. That Muñoz had him right, that the politics of pure refusal presumes a safety which is White, tenured, and insured, he can host as an objection but never grant as a verdict. And the terminal truth, the one no holder of an endowed chair can utter: if queer theory teaches nothing, the budget line should reflect it. Bad Education walks to the edge of that sentence, looks over, and comes home to Medford. The book that almost says it won an award from the profession it almost defunded, which tells you what the profession heard, a man renewing his license to say almost anything, almost.

The Great Delusion

If John J. Mearsheimer’s anthropology is right, it provides a precise structural explanation for why the “reproductive futurism” Edelman diagnoses is so ironclad, while simultaneously rendering Edelman’s proposed queer alternative an impossibility for the human animal.
Edelman treats reproductive futurism primarily as a dominant ideological limit and a linguistic trap of the symbolic order. He argues that we are unable to conceive of a politics without a fantasy of the future centered on the child. Mearsheimer’s framework gives this linguistic constraint a hard biological and evolutionary base. Mearsheimer notes that the main reason for our social nature is that the best way for a person to survive is to be embedded in a society. He emphasizes that humans have an exceptionally long childhood, during which they must be protected and nurtured by families and the surrounding group.
If Mearsheimer is right, the collective obsession with the “Child” is not a mere cultural narrative that can be deconstructed or rejected through literary theory. It is the core preservation instrument of the human tribe. The survival of the social group depends entirely on the successful protection, nurturing, and intense socialization of its offspring. Society organizes itself around the figure of the child because the long childhood of the human animal requires a total, collective commitment to futurity. Reproductive futurism is the psychological engine of tribal survival.
Edelman urges an embrace of the death drive and a total withdrawal of allegiance from the reality of reproductive futurism. He claims that the ethical value of queerness lies in its willingness to accept a status as resistance to the viability of the social structure itself, voting for “none of the above” rather than participating in the continuation of society.
However, Mearsheimer’s anthropology states that we are profoundly social beings from the start to the finish of our lives. Humans do not operate as lone wolves; they are born into social groups that shape their identities well before they can assert any form of individualism. If this view of human nature is correct, Edelman’s project of radical anti-social negativity is a psychological and sociological impossibility. A human being cannot stand “outside the framework within which politics as we know it appears.” Even a subculture or theoretical movement dedicated to total negation will inevitably organize itself into a tribe, develop its own internal social hierarchies, enforce its own codes, and seek to perpetuate its own existence. Man’s social nature ensures that he will always construct a society, and that society will always look toward its own future.
Edelman laments how easily radical political movements are co-opted, noting that spaces of assimilation use the “bribe of futurity” to distract people from social violence.
Mearsheimer’s logic suggests that this is not a failure of political will, but an inevitable consequence of human development. Because family and society impose an enormous value infusion on an individual long before his critical faculties develop, the drive toward social viability and group attachment is deeply baked into the human mind. The “bribe of futurity” is irresistible to the vast majority of mankind because the alternative—true atomistic isolation or total social death—violates our deepest inborn sentiments and survival instincts.
If Mearsheimer’s anthropology is correct, Edelman has brilliantly unmasked the foundational logic of human civilization. But he has not unmasked a corruptible ideology; he has unmasked the raw, inescapable blueprint of human tribal survival.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

To David Pinsof, Edelman is a variant of the academic mythmaker. While standard intellectuals try to fix the world by correcting misunderstandings, Edelman takes a more sophisticated route. He frames the core conflict of human civilization as a grand structural illusion. In his view, society operates on a collective error of consciousness, chasing a false promise of redemption through the figure of the child. It is the ultimate intellectual stance: diagnosing a deep, unseen psychological pattern that rules the masses, with the theorist positioning himself as the one who can see through the matrix.
Pinsof offers a colder alternative. The people participating in reproductive futurism are not victims of a collective psychological trap or a profound cultural misunderstanding. They are doing exactly what natural selection designed them to do.
From this perspective, chasing the future, investing in offspring, and building coalitions to protect the family are not products of a muddled political ideology. They are the core engines of evolutionary success. Humans do not prioritize the child because they fell for a narrative bribe; they prioritize the child because animals survive by passing on their genes and securing resources for their kin.
Edelman frames his project as an uncompromising ethical refusal of the social order, an embrace of radical irony and negativity. Pinsof invites an examination of the actual motives behind this academic stance. Declaring yourself outside the system and rejecting the future is a powerful maneuver in the elite university marketplace. It confers immense status within academic circles by signaling a level of moral and intellectual purity that ordinary people, busy raising children and competing for survival, cannot afford. It allows the theorist to dismiss the fundamental drives of human nature not as biological realities, but as naive ideological compliance.
The social order does not persist because people are trapped by a story about tomorrow. It persists because humans have deep incentives to protect their lineages and defend their coalitions. The world runs on these evolutionary motives, and no amount of Lacanian analysis can change them. The only misunderstanding in radical theory is the belief that biology is just a text to be deconstructed.

Posted in English | Comments Off on Lee Edelman: The Man Who Said No to the Future